GNRO-2001/00019, Changes to Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures

Changes to Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures

ML010780074
Person / Time
Site:	Grand Gulf
Issue date:	03/07/2001
From:	Roberts J Entergy Operations
To:	Document Control Desk, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
-RFPFR, GNRO-2001/00019
Download: ML010780074 (397)

Text

Entergy Operations, Inc. Waterloo Road f-r---P.O.

Box 756 O En LPort Gibson, MS 39150 Tel 601 437 6470 Jerry C. Roberts Director Nuclear Safety Assurance March 7, 2001 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington, D.C. 20555 Attention:

Subject:

Document Control Desk Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Unit 1 Docket No. 50-416 License No. NPF-29 Changes to Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures GNRO-2001/00019 Ladies and Gentlemen:

Entergy Operations, Inc. submits in accordance with 10CFR50 Appendix E, Section V changes to the following Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures:

Procedure No.01-S-10-3, Rev. 8 01-S-04-21, Rev. 108 01-S-10-6, Rev. 13 01-S-10-3, Rev. 7 10-S-01-1, Rev. 108 10-S-01-6, Rev. 34 10-S-01-12, Rev. 27 10-S-01-14, Rev. 21 10-S-01-17, Rev. 14 10-S-01-19, Rev. 12 10-S-01-22, Rev. 6 10-S-01-23, Rev. I 10-S-01-26, Rev. 9 10-S-01-28, Rev. 8 10-S-01-29, Rev. 15 10-S-01-30, Rev. 10 10-S-01-32, Rev. 3 10-S-01-33, Rev. 11 10-S-01-34, Rev. 11 Issue Date 2/22/01 2/8/01 2/8/01 2/8/01 2/8/01 2/8/01 2/8/01 2/8/01 2/8/01 2/8/01 2/8/01 2/8/01 2/8/01 2/8/01 2/8/01 2/8/01 2/8/01 2/8/01 2/8/01 G010019 GNRO-2001/00019 Page 2 of 3 This letter does not contain any commitments.

Should you have any questions or concerns regarding the attachment, please contact Mr. W. B. Abraham at (601) 437-2319.

Yours truly, JaCR/WBA/amt attachments:

1. 01-S-10-3, Rev. 8 2. 01-S-04-21, Rev. 108 3. 01-S-10-6, Rev. 13 4. 01-S-10-3, Rev. 7 5. 10-S-01-1, Rev. 108 6. 10-S-01-6, Rev. 34 7. 10-S-01-12, Rev. 27 8. 10-S-01-14, Rev. 21 9. 10-S-01-17, Rev. 14 10. 10-S-01-19, Rev. 12 11. 10-S-01-22, Rev. 6 12. 10-S-01-23, Rev. 1 13. 10-S-01-26, Rev. 9 14. 10-S-01-28, Rev. 8 15. 10-S-01-29, Rev. 15 16. 10-S-01-30, Rev. 10 17. 10-S-01-32, Rev. 3 18. 10-S-01-33, Rev. 11 19. 10-S-01-34, Rev. 11 (See Next Page)cc: G010019 GNRO-2001/00019 Page 3 of 3 cc: Hoeg T. L. (GGNS Senior Resident) (w/o) Levanway D. E. (Wise Carter) (w/a) Reynolds N. S. (w/a) Smith L. J. (Wise Carter) (w/a) Thomas H. L. (w/o) Mr. E. W. Merschoff (w/2) Regional Administrator U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Region IV 611 Ryan Plaza Drive, Suite 400 Arlington, TX 76011 ATTN: ADDRESSEE ONLY Mr. S. P. Sekerak, NRR/DLPM/PD IV-1 (w/2) U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission One White Flint North, Mail Stop 07-Dl 11555 Rockville Pike Rockville, MD 20852-2378 G010019 PLANT OPERATIONS MANUAL Volume I Section 10 01-S-10-3 Revision:

8 Date: 2/22/01 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITIES SAFETY RELATED Prepared:

Reviewed:

Concurred:

PSRC: Approved: I r perat ins P( anGeneral Manager"Manager, Emergenty Preparedness List of Effective Pages: Pages 1-16 Attachments I-V List of TCNs Incorporated:

Revision TCN 0 None 1 None 2 1 3 None 4 None 5 None 6 None 7 None 8 None J:\ADM SRVS\TECH PUB\REVISION\1\Isl03.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Ti7'e: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-10-3 Revision:

8 Safety Department Responsibilities Evaluation Facility:

GRAND GULF I. SIGNATURES Preparer: .yJ4e-4 : i Signature Name (print) Date Reviewer:

VaC4S/6 06 2-(c ý-Signature Name (print) Date II. OVERVIEW Document Evaluated: (Include document number, revision, and title) Administrative Procedure 01-S-10-3, Emergency Preparedness Department Responsibilities Brief Description of the Proposed Change: Add instructions about EPATS tracking III. 50.59 SCREENING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to: Operating License D] Yes If yes, process a change per 10CFR50.90 and [ No obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change. Technical Specifications

[ Yes If yes, process a change per 10CFR50.90 and [] No obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change. NRC Orders D] Yes If yes, process a change per 10CFR50.90 and (ANO only) [] No obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the K] N/A Change. SAR SCREEIA'VG Does the proposed Change represent a change to the facility or procedure which alters information, operation, function or ability to perform the function of a system, structure or component described in the SAR (site specific documents)?

TS Bases section F- Yes SNo [ Yes [ No UFSAR (including pending changes)If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

temp GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-10-3 Revision:

8 Safety Department Responsibilities Evaluation TRM F- Yes [] No [] Yes [] No Core Operating Limits Report Fire Hazards Analysis (Included in RBS' USAR)NRC SERs F] M El [] 1K D] CK R D] D]Does the proposed Change involve a test or experiment not described in the SAR? Does the proposed Change result in any potential impact to equipment or facilities utilized for Ventilated Storage Cask activities? (ANO only)Yes No N/A Yes No Yes No Yes No N/A If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation. (See Section 5.1.19.) If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 72.48 Review.ADDITIONAL SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to: Quality Assurance Program Manual[] Yes [] No 0 Yes OX No Emergency Plan If yes, notify the quality department and ensure a 50.54 Evaluation is performed.

If yes, notify the emergency planning department and ensure a 50.54 Evaluation is performed.

BASIS: An electronic search of the FSAR and Tech Specs was performed on the search criteria:

EPATS, Corrective Action, Tracking, Deficiency, Non-Conformance, Emergency Preparedness.

No reference to the process Emergency Preparedness uses to track deficiencies was found. Based on the fact that no hits returned for the above searches, this change does not represent a change to the TechSpecs or an Unreviewed Safety Question.

01 -S-1 0-3 is an administrative procedure outlining how the responsibilities associated with Emergency Preparedness are performed.

This procedure contains no tests or experiments, and no instructions on the operation of plant equipment.

this procedure has no impact on the operation of the plant. This change to 01-S-10-3 adds instructions on how to analyze data from the EPATS system and determine if a Condition Report is necessary.

C:\,,remp",lsi 3.-doc GR4NL =LF NUCEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE I Title: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-10-3 Revision:

8 Safety Deparument Responsibilities Evaluation IV. ENVIRONMENTAL EVALUATION APPLICABILITY REVIEW if any of the following questions is answered "YES", then an Environmental Evaluation must be performed.

Will the Change being evaluated:

YES NO D [] Disturb land that is beyond that initially disturbed during construction (i.e., new construction of buildings, creation or removal of ponds, or other terrestrial impact)? [ [ Increase thermal discharges to the river, lake or atmosphere?

Lii [ Increase concentration or quantity of chemicals discharged to the atmosphere, ground water, or surface water? S] Increase quantity of chemicals to cooling lake or atmosphere through discharge canal or tower? E] [] Modify the design or operation of cooling tower that will change flow characteristics? Install any new transmission lines leading offsite? H ] Change the design or operation of the intake or discharge structures?

Li [] Discharges any chemicals new or different from that previously discharged?

Li [] Potentially cause a spill or unevaluated discharge that may effect neighboring soils, surface water or ground water? [`j Involve burying or placement of any solid wastes in the site area that may effect runoff, surface water or ground water? Li Involve incineration or disposal of any potentially hazardous materials on the site? ] Result in a change to non-radiological effluents or licensed reactor power level? E] J] Potentially change the type or increase the amount of non-radiological air emissions from the site? -: ,,cemp\,Is103.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-10 -3 Revision:

8 Emergency Plan Department Responsi iniuies Evaluation EVALUATION OF EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROCEDURE Procedure Number: 01-S-10-3 Procedure Name: Emergency Preparedness Department Responsibilities Revision / TCN Number: 8 Does the procedure Revision/TCN require an Emergency Plan change? ) Yes ( X) No NOTE: IF YES, THIS PROCEDURE CAN NOT BE ISSUED UNTIL THE EMERGENCY PLAN IS CHANGED/REVISED.

Reason for the 'Yes/No' response; This revision adds instructions for performing the quarterly review of EPATS items. There is no change to any Emergency Plan requirements and no change to any process or procedure as described in the emergency Plan. Though the Emergency Plan describes the conduct of drills and exercises it does not describe the process used to collect and tract drill deficiencies.

The Emergency Plan contains no reference to the Emergency Preparedness Action tracking System or any other corrective action tracking process.

This procedure change will not require any change to the Emergency Plan. Prepared:

Approved: " "< , Manager, Emergency Preparedness GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-10-3 Revision:

8 Page: Department Responsibilities 2- Periodic Review Required:

If Yes, list ifeuei :2y. Y ,X) YES ( ) NO If No, refer to Attachment XIX of 01-S-02-3 for a list of procedure review methods and fl in the appropriate letter(s) below; if "Other," specify method. me--hod s of Revie ew IOCFR50.59 Review Required:

(,.<Yes -If Yes, attach 50.59 Review. No -Not required per section (enter Section 6.3.2(b) or 6.3.2(c) of procedure 01-S-02-3)

Cross-discipline review required: ( ) YES (X) NO Tech Reviewer's Initials Reviewed by: Does this direcrive contain Tech Spec Triggers? ( ) YES (X) NO ,7:i -B \ I \,IS' C3 oR' ' ,

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE F itle: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-10-3 Revision:

8 Page: ii Department Responsibilities REQUIREMENTS CROSS-REFERENCE LIST Requirement Implemented by Directive Directive Paragraph Number Name Paragraph Number That Implements Requirement FSAR 9B. 8.5.§ 6.5.3 FSAR 13.3 Para 2 6.4.1.b FSAR 13.1.1.2.1.2.4 1.2.1, 2.1 !0CFRO 54(q) 6.4 I0CFR50 4(b)(5) 6.4.7.b CGNS Emer Plan 8.5 S6,$7,$8,S10 2.3, 6.2 AECM 88/0253 II.S8,S9 6.3.3.c, 6.3.5.a C!NS EPier Plan 8.2.3.S1, 8.2.S3 6.5.3 .S Emea -a-nl 8 4.S1 2.1 SGNS Emer Plan 8.4.31(a), (b) 2.2.8, 2.2.9 G-NC Errer Plan 8.4.Si(c) 2.2.6, 2.2.12 GGNS 7-1er Plan 8.4.Sl d) 6.1.2, 6.1.3, 6.12 GGNS Emer Plan 8.4.Si(e) 2.2.5, 6.1.1 GGNS Emer Plan 8.4.Sl(f) 6.8.1,2.2.11 GGNS Emer Plan 8.4.S6 6.7 GGNS Emer Plan 8.4.S7 6.5.2 GGNS Emer Plan 8.5.S1 6.4.1.a CINS Emer Plan 8.5.S12, S13, S15 6.4 GGNS Emer Plan 8.5.S16 6.4.6.a(3)&

2.4 GGNS Emer Plan 8.6.S4 6.9.2 AECM-89/0061 89-03-02 Att, Para III.b.2 6.5.3 GGCR 1997-0740-00 6.1.14, 2.2.12 FSAR 9B.2.1.11.S2 2.2 GGNS Emer Plan 5.4 S5 2.4 10CFR5C 54(t) (1) (2) 6.2.2 GGNS Emer Plan 8.5 39 2.2.1 C Covered by directive as a whole or by varius paragraphs of the directive.

NOTE The Componrent Data Base Chanoe Request statement is applicable only to Volume 06 and 0' maintenance directives.

Com.Qonent Daza Base Change Request generated and the backup documentation available lor setroint and/or calibration data only 11 Yes IV N/A CDBCR 4 Current Revision Statement Re -s I n 8:

• Adds instructions about EPATS tracking.

GRAND SULF NUCLEAR .IATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Tit: Emergency Preparedness No. : 0!-S-10-3 JRevision:

8 jPage:71 Department Responsibi-ities TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1.0 PURPOSE AND DISCUSSION 2 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2

3.0 REFERENCES

4 4.0 ATTACHMENTS 5 5.0 DEFINITIONS 5 6.0 DETAILS 6.1 Emergency Preparedness Program 5 6.2 Inspections and Audits 7 6.3 Alert and Notification System (ANS) 8 .Control of CN Emergency Plan 9 6.5 Training 13 6.6 Drills and Exercises 13 6.7 Local/State Interface 14 6.8 Emergency Public Information/News Media Emergency 14 Information 6.9 Emergency Telephone Book 14 6.10 ERO Call Tree 14 6.11 Real Event Reporting 14 6.12 Emergency Preparedness Action Tracking System (EPATS) 15 7.0 EMERGENCY DOSE CALCULATIONS SOFTWARE AND SOURCE CODE CONTROL 15 j:\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\!\!s503.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Preparedness N .01-S-10-3 Revision:

8 Page: 2 Departmaent Responsibilies

.PURPOSE ANU 1 TDISCSSTON i.'i Purpose 1.1.1 To describe the responsibilities and organizational structure of the Emergency Preparedness (EP) staff. 1.1.2 To provide guidance for the overall maintenance of the Emergency Preparedness Program and ensure the program meets all established requirements and commitments.

1.1.3 To define the responsibilities for maintenance and control of the GGNS Emergency Plan and implementing procedures (from now on referred to as Emergency Plan or Plan). 1.1.4 To provide for the establishment, implementation, and documentation of a training and indoctrination program for the Emergency Preparedness (EP) staff. -.2 Discussion Manager, Emergency Preparedness reports to the Director, Nuclear Safety Assurance and is responsible for -he Emergency Preparedness Program and associated activities.

2 .0 RE S PUNSIILIES 2.1 Manager, Emergency -Preparedness

-Is responsible for: 2.1.1 Supervising the development, administration, management, maintenance, and exercising of the Emergency Preparedness Program to ensure compliance with applicable NRC rules, regulations and requirements.

2.1.2 The direction of activities in support of the Emergency Preparedness Program and for the establishment and maintenance of this procedure.

2.1.3 The overall direction and control of the methods for administrative and technical activities related to preparation, maintenance, and control of the Emergency Plan. 2.1.4 Ensuring the training of the Emergency Preparedness staff includes:

a. Defining minimum training requirements.

b. Coordinating and obtaining training resources from outside organizations, as required.

.1.5 The maintenance of Dose Assessment Program and control of the dose ca'culation software.

J:\ADM SRVS\TECH PUB\REVISION\I\ls!03.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Preparedness

' No.: 0!-S-I0-3 Revision:

8 Page: 3 Department Responsibilities 2.2 Manager, Eoeý_ýjerncy Preparedness or designee -Is responsible for the following:

2.2.1 Providing ongoing review of the activities related to the Emergency Preparedness Program.

2.2.2 Coordinating local and state emergency preparedness requirements and activities with those planned by Grand Gulf Nuclear Station (GGNS). 2.2.3 Ensuring that emergency response facilities, including specialized equipment and reference materials, are maintained in a state of readiness and available for use. 2.2.4 Identifying and scheduling emergency planning activities on an annual basis. 2.2.5 Conducting periodic reviews of the Emergency Plan and Emergency Preparedness Administrative Procedures as required by 10CFR50, Appendix E and 10CFR50.54(t).

2.2.6 Coordinating with the GGNS Training Department in defining and scheduling emergency preparedness training.

2.2.7 Coordinating scenario preparation and conduct of the biennial exercise.

2.2.8 Reviewing the GGNS Emergency Plan to ensure compliance with regulatory requirements, and to ensure it is consistent with state and local plans, and the GGNS Securizy Plan. 2.2. 9 Revi ewing Emergency Plan procedures to ensure they are consistent wt Administrative, Security, Radiation Control, and Training procedures, the Emergency Plan, and with each other. 2.i0 Distributing revisions to the Emergency Plan or EPPs to the NRC within 30 days of their implementation, as specified in 10CFR50.54(q) and 10CFR50, Appendix E. 2,2.11 Establishing the schedule and conducting media training for the news media on emergency information, and the publication and distribution of the Public Information Publication.

2.2.12 Communicating Emergency Preparedness Program changes, deemed significant, to plant staff and the Emergency Response Organization.

V, S\TECH PUt\RZV!SiONhhs103.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-l0-3 Revision:

8 Page: 4 Department Responsibilities 2.2.13 Coordination with state and local emergency preparedness officials on establishing dates for training of offsite support agencies, and the biennial NRC graded exercise if offsite support agencies participate.

NOTE Md.anager, Emergency Preparedness (MEP) or designee may develop ad distribute a schedule identifying significant emergency preparedness activities including emergency preparedness drills and exercises.

2.2.14 Reviewing information from drills and exercises, and address, as appropriate, corrective action to ensure implementation.

2.3 Manager, Qualitv Assurance

-Is responsible for establishing the schedule for emergency preparedness audits by Quality Assurance and shall ensure an independent audit of the Emergency Preparedness Program is conducted annually.

2.4 Site Vice President, through the Director, Nuclear Safety Assurance

-Is responsible for establishing management direction and control for the Emergency Preparedness Program to ensure preparedness is maintained and any required corrective actions are implemented.

2.5 All GGNS Superintendents and above -Are responsible for: 2.5.1 Ensuring compliance with commitments of the GGNS Emergency Plan that affect their area of responsibility.

2.5.2 Providuing support to the Manacer, Emergency Preparedness for the conduct of emergency preparedness exercises.

2.6 Planr General Mana er provides overall direction for those site-specific activiieSs whi4h support The Emergency Preparedness Program.

-.7 Viaae r System Enqineerin, throgh tre Computer Engineering Section, m~ntanas all Emergency Dose Calculations Source Codes. 3.C REFERENCES 3.1- Code of Federal Regulations 10CFR50 3.2 NUREG 0654 3.3 GGNS Final Safety Analysis Report 3.4 Operational Quality Assurance Manual (OQAM) 3.5 Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Emergency Plan 3.6 GGNS Plant Operations Manual 3.6.1 01-S-01-3, Plant Safety Review Committee E; -&7 ' T T !SION\1\ -s303.doC GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE STile: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-10-3j Revision:

8 Page: 5 Department Responsibilities 3.6.2 01-S-10-4, Emergency Preparedness Drills and Exercises 3.6.3 01-S-04-21, Emergency Preparedness Training Program 3.6.4 01-S-06-5, incident Reports/Reportable Events 3.7 Nuclear Management Manual (NMM) Procedure LI-102, Corrective Action Process 4.0 ATTACHMENTS 4.1 Attachment I -Required Reading Checklist 4.2 Attachment II -Emergency Plan Revision Cover Sheet 4.3 Atnachment I!i- Emergency Plan Change Cover Sheet 4.4 Atahment 1V -Request for and Documentation of Emergency Action Level Review by Offsize Agencies 4.5 Atiachmene V -Evaluation of Proposed Changes to the Emergency Plan 5.0 DEFINITIONS 5.1 GGNS Emergency Plan The GGNS Emergency Plan is an action plan prepared in accordance with the requirements of 10CFR50 and the guidance of NUREG 0654 to control and direct the response of Emergency Response Organizations to a plant emergency condition as defined in the Plan. The Emergency Plan constitutes Section 13.3 of the GGNS FSAR. 5.2 Implementing Procedures Emergency Plan Procedures (EPPs) provide detailed direction for the Emergency Response Organization and implement actions directed by the Emergency Plan. EPPs are located in Volume 10 of the Plant Operations Manual. 5.3 Plan Revision -The formal revision of the Emergency Plan which may incorporate one or more approved Plan Changes.

5.4 Plan 1hanoe -A handwritten change to the Emergency Plan. 6.C DETAILS 6.1 Emergency Preparedness Program The Emergency Preparedness staff has the following general responsibilities:

6.1.1 Coordinate the annual and periodic reviews, revision, and distribution of Emergency Preparedness (EP) documents, such as the GGNS Emergency Plan and Emergency Preparedness Procedures.

6.1.2 Develop scenarios for drills and exercises as defined by the Emergency Plan. V:\ADM SRVS\TECH p

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR S-TATON ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE -i-ie: Emergency Preparedness ho.: Jl-S-l0-3 Revision:

8 Page: 6 Departrment Responsibilities 6.1.3 Periodically conduct and participate in drills and exercises to evaluate major Portions of emergency response capabilities and federal agencies, and make a timely submission of required reports about these activities.

6.1.4 Establish and maintain communications to promote mutual understanding with other departments, federal, state, and local agencies involved in GGNS Emergency Preparedness Program.

a. Provide primary communications contact with NRC. b. Periodically meet with federal, state, and local support agencies to establish schedules, coordinate training, and ascertain overall EP status. Provide liaison with industry committees and working groups involvea in emergency preparedness, and represent GGNS at Regional Utility Group meetings.

d. Interact with other departments to ensure the Emergency Response Organization is staffed with qualified personnel and maintained in a state of readiness.

e. Provide necessary contact with responsible audit groups to ensure the success of the EP program.

6.1.5 Ensure the readiness of Emergency Response Facilities (ERF). a. Maintain ERF inventories.

b. Conduct operational checks of essential emergency equipment.

6.1.6 Establish goals and objectives for the EP staff that support the Emergency Preparedness Program.

6.1.7 Develop and maintain schedules of Emergency Preparedness Tasks. 6.1.8 Ensure that EP activities are performed in accordance with Operational Quality Assurance Program requirements.

6.1.9 Develop responses to NRC auestions, audits, and inspections relative to Emergency Preparedness, and provide regulatory reports as required.

6.1.10 i-st, track, and identify program deficiencies; schedule, monitor, and resolve iis-ed action items; and recommend any necessary o i actions to preclude recurrences.

6.1.1§ Ensure state and local emergency plans and letters of agreement are reviewea on an annual basis; and necessary funding is made available through the budgeting process for state and local agency EP activities.

6.1.12 Ensure all changes that may have an affect on the EP Program are evaluated for input on the Emergency Plan and Emergency Preparedness commiitments.

\AD SV\TE1 PUB\REViS ON\!\is-L3.do ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE 2RNV,_NUCL ER STATION Title: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-10-3 Revision:

8 Page: 7 Resporsibilities 6..! Conducting a routLine po'.l, via modem, of the Alert and Notification System to ensure the proper operation level is maintained, and reporting any problems to the Siren Maintenance Contractor.

6.1.14 Communicating Emergency Preparedness Program changes, deemed significant, to Plant staff and the Emergency Response Organization by one or more of the following methods: a. Training sessions following the Morning Meetings b. EP Hotlines c. Required Reading Program d. Special Meetings as necessary 6.2 Inspections and Audits 6.2.1 The EP staff is responsible for: a. Coordinating regulatory and industry group inspections and auditi ng acI'vJties related to the Emergency Preparedness Program.

b. Developing responses to deficiencies and findings.

Recommending to Entergy Operations management that responses per Step 6.2.1.b be transmitted to the associated regulatory, industry, or local/state group. d. Ensuring the timely resolution of emergency preparedness deficiencies, violations, nonconformances, and items of concern identified during Quality Assurance audits and NRC inspections.

e. If appropriate, assign action items in response to identified deficiencies and findings to responsible Entergy Operations personnel.

6.2.2 Ensuring an audit of the emergency preparedness program which constitutes an independent review, as required by 10CFR50.54(t), is performed annually under the direction of the Manager, Quality Assurance.

a. The auditors should have no direct responsibility for implementation of the Emergency Preparedness Program.

b. The part of the audit involving evaluation for adequacy of corr-municaion with state and local governments should be available -o the appropriate state and local governments.

-findngs from 7he audit should be: (I Documented (2) Reported to the Manager, Emergency Preparedness; Director, Nuclear Safety Assurance; Site Vice President; and affected groups. (3) Maintained for a period of five years. j:\D SRPVS\TECH PUB\REVISION\l\ls 03.doc ite: Ermergency Preparedness No: 01-S-0-3 Revision:

8 Page: 8 Department Responsibilities

d. The re- ew ,4ncudes r a minimum the Plan, implementing procedures and practices, training readiness testing, equipment, and interfaces with state and local governments.

e. Personnel performing reviews or audits of the Plan and/or Emergency Plan Procedures take into account and review corporate policy, state policy and plans, local plans, and the various agreements and understandings with federal, state, and local support agencies and organizations.

6.3 Alert and Notification System (ANS) 6.3.1 Siren tests (Growl or Complete Cycle) are conducted by the Claiborne County Civil Defense (CCCD) and Tensas Parish Emergency Preparedness (TPEP) agencies, and generally scheduled for 11:30 a.m. for Tensas Parish and 12:00 noon for Claiborne County, on the first Monday of each month. At the discretion of the local agency directors, monthly siren tests may be rescheduled or canceled.

6.3.2 Approximately one hour (but not to exceed two hours) following the completion of the scheduled monthly siren test, the Manager, Emergency Preparedness or designee contacts the respective agencies to determine siren ooerability.

6. 3. The siren operabiity percentage is determined for the total system, after each siren. test as follows: a. + +_ 43 x 100 _ 8 operable sirens 8 operable sirens total % op. Claiborne County Tensas Parish sirens total system b. A siren's operability is determined by: (1) An 08 or 48 on the feedback report, or (2) Manual verification by local agency or utility personnel stationed at a siren site during the scheduled test, or (3) Manual verification by local agency or utility personnel responding to the siren site for a subsequent growl test verification, or (4) Local residents near a siren site verify the siren sounding.

If the percent operability

(% op.) for the total system is less than 75%, the Control Room is notified immediately so the required one-hour notificat4on can be made pursuant to 10CFR50.72(b)

'1! (') and 01-S-06-5.

Corrective actions to repair inoperable sirens are initiated immediately by notification of 1te siren maintenance contractor.

.3 3.4 Uton determining r ha- a portion of the general public would not be proerl-v alerted of an emergency by -he Alert Notification System, GGi-S Emergencv Preparedness personnel should contact the appropriate Civil Defense Director to ensure Sheriff's office notification for route alerting is made. Additionally, the affected state agency (MEMA or LOEP/LDEQ) is notified.7A-M ,EH PUB\REVISION\!\Isi03.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION SPAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE e Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-103 Revision:

8 Page: 9 Department Resoonsibilities 6.3.5 Unoianned Siern Activations

a. When the Emergency Preparedness (EP) staff is advised of an unplanned activation of one or more of the ANS sirens, EP ensures that the Control Room is notified and the incident reported in accordance with 0i-S-06-5.

b. Emergency Preparedness coordinates with Corporate Comn~unicac ions in development and subsequent release of news bulletins as appropriate.

If a news bulletin is released, EP ensures that the Control Room is notified and reported in accordance with 01-S-06-5.

6.3.6 Annual ANS Training will be conducted by GGNS Emergency Preparedness for Claiborne County Civil Defense, Claiborne County Sheriff's Office, Tensas Parish Emergency Preparedness, and Tensas Parish Sheriff's Office. 6.4 Control of GGNS Emergency Plan 6.4.1 Annual Review a. The Emergency Plan shall be reviewed on an annual basis and updated by revision, as necessary.

The annual review shall include the review by state/local agencies of the Emergency Action Levels as required by 10CFR50, Appendix E, Paragraph IV.B. (i) State/local agency reviews are requested by a letter similar to Attachment IV. This letter is addressed to the following individuals: (a) Director, Mississippi Emergency Management Agency (b) Director, Claiborne County Civil Defense (c) Program Manager, Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality, Radiological Emergency Planning and Response (d) Tensas Parish Emergency Preparedness Coordinator (e) Director, Mississippi State Division of Radiological Health (f) Assistant Director, Louisiana Office of Emergency Preparedness

b. Supporting Emergency Response Plans to the GGNS Emergency Plan have been developed by offsite organizations and agencies and are maintained separately from the GGNS Emergency Plan by the responsible offsite organization/

agency. The supporting emergency plans are reviewed as requested, and comments forward'ed to the controlling organization as necessary.

Revisions to the supporting emergency plans are submitted to the NRC in accordance with Section 6.4.7 as they are provided to GGNS by the various organizations.

j:\ADM SRVS\TECH PUB\REVIS'ON\l\!slO3.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-10-3 Revision:

8 Page: 10 Departraert Responsibilities 6.4.1 (Cont.) C. Letters of Agreement are reviewed with the affected signatory organization on an annual basis and updated as necessary.

A change in signatory(Jes) to a given Letter of Agreement does not in itself requ.re revislon of that letter; nowever, a c.ange in applicability of the content of a Letter of Agreement.

does require a revision.

6.-.2 Evaluation for Revision a. Before initiating revisions to the Emergency Plan, an evaluation is conducted of proposed changes to ensure compliance with the requirements of lOCFR50.

(1) Such an evaluation may be conducted by the originator of the proposed change and approved by the Manager, Emergency Preparedness.

(2) The evaluation is documented on a form similar to Attachment V, Evaluation of Proposed Changes to Emergency Plan, and is included as part of the revision package for the approval cycle. (3) This evaluation is used to document changes to the Emergency Plan. If possible, a markup of the applicable sections of the Emergency Plan with the proposed changes is attached to the evaluation form. b. Revisions to the Emergency Plan may be made without prior NRC approval providing they do not decrease the effectiveness of the P2 an, and conrinue to meet the recuirements of 10CFR50.

C. Proposed changes that decrease the effectiveness of the approved Plan are not implemented without prior NRC approval.

6.4.3 lan Change Origination and Evaluation

a. Plan Changes may be requested by: (1) Any person within Entergy Operations; by state, local, or federal emergency response agencies (e.g., Nuclear Regulatory Commission).

(2) Notifying the Manager, Emergency Preparedness in writing.

(3) Telephone communications with the Manager, Emergency Preparedness.

b. The Manager, Emergency Preparedness reviews all proposed Emergency Plan changes.

J:\ D'ý SRVS\-, ECS PUB!1\1RE'VTSIOT\!\

s 03 .oc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND UT F NUCLEAR STATION Title Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-l0-3 Revision:

8 Page: I1 Deoartment Responsibilities 6.4.4 Preparation of Emergency Plan Revisions

a. The Manager, Emergency Preparedness or his designee prepares an initial draft Of an Emergency Plan revision as follows: (1) Using the latest approved revision of the Emergency Plan, indicate the changes required by either hand marking copies of the affected pages or typing pages in the same forr'& as the Emergency Plan. 2 n he affected pages need be revised and Issued. The lower richt-hand corner of each revised page indicates the aoclicabie revision number, which must coincide with rhe new revision number of the Plan to be issued and date (month/year) in which the revision is intended for issuance.

(3) When a Plan Revision requires the deletion without substitution of all of the text on a page, the page is not deleted from the Plan. The page is removed and replaced by a revised page with the same number, appropriate revision number, and date showing only the phrase "TEXT DELETED" centered on the revised page. (4) The revised portion of each page is indicated by a bold vertical line in the right-hand margin of the page beside the revised material.

If the entire page is being revised, the vertical line extends the entire length of printed material on the page. (5) The Emergency Plan Revision Cover Sheet, Attachment II, is marked with the revision number. The final version for approval and release is designated as "Revision

__ on the Plan cover sheet and all revised pages. (6) The date of the last signatory (Vice President, Operations, GCNS) and the revision date in the upper rlaht corner of the cover sheet are the same. The effective date and signature date are consistent with the date on each page of the revision.

,. .5 Review of Emergency Plan Revisions

a. Manager, Emergency Preparedness or his designee (1) Presents copies of the draft Plan Revision to the site personnel, if appropriate, for review and concurrence.

(2) Upon receipt of review comments, resolves or incorporates all comments; prepares a subsequent draft, if required; and submits the draft, revised in accordance with the review comments, for approval signatures.

j.Aii SNU AR AION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE TitEe: mergency Preparedness No.: Oi-S-10-3 Revisio 8 Page: 12 Department Responsibilities 6.4.6 Approval and Distribution of Emergency Plan Revisions and Changes a. Manager, Emergency Preparedness (1) Documents evaluation of the continued effectiveness of the revised Plan as required by lOCFR50.54(q) by signing the Evaluation of Proposed Changes to Emergency Plan (Attachment V), to indicate that this evaluation has been completed.

NOTE if :he evaluation conc.udes that the revision/change -s -learly requirec, but the Plan's effectiveness woId be decreased by it, do not implement it without aop icazion to and approval by the Nuclear Regulatory C O-miS S i on. (21 Assembles the following documents to accompany the revision/change through the approval cycle: (a) Emergency Plan Revision/Change Cover Sheet (similar to Attachment II/III) (b) List of Effective Pages (c) Plan Revision/Change Pages (d) Evaluation of Proposed Changes to Emergency Plan (similar to Attachment V) (3) Approves the revision/change package formed by the above documents by signature on the Emergency Plan Revision/Change Cover Sheet and ensures the revision/

change package is reviewed and approved by the following: (a) Director, Nuclear Safety Assurance (b) PSRC (c) The Plant General Manager (d, The Site V4ice President (4( Distributes the revision/change to Emergency Plan cust-odians.

(5) Files and retains all records of reviews and concurrences related to the revision/change.

(6) Files and retains completed Transmittal and Acknowledgment Forms. S RA V SV\E- PUP B\REV SIO \I\s1O3.dCc CRN UF NUCEA STATWN ADMINISTRAZ T IVE PROCEDURE 7 e Emrgency Pr eparedness jNo.: 01-S-133 Revisi-on:

8 P age: 13 Department Responsibilities 6.4.7 Submittal of Emergency Plan and impleementing Procedure Revisions to the Nuclear Re ulatory Commission

a. Emergency Plan Revisions I4) Manager, Emergency Preparedness provides copies of the revised emergency plan and/or implementing procedure to the Director, Nuclear Safety Assurance for transmittal to the NRC per Reference 3.1. b. Emergency Plan and Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures revisions are addressed and distributed to the NRC in accordance with !0CFR50.4(b)

(5). 6.4.8 Evaluation of Changes to the GGNS Facility and other changes that maj affect the Emerqency Plan. a. The following items must be reviewed for impact on the Emergency Plan: (1) Emergency Plan implementing procedure revisions and TCNs (2) EOI Organization changes (GGNS related) 3) GGNS Facility changes (Maintenance Shop, 177' Control Building, ESC Building)

(4) Updated Final Safety Analysis Report changes (5) Any offsite (Emergency Plan related) changes (6) Any other changes that may affect implementation of the Emergency Plan 6.5 Training 6.5.1 Training of Emergency Response Organization personnel is conducted in accordance with 01-S-04-21.

6.5.2 Training of Emergencypreparedness Staff a. Manager, Emergency Preparedness:

(1) Ensures that before assignment of duties and responsibilities involving quality affecting activities, new oersonnel have completed a required reading list as a prerequisite to such assignment.

(2) Assigns required reading as necessary, and documents on forms similar to Attachment I. 6.5.3 Coordinating scheduling and training requirements with offsite support agencies and Entergy Operations departments.

a. Members of local offsite support agencies, including local fire and law enforcement agencies, ambulance and hospital services, receive training during the second quarter of each calendar year, with training dates to be scheduled during the first quarter of each calendar year. 6.6 Drills and Exercises are conducted in accordance with Reference 3.6.2. j:\AD7 SRVS\TFCH.PU\

REVISION\l\5s03".doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE TitL Emergency 0-predness No. 1 S-!C Revision:

8 Page: 18 Deor'tment Resconsb .iii es 6. Lca'./ State !erace 6.7 The Manager, Emergency Preparedness or designee maintains communication with the appropriate officials from Mississippi Department of Emergency Management Agency (MEMA), Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ), Claiborne County Civil Defense (CCCD), Tensas Parish Emergency Preparedness (TPEP), Mississippi State Board of Health, Division of Radiological Health, and Louisiana Office of Emergency Preparedness (LOEP), regarding the overall status of emergency preparedness.

Actions taken by GGNS that could potentially impact state/local planning should not be initiated without their prior concurrence.

6.7.2 At the discretion of the Manager, Emergency Preparedness, local and state agency officials may be provided with copies of correspondence in the possession of GGNS related to their emergency preparedness responsibilities.

6.8 Emergency Public Information/News Media Emergency Information 6.8.1 The EP staff prepares the Emergency Public Information Publication, and conducts the News Media Emergency Information training on an annual basis. 6.9 Emergency Teleonone Book 6.9.1 An Emergency Telephone Book containing the telephone numbers of emergency response facilities and personnel is maintained and copies diszributed for use at all Emergency Response Facilities.

6.9.2 Verification that the telephone numbers are correct is made quarterly and changes published, as necessary.

6.10 ERO -ali Tree 6.10.1 An Emergency Response Organization Call Tree containing the names, offices numbers, home numbers, and pager numbers will be produced and distributed on a monthly basis. This Call Tree will be in a flow-chart form and will consist of the persons who fill the minimum staffing positions for the TSC, OSC, and EOF. 6.11 Real Event Reporting 6.11.1 The Manager, Emergency Preparedness is responsible for generating a report on any activation of the Emergency Plan. The report should include the following:

a. Copies of appropriate paperwork generated by the event including:

notification forms, checklists, Iogbooks, survey maps, dose calculations, etc. b. Observations and comments from the personnel involved in the event. 6.. anager, Eegency Pre.paredness responsible for ensuring that al. observations and comrments are tracked in the Emergency Prepared-rness Action T-rackina System, as appropriate.

J:\ADM SRVS\TEC>

PUB\REVISION\\lrsi03.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE ,,rrTrT"Q rTATTC)N C. -I *tanager Emerg >ency p fepare ne winl, as apprfi e c.. :rom dril-s, exercises, inspection reports, staff findings, etc. i-c ensure thaý each rem i s addressed and closed.6.!2.2 After the eno of each calendar qua-ter the EPATS items entered during that quarter wi be reviewed to determine if they are repeat items, (items oreviously identified in past quarters.)

6.12.3 All repeat items will be evaluated to determine if they meet the criteria of reference 3.6.4 or 3.7. Any items meeting the criteria for in reference 3.6.4 or 3.7 will be documented on a Condition Report in accordance with reference 3.7. 6.12.4 The Manager, Emergency Preparedness, or his designee, will document the results of the Quarterly EPATS by letter, and a copy of the letter will be submitted to Nuclear Records.

7.0 EMERGENCY DOSE CALCULATION SOFTWARE AND SOURCE CODE CONTROL NOTE The Manager, System Engineering, through the Computer Engineering section, maintains al merrency dose calculation source codes, including a C onFar-a&cn ranagement Plan and a Mantenance rocere/rian.

.'he lanaM , E-_ is respo sible for: 7.1.1 The current documentat.io of the computer software including initial sysreem test resu1.s, results of software revision tests, and users manuals.

7.1.2 The locations of all authorized installations of the dose assessment software.

7 i a Documentation of commitment compliance.

7.1.4 Authorizing the implementation of software modifications.

7.1.5 Ensuring appropriate technical reviews have been completed before authorizing software modification.

7.1.6 Ensuring satisfactory completion of all testing before releasing revised software for use and testing after installation in the field. 7.1.7 Maintaining administrative control of source code. 7.1.8 Notifying the Training and Chemistry/Radiation Control Departments o0 software changes.

.1. En~surin7 approproiate state agencies are inrormed of significant Changes to Ine computer software.

En!. ring cnanges to .he software are forwarded to the Manager, .for incorooration Into the appropriate j:\ rai g proNgr- . j:\ADM SRVJS\TECE PUB\REVISION\!\IsI 0 3"doc Title: Emergency Preparedness No.: Department Responsb'te S 612 Emerj2La_7 red~eness Action Track n a Systefr (EPATS) -rckiemrs ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION[t71: Emergency Preparedness No.: Oi-S-!0-3 Revision:

8 Page: 16 Department Responsibilities 7.1.11 Ensuring that procedures for the use of the software are updated to reflect software changes.

7,1.12 Ensuring that GGNS onsite computers requiring current copies of approved dose calculation software are updated when software revisions are issued. 7.!.13 Ensuring that designated users are informed of software revisions.

7.1.14 Designating an individual(s) to act as system manager to control software inszallation on authorized computer locations.

j:\,ADY" SRVS",TECH PU3\REVISION\!\

°1s03.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE REQUIRED READING CHECKLIST Employee's Name: Employee's SSN,:_ Employee's Position:

Supervisor's Name: Date: By my signature I certify that I have completed the required reading on the date snown and that I understand the maTerial covered.Employee Date Si nature Pages 4.8. 9. 10. 12. 14. 210 V P.'Z\l&'H 905 ?EVIZICUVV Readino TitleýRPII D GRAND GULT NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE 01-S-I0-3 Revision:

8 Artachmen~t i Page 1 of l EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION COVER SHEET EXAMPLE Revision No. Date GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN NON-SAFETY RELATED Implementation of this revision will not decrease the effectiveness of the Emergency Plan, and the Plan will continue to meet the standards of !0CFR50.47(b) and the requirements of 10CFR50, Appendix E.Precarer:

Reviewed/Approved:

Rev-ewed/Approved:

Rýe2ie e , A Crved: Rev' ewe /Aprcved:

Reviewed/Approved:

Emergency Preparedness Manager, Eimergency Preparedness Direcor, Nuer Safety Assurance

/Date Chairman, Plant Safety Review Commrittee/Date Plant General Manager /Date Site Vice President

/Date_:\'AD,'ý1 SRVS\TECH PUB\REVISION\l\ls!03.doc

]R.AND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE 01-S-10-3 Revision:

8 Attachment III Page 1 of 1 EMERGENCY PLAN CHANGE COVER SHEET EXAMPLE Change NO. Daze GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN NON-SAFETY RELATED incmpmentation of this change will not decrease the effectiveness of the Emergency plant and the Plan will continue to meet the standards of i0CFR50.47(b) and the requirements of iOCFR50, Appendix E.Preparer:

Reviewed/Approved:

Reviewed/Approved:

Reviewed/Approved:

Reviewed/Approved:

Reviewed/Approved:

Emergency Preparedness Manage, Emergency Preparedness Director, Nuclear Safety Assurance

/Date Plant Safety Review Commttee/Date Plant General Manager/Date Size Vice President Date-1..

ADIN4ISTRATI>TVE PROCEDURE REQUEST FOR AND DOCUMENTATION OF EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL REVIEW BY OFFSITE AGENCIES EXAMPLE Mr. James E. Maher Director Mississippi Emergency Management Agency Fondren Starion Jackson, Mississippi

Dear Mr. Maher:

(Date)

SUBJECT:

Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Emergency Action Level Review GEXO- /-0c.R50, Appendix E, IV.B requires tra- "emergency acrion levels..." be revi~ew'ed wih smate andJ. local governe authorities on an annual basis. The emergency acuion -evels for Grano Gulf Nuclear Station, which were developed in ac*orda.ce with -ne guidance of NUREG-06v4, are contained in Section 4.0 of the Plan a i 3S Emergency Plan Procecure (A-S-8-I DAttachment I). We are currently preparing Revision __ to the Emergency Plan. Please review Section 4.0 in your copy of the Plan and advise us of your comments by completing and returning the Concurrence Review Form (Attachment I) by (date) If you have any questions, please contact Mr. M. F. Guynn at xxx-xxxx.

Yours truly, Manager, Emergency Preparedness MG Aitachments Standard Distr-ibtionr EXAMPLE Rk!M [SRUS',C PUB\REVISION!"\ -s' 1.doc ADMINTSTBATIVE PROCEDURE SRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION REQUEST FOR AND DOCUMENTATION OF EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL REVIEW BY OFFSITE AGENCIES EXAMPLE Attachment I to GEXO- /T have revrewed the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station emergency action levels as contained Setcc-'o 4.0 of the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Emergency Plan and in GGNS Emergency Plan Procedure 10-S-01-1; my comments are as follows: Concur as written Comments attached Name/Date T.itle/Organization

?lease re-urn comýDleted form to: 'ar:ager, Emergergency Precarecness GrN-ad GI Ncear Stati_-'on Port Gibson, Mississippi 39150 S, A 5UBREvTSIO\\

1s103.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE 01-S-10-3 Revision:

8 Attachment V Page 1 of 2 EVALUATION OF PROPOSED CHANGES TO EMERGENCY PLAN EXAMPL E PX-M 2ý E 10CR50.54(q) states r. par, "The Nuclear Power Reactor Licensee may make changes to thnese larns witbhout Commission approval onlyv if such changes do not decrease the effec-iveness of rhe plans, and the plans, as changed, continue to meet the standards of Sectirn 50.47 b) and the rquiremets ot Appendix E to this part." This form s ae used t o ocumen: review,, of proposed changes t-o the Emergency Plan to meet EcV.A LUATION i.0 Proposed changes/revised Emergency Plan sections (Attach marked-up pages, if possible):

2.0 Are the proposed changes/revised Emergency Plan sections other than Administrative in nature? If "NO" go to Item 5.0. Yes ( No 3.0 List affected Emergency Plan content requirements from I0CFR50.54, Appendix e- c' a. S rom i0 .-.47 (b, and guidance criteria from NUREG-0654 (see Emergency Plan Appendix G). 504 b 9anrin, Standards NUREG-h654 Guidance Criteria 5.0 oes the proposed revision still meet the standards identified in Items 3.0 and 4.0? Yes ) No ý1_ , , :,A >' S "S-7 EC- P B, 3 \ R "! IS ON \ I\ Is 103.da c ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE.j-.NL GULF NUCLEAR STATION EVALUATION OF PROPOSED CHANGES TO EMERGENCY PLAN (CONT.) EXAMPLE 6.0 Provide the basis used to determine the response to Item 5.0, including appropriate documentation or justification.

.0 as the degree of effectiveness of the plan been decreased? ( ) Yes ( ) N 8.0 '-rovide the basis used to determine 7he response to Item 7.0, including p rie ocumentation.

or -ust-ification.

SUMMARY

Do -he proposed changes require NRC approval before implementation?) Yes) No Evaluation Conducted by: Eva 1!a ion Aocroved by: Date Signature Signature Manager, Emergency Preparedness Date airanPR J: R!D S -,, PUB\ZEI:SICON l : d PLANT OPERATIONS MANUAL VoLumSe 01 Section 04 01-S-04-21 Revision:

108 Date:2/8/01 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS TRAINING PROGRAM SAFETY RELATED Technical Tecurred 1 Re sible Ma lager PSRC:n e na la Ge~neral Mnger, Tra~iA-n a & Development iffective Pages: ?ages 1-7 -A achrmentS 7-IT LiSt of TCNs incoroorated: -Revis on TCN 0-3 None 4 1 5- Non~e 10 None -! None !2 2,3 None 104 None 102 6,7 103 None 1 4 Nor.e !105 None !06 None "None 108 No ne\ AD1 SRVS"PZCH PUB\RcEVSION\I\1s0421.dcc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE lTitle: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-04-21

!Revision:

108 tSafety Training Program Evaluation Facility:

GRAND GULF I. SIGNATURES Preparer:

Ron Green 1/20/2001 Signature Name (print) Date Reviewer:

/617 Signature Name (print)Date proceoure.

7rl/, -4 1 1/ 1 III. 50.59 SCREENING I ff " ". TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to: Operating License [ Yes If yes, process a change per 10CFR50.90 and [ No obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change. Technical Specifications f] Yes If yes, process a change per 10CFR50.90 and [ No obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change. NRC Orders [ Yes If yes, process a change per 10CFR50.90 and (ANO only) [] No obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the E N/A Change.SAR SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to the facility or procedure which alters information, operation, function or ability to perform the function of a system, structure or component described in the SAR (site specific documents)?

II. OVERVIEW Document Evaluated:

Administrative procedure 01-S-04-21 Revision 108 "Emergency Preparedness Training Program Brief Description of the Proposed Change: This revision updates " -tes listed in the procedure, changes the title of the TSC/EOF Dose Calculator to Radiological Assessment Dose Calculator, removes the requirement for RWT training for E-N4M4/EIC personnel, and deletes the qualification codes from the ,~ ~ P ./

Title: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-04-21 Revision:

108 Safety Training ProgramI Evaluation TS Bases section UFSAR (including pending changes)TRM Core Operating Limits Report Fire Hazards Analysis (Included in RBS' USAR)NRC SERs Does the proposed Change involve a test or experiment not described in the SAR? Does the proposed Change result in any potential impact to equipment or facilities utilized for Ventilated Storage Cask activities?

D] D] D] D] D] Lii D] D] LI LI Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No N/A Yes No Yes No Yes No N/A If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation. (See Section 5.1.19.) If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 72.48 Review.kMIJ Uonly2 ADDITIONAL SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to: Quality Assurance Program Manual [] Yes If yes, notify the quality department and ensure Z No a 50.54 Evaluation is performed.

Emergency Plan F] Yes If yes, notify the emergency planning Z No department and ensure a 50.54 Evaluation is performed.

BASIS: [A brief written response providing the basis for answering the questions must be provided.

Adequate basis must be provided within the Screening such that a third-party reviewer can reach the same conclusions.

Simply stating that the change does not affect TS or the SAR is not an acceptable basis. Also discuss the methodology for performing the LBD search. State the location of relevant licensing document information and explain the scope of the review such as electronic search criteria used (e.g., key words) or the general extent of manual searches per Section 5.1.18.6.]

An electronic search of the UFSAR using keywords Emergency Plan, Dose Calculator, Dose Calculation, Manager, Radiation Protection Training, Radiation Worker Training, and radiological was conducted.

Also a review of Technical Specifications and the TRM and an electronic search of each was conducted including section 5.0 "Administrative ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF: NUCLEAR STIATION Controls" and TRM section 7.7.3.1 "In-Plant Radiation Monitoring".

Further a review of the Emergency Plan Revision 43 and an electronic search using keyword "training" was conducted.

All of these searches and document reviews led to the conclusion that the title changes and deletion of the qual codes and RWT requirements for the ENCM/EIC positions had any impact or affected changes to the UFSAR, Tech Specs, TRM or the Emergency Plan. The title changes merely update the procedure to reflect manager title changes for EOI standardization or other reasons. The title change does not change the responsibility or actions of any of these positions.

The deletion of the qual codes from this procedure is an editorial change only. The deletion of the RWT requirement for ENMC/ElC does not delete their requirement to be trained for their position, but deletes the requirement to complete RWT training, which is not necessary for the ENMC/EIC E-plan positions.

These positions due not enter the Controlled Access Area (CAA) at Grand Gulf as part of their duties therefore the do not need Radiation Worker Training (RWT).

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-04-21 Revision:

108 Safety TianrýPorr Evaluation Trainine Program IV. ENVIRONMENTAL EVALUATION APPLICABILITY REVIEW If any of the following questions is answered "YES", then an Environmental Evaluation must be performed.

Will the Change being evaluated:

YES NO S [Z Disturb land that is beyond that initially disturbed during construction (i.e., new construction of buildings, creation or removal of ponds, or other terrestrial impact)? Z Increase thermal discharges to the river, lake or atmosphere?

Z Increase concentration or quantity of chemicals discharged to the atmosphere, ground water, or surface water? ED Z Increase quantity of chemicals to cooling lake or atmosphere through discharge canal or tower? E] Z Modify the design or operation of cooling tower that will change flow characteristics?

D Z Install any new transmission lines leading offsite? D] Z Change the design or operation of the intake or discharge structures?

D] Z Discharges any chemicals new or different from that previously discharged?

Z Potentially cause a spill or unevaluated discharge that may effect neighboring soils, surface water or ground water? F-] Z Involve burying or placement of any solid wastes in the site area that may effect runoff, surface water or ground water? D] Z Involve incineration or disposal of any potentially hazardous materials on the site? Z Result in a change to non-radiological effluents or licensed reactor power level? S [Z Potentially change the type or increase the amount of non-radiological air emissions from the site?

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Ti-ie: Emergency Preparedness Training Program ADMTNISTRATIVE PROCEDURE 01-S-04-21 Revision:

108 Page: i Periodic Review Required:

I- Yes, list frequency:

Z Year (/ YES ( NO If No, refer to Attachment XIX of 01-S-02-3 for a list of procedure review me-hods and fill in the appropriate letter(s) below; if "Other," specify method.Method(s) of Review !0CFR50.59 Review Required:

Yes No (en 01 Cross-dhscipline review required:

YES NO Reviewed by: If Yes, attach 50.59 Review. Not required per section ter Section 6.3.2(b) or 6.3.2(c) of procedure -S-02-3) Tech Reviewer's Initials s __Does this directve contain Tech Spec, TRM, ODCM, or PCP Triggers? ( ) YES NO ,:\ADM SRVS\TECH PUB\REVISIONkI\Is042l.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADNNISTRATIVE PRO=URE ie: Ergncy LPreparedness No.: u1-s-o t 2! Reis ion: 108 Page: i pTrairnnrg Proqram REQUIREMENTS CROSS-REFERENCE LIST Recu*irem a' iplemenred by Directive Directive Paragraph Number I~euirmeh implemente Requireemene N'ame eadraqraph Number That Tmplements Recuirement FS.AR 7.7.i.11.4.3.S3 Att 1.7, Att II-C15 Em~ergeny Plan 8.2.1 6.2 UFSAR 18.1.22.S3-S6 6.4, Att T.2, Att 1I -Column Emergencv Plan 8,2.2.S2&S3

• Emergency Plan 8.2.SI 8.2.2.Sl 6.2.1, 6.2.3, 6.3.1, Art 1.7 TRM 7. 6.3.1.a 6.4.3 Tech Soec 5.5.3.a Att 1.7, At' IT-C15 ANSI N2.3 4.5.1.Sl 6.2.2a ANSI N2.3 4.5.2.Sl 6.2.2a ANSI N2.3 4.5.3.62 6.2.2a Emergency Plan 6.5.1.a.5 6.2 AECM-89/0202 At: 1.TV.S7 6.1.8, 6.1.1 Emergency Plan 8.2.2.S4 6.3.1,6.3.2 GNRO-97/00080 50-416/9709-1 Item 1 6.4.4 CR 2000/0386 CA.!5 6.1.9 10 SCovered by _rective a a whoIe by various pararaaphs of :ne direcive NOTE T.e ýCom'onent Dadta Base Change Request statement is appl cable only to Volume 06 "and 0/ maintenance directives.

Component Data Base Change Reauest generated and the backup documentation available for setpolnt and/or calibration data only El Yes 9 N/A CDBCR # Current Revision Statement Revision 108:

• Changes titles of TSC/EOF Dose Calculator to Radiological Assessment Dose Calculator.

"* Changes title Shift Superintendent to Shift Manager.

"* Deletes RWT requirement for ENMC/EIC to meet standardization.

"* Changes "* Deletes Manager, Training and EP to Manager, Training and Development.

Qual codes from this procedure.

J:\ADM SRVS\TECHPUBREVISION\ikis042i-d c

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Title Emergency PrepaU iedness iaining Pioiam No.: 01-SR04-21 Re o mergency Plan Evaluation EVA[-UATION OF EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROCEDURE Procedure Number: Procedure Name: Revision/TCN Number: 01 -S-04-21 Emergency Preparedness Training Program Revision 108 Does the procedure Revision / TCN require an Emergency Plan change'?( ) Yes (X) No NOTE:IF YES, THIS PROCEDURE CANNOT BE ISSUED UNTIL THE EMERGENCY PLAN IS CHANGED / REVISED.

Reason for "NO" response:

This procedure revision implements the changes made to the GGNS Emergency Plan in Revision 43 & 44 and clarifies and corrects information in the procedure.

Therefore, this revision does not change the GGNS Emergency Plan.Prepared: Approved:

Manag, mrgen--c / -))-* 6 M~anager, mergency Preparedness

/1-3i'-- 0 GRAND GnLF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Titce: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-04-21 Revision:

108 Page: I -raining Program 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 The objective of the Emergency Preparedness Training (EPT) Program is to define and implement training for GGNS emergency response personnel to ensure a constant state of preparedness for and during a radiological emergency.

1.2 Changes required for implementation of 1994 TSIP were incorporaed in Revision 100. For historical reference this statement should not be deleted.

"2.D RES KFBI-LIES 2.! Site Vice President

-Has authority and responsibility for establishing mntagement direction and control to ensure nhaz preparedness is maintained and that any required corrective actions are mplemented.

2.2 Manager, Emergency Preoaredness

-Has overall responsibility for implementatio of the EmergenPy Preparedness Program, including training, drills, standards of performance, and exercises involving Entergy Operations, inc. (GGNS) Emergency Organization personnel.

2.3 Manager, Training & Development

-Is responsible for providing and implementing an Emergency Preparedness Training Program that is in accordance with plant requirements, administrative directives and company policies.

2.4 Manager, Operations

-Is responsible for Fire Brigade Training, including drills, standards of performance, and documentation of activities related to fire brigade training.

2.5 Facility Process Owners or their designee -Are responsible for: 2.S.1 Making recommendations for their assigned facilities concerning:

a. Staffing b. Operazion

c. Readiness 2.6 Position Leads -Are responsible for: 2.6.1 Reviewing qualification cards and EPTS lesson plans, as appropriate, for the ERO positions under their responsibility.

j:\ADM SRVS\TECH PUB\REVISION~l\s042 1.doc

• -NF STGL..I..

ADMINISTRATIVE PRCCEDURE Ilte: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-04-2 Revision:

10 Page: 2 Training Program

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 GGNS Emergency Plan 3.2 Administrative Procedure 01-S-05-16, Training Records 3. 3Adminis'ra" tive Procedure 01-S-04-4, General Employee Training Program, 3.4 Administrative Procedure 01-S-05-15, GGNS Required Reading Program .5 Emergency Plan Procedure 01-S-70-4, Emergency Preparedness Drills and Exercises 3.6 Arminisr ative Procedure OI-S- 0-6, Emergency Response Organization m...veN G5 -0 enea Emlovee Trai4n ing D, Sie i V No. *G

• 5 , G --ea Em r -8 Site Directive Nc. G6. r Erg e ncy Yr predness Program Responsibilities 3.9 Techn.cal Requirerr.ents Mla.uai, Section 7.0, Administrative Conrol 3.10 Administrative Procedure 01-S-04-34, Training Waivers SATTACHMENTS 4.1 Att achment I- Summary/Outline of EPTS Classes tachment ii Training/Qualification Requirements 4.3 Attachment II -ERO Positions with Position Leads 5.0 DEFINITIONS 5.1 Emergency Preparedness Training Specialized (EPTS) -Includes training on related procedures and techn.cqes necessary for proper response 5.2 Licensed Operators

-Shift Managers, Shift Supervisors and Nuclear Operator A (NOA's) 5.3 Non--iceensed Operators Nuclear Ooerator B (NOB), Auxiliary Ooerat-or Nuclear "AON , and Radwaste Oerators .4 Er. .....*y Resunrse Personnel

-GGNS Entergy Operamtions oersonnei who are required to respond to an emergency.

EP Qualifying Activity -A radiation emergency drill, or exercise, of which the major component consists of a preplanned scenario designed to activate the Emergency Plan and test, or train, members of the ERO. 5.6 Partici>ation

-Includes, and is limited to, the following activities:

-6.1 Responding as an ERO member in the position qualifyng for, or 5.6.2 Serving as a Controller over the position qualifying for, or 5.6.3 Serving as an Evaluator of the oosition qualifying for, or T:\ADM SRVS\TC P PUB2\REV SiON\!\Is042!.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Tte: Emergency Preparedness No. 01-S-04-21 Revision:

108 Page: 3 Trairing Program 5.6.4 Serving as Coach over the position Qualifying for. 5.7 CBOP -Participation in the EOI Continuing Behavioral Observation Program, with access authorized.

5.8 TLD -Assigned a Thermo Luminescent Dosimeter and no current Radworker Restrict ions . 5.9 Key Card -Possession of active key card and unescorted assess to Protected Area ano EOF. 5.10 CI -Credot by Examination 5.11 FW -Facility Walk-through 6.0 DETAILS 6. 'Traiinng Program Requirements 6.i.. AIL exa fatilures in zre Emergency Preparedness Training Program must be imrmediately reported to the Manager, Emergency Preparedness, in acroar<ce wi t 01-S-10-6.

6.1.2 iraining/qualication i the Emergency Preparedness Training Program shall be documented and retained in accordance with Reference 3.2. 6.1.3 EPTS lesson plans should be approved by a Training Supervisor, and reviewed by the Manager, Emergency Preparedness or designee.

6.1.4 Written examinations and/or performance evaluations are normally given to ensure adequate understanding and retention of material covered in the classroom/or other qualification activity.

These examinations/evaluations shall be administered in accordance with Training Section Procedure 14-S-01-4, Examinations.

6.1.5 EPTS classroom training instructors shall be qualified in accordance with 01-S-04-35, Instructor Certification and Evaluations.

6.1.6 Specialized training may be provided by vendors qualified in a specific area with documentation furnished to Training i accordance with Reference 3.2. 6.1.7 Notification of changes to procedures and equipment that happen between scheduled training sessions will be done, as appropriate, Saccordance with Reference 3.4. The E? Training Review Group determines formal training is required for these changes.

6.1.8is for Trining/Qualification requirements in this procedure must be documented and approved in accordance with 01-S-04-34.

6.1.9 When T raining/Qualification requirements change, all affected personnel must be trained/qualified in the new requirements before the recuirements are changed in this procedure.

j:\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REViSTON\I\Is0421.doc T itle: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-04-21 Revision:

108 ý Page: 4 T raining Program I 2. _me Plan r- lt aJor All Personne1:

6. 2. information on the Emercency Plan is administered as part of Plant Access Trainng 'PQT) o all personnel )excluding visitors) coming onsite for the first time and to all personnel participating in the annual PAT retraining program. This portion of PAT meets the following objectives:

a. Trains personrel with respect to teir responsibilities during an emergency situation.

b. Keeps personnel informed of any applicable changes to the Emergency Plan. 6.2.2 To meet these objectives, instructions concerning the following will be given to all personnel participating in Plant Access Training:

a. Signals and alarms b. Evacuation routes and procedures

c. Response during an emergency

d. Response on observi-ng an unusual occurrence

e. Emergency classIfications

f. tubll§ relations 6.2.3 This training shall be completed on an annual basis, unless otherwise no-ed. 6.3 Emergency Preparedness Training for ERO Personnel 6.3.1 All personnel who respond as part of the GGNS Emergency Plan shall be Qualified in accordance with this procedure.

6.3.2 Al1 personnel reporting to work to satisfy staffing in accordance with the requirements of 01-S-10-6 shall be cualified in accordance with this procedure.

6.3.3 All personnel who are designated to augment station staffing (On-Call ERO) in accordance with 01-S-10-6 shall meet all qualification requirements of assigned cosition before being placed on-call.

_:',ADM SRV/S\TECH PUB\REVISION\I\is0421.doc ADHINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRIýND GULF NU-CLEAR S-A.TION Title: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-04-21 Revision:

108 Page: 5 Training Program -.3.4 Training is required annually with a training grace per Iod allowed up to the last day of the thirteenth month following current traini g. 6.3.5 Snould a person perform duties -hat indicate the need to qualify for more rhan one Emergency Posi>ion (see Attachment 1!), the qualifications for the nersons assigned ERO ostn snalo orevail i. de-_ermi.

ninc re persons ER -alification status. 6.4 Emergency Preparedness Training Specialized (EPTS) 6.4.1 Emergency response personnel shall receive specialized training based on their expected involvement in specific emergency response areas. This training should include, but not be limited to, attendance at, and completion of, one or more of the modules listed in Attachment I. a. CBE may be given in lieu of class attendance at the discretion of the Instructor.

(1) The CBE should include providing information on pertinent changes to the Emergency Plan and Procedures, and relevant industry events that have occurred since the last aualifying EPTS class. (2) Anv person failing any part of the CBE must retake the normal EPTS qualifying class and satisfactorily complete anv skills items, as approprat

e. '3) A1I failures are I AW 6r.I. I . (4 CBE awii .t obe used for initial ERO posi Jon 6.4.2 The following groups require EPTS-2 by UFSAR 18.1.22. Not having EPTS-2 does not affect their ability to respond in an emergency unless the emergency position reouires EPTS-2. a. Plant General Manager b. Manacer, Operations and Manager, Maintenance and Modifications

c. Senior Health Physicists

d. Instrument Technicians

e. Radiochemists 6.4.3 Training will be provided to in-plant radiological monitoring personnel on the collection, analysis, and evaluation of airborne radiolodine in vital areas under accident conditions.

Tnis training is normally completed under the Health Physics Qualification Program.

filE ,.7S\r-rE PUB\REVISION\I\ls0421 .doc ADMI'NISTRA-TVE PROCEDUýREGULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-04-21 Revision:

108 Page: 6 Training Program 6.4.4 Personnel who provide the on-shift radiological assessment function shall train with an Operations crew in the Control Room or simulator, commensurate with their emergency function, before first assignment as On-shift Chemist and annually thereafter.

This training cannot occur during an Evaluated EP Exercise.

6.5 Trainin~gand Qualification Process 6._.1 All Tra ning/Qualification Requirements are listed in Attachment -I. 6.5.2 'hen a person needs to be trained or qualified for emergency response duties, -he Position candidate must contact Traiing to schedule a training class and obtain a Qualification Card, if appropriate.

6.5.3 A person qualifying for a new or different ERO position must participate in a drill as a player in the position qualifying for. NOTE Requalification courses are normally scheduled, by Training, in advance.

6.5.4 The position candidate then completes all requirements per Attachment II for the position the candidate is attempt-ing to qualify for before being assigned or reassigned to the ERO. NOTE Tf the candidate fails any aspect of the qualification orocess, refer Lo Section 6.1.1 of this procedure.

6.5-5 hnen the qualcard items are complete, it is reviewed by a person currently qualified in the position (or higher level in the ERO) ror whc-h the candidate is attempting to quality. If satisfied that the candidare is oroficient, the reviewer signs the qualcard as evaluator.

The qualcard is also signed by the candidate's direct supervisor.

6.5.6 The candidate then routes the completed QualCard to EP Training.j:IAD' SRVS\TECH PUPB\REV-kON 1\\ s042i.doc ADMIINISTRAýT7VE PROCEDURE GRA-ND GULF NUJCLEAR STATION 6.%7N S 2 vriiV iurt sn copee nu1d~ 8r Park ge r~ te p n'dt -s ei1ln :or a- Ne sR poiin ýhe Reordsdr ýnacorda~sEncer y w4h Repereednes in3.2d.t wt 0i-S-is--S.

6. .9 Ir the position canoidate is not qualifyinlg for a new LEO poS~tLo'n no additional ac-ton is neccssad-Y.

IT: \ADM I-RVS\TECH Pt'B\REVT2SION\1\^LsO421.do)

GRAND GULF NIUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE 01-S-04-21 Revision:

108 Attachment I Pace 1 of 4

SUMMARY

/OUTLINE OF EPTS CLASSES r'>za_ ->uo but o-e imired t the informat lsted _. ETS-!Security

a. Organization in an emergency

b. Responsibilities

c. Interaction between security and other emergency facilities

d. Response to fire truck or ambulance arrival 2. EPTS-2 Mitigation and/or Recognition of Core Damage -Is broken into two major oivision(s):

(1) Operator-oriented class (2) Basic-oriented class for selected management and support personnel.

The initial training in MCD should be an in-deoth lecture/discussion.

Any requalification may be an overview of MCD with any new information, problems or happenings in industry discussed.

Credit for similar training from another nuclear site for management personnel, not part of a shiff operating crew, may be given with proper proof and documentation.

NOTE Normally, requalifi-catIon is not required.

3. EP Radioigic a Assessment

a. Meteorological conditions

b. Meteorological readings and measurements C. Process monitoring systems for release points ci. O'ffsie dose calculations

e. Pro-ective Action Guides Dose calculator responsibilities

g. Coverage of appropriate Volume 10 procedures

h. Emergency action levels i. Responsibilities of REM, RAC, and RPM 4. EPTS-4 Cont.rol Roomn Comunicazions Necessary

rrms b. Comi.unioation deVices and their uses Principles of cornunicauion Necessary notification and information 7:\ADM SRVS\TECH PUE\REVISION\1\ls042!.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION .............

01-S-04-21 Revision:

108 Attachment I Page 2 of 4

SUMMARY

/OUTLINE OF EPTS CLASSES (Continued)

5. EPTS-5 Radiological Monitoring

a. Equipment available

b. Responsibilities

c. Communications

d. Sample taking and measurements in the field e. Sample points f. EOF Operations

g. Monitoring Teams/Plume Tracker requirements/operations

h. Interface responsibilities

6. EPTS-6 Emergency Assessment

a. Coverage of Volume 10, Emergency Plan Procedures

b. Emergency action levels 7. EPTS-7 Post-Accident Sampling -Should be a complete, in-depth lecture/ discussion/demonstration of the system operation, uses, sampling and measurement and proper handling of highly radioactive samples in a post-accident condition.

The yearly requal should be a review of these techniques with any new problems, lessons learned or procedures discussed.

Also covered are interfaces, responsibilities and personnel protection during emergencies and communications.

8. EPTS-8 TSC Communications

a. Necessary forms b. Communication devices and their uses c. Principles of communications

d. Necessary notification and information

9. EPTS-9 Standard First Aid -A Red Cross course taught under the authority of the Red Cross and in accordance with its lesson plans and conduct of operations.

A higher level medical program such as Emergency Medical Technician (EMT) may be used instead of standard first aid. 10. EPTS-10 Onsite Monitoring

a. Onsite equipment available

b. Responsibilities

c. Communications

d. OSC operations J:\ADM SRVS\TECH PUB\REVISION\l\ls0421.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION SUNMARY/OUTLINE OF EPTS CLASSES (Continued)

11. EPTS-11 Response Teams a. Damage Control and Repair b. Injuries Instruction

c. Medical Equipment and Supplies d. Search and Rescue e. Radiological Hazards f. Responsibilities

g. Re-entry and Recovery Planning and Operations

12. CPR (Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation)

-A Red Cross course taught under the authority of the Red Cross and in accordance with its lesson plans and conduct of operations.

13. EPTS-12 EOF Overview a. Responsibilities

b. Organization and Set-up 14. EPTS-13 ENMC Overview a. Responsibilities

b. Organization and Set-up 15. EPTS-14 EIC Overview a. Responsibilities

b. Organization and Set-up 16. EPTS-16 HP Coordinator and OSC Coordinator Training a. Responsibilities

17. EPTS-17 Security Coordinator Training a. Responsibilities

b. Includes EPTSl content 18. EPTS-19 Severe Accident Procedures Training a. Responsibilities

b. Basis for decisions J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\1\ls0421.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION

SUMMARY

/OUTLINE OF EPTS CLASSES (Continued)

19. EPTS-20 EOF Communicator

a. Responsibilities

b. Organization and Set-up 20. Facility Walk-through (FW) a. Tour of facility b. Location of equipment

c. Facility Organization

21. Emergency Preparedness Qualification Card (EPQUALCRD)

a. Complete a Qualification Card that qualifies the person for the assigned position.

22. Drill Participation (EPDRILL)

a. Participate in a Qualifying EP Activity in the ERO position assigned.J:\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\1s0421.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE OOP*TZVOST\T\NOISIAH'd\9fld HD'ZJ,\SAdS HCIV\:f'NOIIVIS Ev=nN sqns GNV-do TdOGHDO'dd SATIV-dISINTHCIV i opeb Tf-j 6u!ulwl -.61JOWU T= woud IOHINOD Fb3H-LOT ,ý, 1 6ý sida CD 0 70 x X X M;O mm 0 X x X x x X X x X X Q 0 S 0 <x b< X X > X I go C: am S 0 x X x X x X 14x x X com 0 x x x x x x x x x x x a O C 0 0 1< x x x x m f m 0 rnC 0 m -, :5 M£ 0 a C) C) < < x X<~ >CM 0 t >< 22 mM too too Z C: H >c 0 0-3 0

• X OOP'TZýOST\T\NOjSIA3'd\2fld H331\SMS WCIV\:f x x x x x x x x looeum IMIULlual x J-UBV4 x x x x x -Juowýoo wwqýj Jabeuun UOIPOIOJd x x x x x x x x UOIIU!PUH X x Isppods x X x x x x x WIN33 IMOddns IVOINHOSI I Jollu x x Auun33S x x x x iauueid oso **AU x x x x x x x 101 OUPOOD 090 -x iolniunwwoo x x x x x x oso x x x x x -x x Joppow ol!SUO dH U!4s-uollsrjlSA4d x x x x x x x MIIBBH IIOD-UO AJMMWýj Pug kjua-Q8,j!Bdo8 x x x x x lwluoo aftwea x (OVI ,-QlgVavy)

-8.1 X x x x x x amsaHp 4,00S JOIBU!PJOOD x x x x x x x x ý!Xld tMUOH dUdD (IVJ3 (dH) vo w) x x x x x Weal PIV pjU x x x (OVI oal3) x x x x X W-01 piv pl=l x x x -------- + :-H x -1.11,10,1111.10 1 x :)I.LV)33dO .sv x x 7 x kidO I Lýt9ý 1 14 1 fý U ý6 9 9 sld3 "n. .4 F-d jo E aBud ii quowqoe;qv 80T :UOTSTAad U-ýO-S-10 NOIIVJS 'dVTIDDN 37AD ONV'dD 3ý10033OEd 2AIIV'dISINIHGV ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION 01-S-04-21 Revision:

108 Attachment II Page 4 of 4 TRAINING/QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS -AT RRPT QULEP IcTcP ETSIV T S Ep TS EPTS fS 1 16 7 19 2 ICR PTSCtontinued) l,**Ifl F A L 1' 1 1 1'1 6 meecy FFDS T RWD PHI'S CARD DRLL 15161 3 4s2 131 Note:

• Per Reference 3.3 ** Not required annually Required every 3 years J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\lsO 4 2 1"doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ERO POSITIONS WITH POSITION LEADS FACILITY ERO POSITION TSC EMERGENCY DIRECTOR TSC COORDINATOR TECHNICAL MANAGER RADIATION PROTECTION MANAGER INFORMATION SPECIALIST TSC COORDINATOR ASSISTANT TSC/EOF RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT DOSE CALCULATOR TSC COMMUNICATOR OSC OSC COORDINATOR HP COORDINATOR ON-SITE MONITOR OSC COMMUNICATOR EOF OFF-SITE EMERGENCY COORDINATOR OEC TECHNICAL ASSISTANT RADIATION EMERGENCY MANAGER RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR PLUME TRACKING SPECIALIST OMT MONITOR EOF COMMUNICATOR TECH/ENG.

SUPPORT MANAGER EOF FACILITY COORDINATOR ACCIDENT ASSESSMENT ENGINEER EMNC/EIC COMPANY SPOKESPERSON ENMC MANAGER EIC COORDINATOR t J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\lsO421.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE PLANT OPERATIONS MANUAL 01-S-10-6 volume 01 Revision:

13 Section 10 Date: 2/8/01 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION SAFETY RELATED Prepared:

Reviewed:

Technic Concurred:

PSRC: Approved:

a / ncy Preparedness List of Effective Pages: Pages 1-7 Attachments I-IV List of TCNs Incorporated:

Revision TCN 0 None 1 None 2 1,2 3 None 4 None 5 None 6 None 7 None "3 9 None 10 None 11 None 12 None 13 None J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\1\is10 6.doc ite: Emergency Response Organzation No.: 01-S-06 Revision:

13 S Eva uation I Facility:

GRAND GULF I. SIGNATURES EPreparer:

Richard Sumrall 1/26/01 Signature Name (print) Date Reviewer'"41e v.V('4~ Signature Name (print) Date II. OVERVIEW Document Evaluated: (Include document number, revision, and title) 01 -S-1 0-6 Rev. 13, Emergency Response Organization Brief Description of the Proposed Change: Title changes, implement NRC pre-approved changes, corrects references, grammatical changes, removes requirement for Records Management to provide training printouts, changes responsibility of notification of training failures from Administrative Services to Training.

II1. 50.59 SCREENING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to: Operating License Technical Specifications D Yes ZNo El LI LI [] 1:1 NRC Orders (ANO only)Yes No Yes No N/A If yes, process a change per 1 OCFR50.90 and obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change. If yes, process a change per 10CFR50.90 and obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change. If yes, process a change per 1 OCFR50.90 and obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change.SAR SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to the facility or procedure which alters information, operation, function or ability to perform the function of a system, structure or component described in the SAR (site-specific documents)?

TS Bases section UFSAR (including pending changes)LI Yes [ No El Yes M No If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION l'itle: Emergency Response Organization No.: 01-S-10-6 IRevision:

13 afety Evaluation TRM [ Yes If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

[ No Core Operating Limits Report F] Yes If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

ZNo Fire Hazards Analysis [ Yes If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation. (Included in RBS' USAR) [ No Li N/A NRC SERs E] Yes If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

Z No (See Section 5.1.19.) Does the proposed Change involve a test [] Yes If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

or experiment not described in the SAR? N No Does the proposed Change result in any [] Yes If yes, perform a 72.48 Review. potential impact to equipment or facilities Li No utilized for Ventilated Storage Cask [ N/A activities?

ADDITIONAL SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to: Quality Assurance Program Manual [] Yes If yes, notify the quality department and ensure Ej No a 50.54 Evaluation is performed.

Emergency Plan E] Yes If yes, notify the emergency planning [ No department and ensure a 50.54 Evaluation is performed.

BASIS and

REFERENCES:

The following changes meet the 50.59 Pre-Screening criteria:

"* Changes title of Manager, Training and Emergency Preparedness to Manager, Training (editorial 5.3.4 h). "* Changes reporting organization from Manager, Training and Emergency Preparedness to Director, Nuclear Safety Assurance due to organizational changes. SAR changes being implemented by LDC 2001-004.

"* Changes title of Health Physics to Radiation Protection to reflect the SAR (5.4.1.6).

"* Updates references. (editorial 5.3.4.d) "* Implements NRC pre-approved Emergency Plan changes of GNRI 2000/00093.

"* Grammatical changes. (editorial 5.3.4.a) "* Modifies text of Att. III to more closely reflect the SAR. (editorial 5.3.4j, and 5.4.1.6.)

The following are not pre-screened:

"= removes requirement for Records Management to provide training printouts

", changes responsibility of notification of training failures from Administrative Services to Training Performed key word search of the on-line UFSAR and TechSpecs using the keywords:

Training, Administrative Services, Records Management, training failure, exam failure, printout, 01-S-10-6, 01-S10-006, unescorted access, access, restriction, restrict, and restricted.

Based on a review of the hits resultant from those key word searches, this change does not represent a change an USQ or change to the TechSpecs.

ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Title: E merenc ilsponse Organization No.: 01-S-iesion:

1aetyEvaluation IV. ENVIRONMENTAL EVALUATION APPLICABILITY REVIEW If any of the following questions is answered "YES", then an Environmental Evaluation must be performed.

Will the Change being evaluated:

YES NO D 0 Disturb land that is beyond that initially disturbed during construction (i.e., new construction of buildings, creation or removal of ponds, or other terrestrial impact)? F1 [9 Increase thermal discharges to the river, lake or atmosphere?

[ 9 Increase concentration or quantity of chemicals discharged to the atmosphere, ground water, or surface water? S [0 Increase quantity of chemicals to cooling lake or atmosphere through discharge canal or tower? E] [0 Modify the design or operation of cooling tower that will change flow characteristics?

R [K Install any new transmission lines leading offsite? Fl 10 Change the design or operation of the intake or discharge structures?

F- [0 Discharges any chemicals new or different from that previously discharged?

Fl [9 Potentially cause a spill or unevaluated discharge that may effect neighboring soils, surface water or ground water? Fl 0 Involve burying or placement of any solid wastes in the site area that may effect runoff, surface water or ground water? F ( 9 Involve incineration or disposal of any potentially hazardous materials on the site? LI 9 Result in a change to non-radiological effluents or licensed reactor power level? F- [9 Potentially change the type or increase the amount of non-radiological air emissions from the site?

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Response Organization No.: 01-S-10-6 Rev. 13 Emergency Plan Evaluation EVALUATION OF EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROCEDURE Procedure Number: 01-S-10-6 Procedure Name: Revision / TCN Number: Emergency Response Organization Revision 13 Does the procedure Revision / TCN require an Emergency Plan change?( ) Yes (X) No NOTE: IF YES, THIS PROCEDURE CANNOT BE ISSUED UNTIL THE EMERGENCY PLAN IS CHANGED / REVISED.Reason for "NO" response:

This procedure revision implements the changes made to the GGNS Emergency Plan in Revision 44 and clarifies and corrects information in the procedure.

Therefore, this revision does not change the GGNS Emergency Plan. Prepared:

E g7 0/ Approved:

l 'o -0% Manager, Emergency Preparedness Title: Emergency Response No.r: 01-S-10-6 Revision:

13 1Page: 17 --OrganizationII P iodic Review Required:.

1iD 4 YES x NO If Yes, list frequency:

2. Year If No, refer to Attachment XIX of 01-S-02-3 for a list of procedure review methods and fill in the appropriate letter(s) below; if "Other," specify method. Method(s) of Review 1OCFR50.59 Review Required:

X) Yes -If Yes, attach 50.59 Review. No -Not required per section (enter Section 6.3.2(b) or 6.3.2(c) of procedure 01-S-02-3)

Cross-discipline review required: ( ) YES (X NO Tech Reviewer's Initials __Reviewed by: Does this directive contain Tech Spec Triggers? ( ) YES (A NO J:\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\lsI06.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Response 1 No.: 01-S-10-6 Revision:

13 I Page: ii Organization REQUIREMENTS CROSS-REFERENCE LIST Requirement Implemented by Directive IDirective Paragraph Number Name Paragraph Number That Implements Requirement EPLAN 5.4 S5 2.1 EPLAN Table 5-1 Att II EPLAN 5-1 Att II EPLAN 5.4.2 through 5.4.33 Att III AECM-89/020 2 Att 1, Item IV, S3 6.3.1 AECM-89/020 2 Att 1, Item IV, S4 6.3.5 AECM-89/020 2 Att 1, Item IV, S7 6.3.6.S2 AECM-89/0 2 0 2 Att 1, Item IV, S8 Att II EPLAN 5-27,28 ATT I EPLAN 5.4.1 6.1.1 AECM-89/020 2 Att 1, Item IV, S9 6.3.2, 6.3.5, 6.3.6 GNRO-97/00 0 5 7 97-06-03.IV 6.2.1, 5.11 GGCR 1997-1249

• 6.3.2 GNRO-97-00 0 8 0 97-09-01.1TEM 4 Att. III GNRI 2000/00093 TABLE 5-1 Att. II

• Covered by directive as a whole or by various paragraphs of the directive.

NOTE The Component Data Base Change Request statement is applicable only to Volume 06 and 07 maintenance directives.

Component Data Base Change Request generated and the backup documentation available for setpoint and/or calibration data only 0 Yes C& N/A CDBCR # Current Revision Statement Revision 13: "* Implements NRC approved augmentation requirements (GNRI 2000/00093).

"* Corrects titles to reflect renewal.

"* Corrects augmentation definitions.

"* Removes GGCR 1997-1153 from RPTS. This has been superceded by GNRI 2000/00093 Emergency Plan changes. " Removes GNRI 97/0086 from RPTS. This has been superceded by GNRI 2000/00093 Emergency Plan changes. " Adds GNRI 2000/00093 to RPTS and Reference Section 3.0. "* Makes grammatical changes.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I\1sI06.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Response No.: 01-S-10-6 Revision:

13 I Page: 1 I Organization I TABLE OF CONTENTS Page PURPOSE AND DISCUSSION RESPONSIBILITIES REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS DEFINITIONS DETAILS 6.1 Augmentation Requirements 6.2 Assignment of Emergency Response Organization Personnel 6.3 Training and Qualification of Emergency Response Organization Personnel 6.4 Emergency Response Organization Personnel Requirements 6.5 Management Expectation of Non-Emergency Response Organization Personnel 2 2 3 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 7\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\1\IslO 6.doc 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE cpDmn GULTF, NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Response No.: 01-S-10-6 Revision:

13 Page: 2 Organization 1.0 PURPOSE AND DISCUSSION 1.1 Purpose 1.1.1 To describe the responsibilities of various site personnel with respect to the Emergency Response Organization.

The procedure also describes minimum staffing requirements for the different emergency classifications, site specific positions used to meet staffing requirements, required augmentation times for response personnel, requirements for assignment to the Emergency Response Organization, and expectations for response personnel.

1.2 Discussion 1.2.1 The Emergency Response Organization must be capable of responding within a short period after the declaration of an emergency and be capable of performing the assigned emergency function to mitigate consequences of the emergency.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 Site Vice President, through the Director, Nuclear Safety Assurance

-Is responsible for: 2.1.1 Establishing management direction and control for the Emergency Preparedness Program to assure that preparedness is maintained and that any required corrective actions are implemented.

2.1.2 Designating personnel to fill Emergency Response Organization positions.

2.2 Manager, Emergency Preparedness

-Is responsible for: 2.2.1 Overall management of the Emergency Preparedness Program.

2.2.2 Maintenance of this procedure.

2.2.3 Ensuring that an up-to-date on-call schedule is maintained.

2.2.4 Identifying personnel to fill Emergency Response Organization positions.

These positions are listed in Attachment II. 2.2.5 Ensuring that personnel assigned:

a. Are qualified in accordance with Reference 3.5 and remain qualified while assigned.

b. Reside in a location that enables them to respond to their Emergency Response Facility in the time required in accordance with Attachment II. 2.3 Manager, Training and Development

-Is responsible for: 2.3.1 Providing emergency plan training for emergency response personnel commensurate with their emergency response position.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\1s 0 6".doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE cGRND GULTF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Response No.: 01-S-l0-6 Revision:

13 Page: Organization 2.4 Facility Process Owners -Are responsible for: 2.4.1 Making recommendations for their assigned facilities concerning:

a. Staffing b. Operation

c. Readiness 2.5 Corporate Security -Is responsible for: 2.5.1 Notifying the Manager, Emergency Preparedness (GGNS) upon loss of access for any Entergy employee or Security Personnel.

2.6 Radiation Protection

-Is responsible for: 2.6.1 Notifying the Manager, Emergency Preparedness (GGNS) upon any Radworker Restriction for any Entergy employee or Security personnel.

2.7 Discipline Training Coordinators

-Are responsible for: 2.7.1 Providing names of personnel who fill Emergency Plan On-Shift positions to the Emergency Preparedness Department.

2.7.2 Ensuring training and qualification of individuals assigned to Emergency Plan On-Shift position remain qualified.

2.8 GGNS Management (Managers and Supervisors)

-Is responsible for supporting the Emergency Response Organization through the following means: 2.8.1 Ensuring that each ERO member under their supervision remains qualified to respond to an emergency.

2.8.2 Providing clear expectations for emergency response performance and hold their employees accountable.

This applies to both ERO and non-ERO members.

2.8.3 Enforcing accountability for Emergency Preparedness Violations/Weaknesses at all levels of the organization as appropriate.

2.8.4 Discussing Emergency Preparedness issues at morning meetings or Plan of the Day meetings to ensure appropriate priorities are given to those issues.

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 NUREG 0654 3.2 Administrative Procedure 01-S-10-3, Emergency Preparedness Department Responsibilities 3.3 Administrative Procedure 01-S-10-4, Emergency Preparedness Drills and Exercises.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\lslO6.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Response No.: 01-S-106 Revision:

13 Page: 4 S Or anization 3.4 GGNS Emergency Plan 3.5 Administrative Procedure 01-S-04-21, Emergency Preparedness Training Program 3.6 Emergency Plan Procedure i0-S-01-6, Notification of Offsite Agencies and Plant On-Call Emergency Personnel 3.7 GNRI 2000/00093 Emergency Plan Table 5-1 changes.

4.0 ATTACHMENTS 4.1 Attachment I -ERO Organizational Chart 4.2 Attachment II -ERO Assignment Responsibility Matrix 4.3 Attachment III -ERO Position Descriptions 4.4 Attachment IV -ERO Personnel Assignment Memo 5.0 DEFINITIONS 5.1 EOF -Emergency Operations Facility 5.2 ERO -Emergency Response Organization 5.3 On-Call Schedule A list of Emergency Response Organization personnel showing position and dates assigned 5.4 OSC -Operational Support Center 5.5 Response time -The time from the declaration of an emergency classification until the emergency response person arrives onsite 5.6 Augmentation

-Actions taken to support on-shift personnel prior to emergency facilities becoming fully operational.

5.7 TSC -Technical Support Center 5.8 VIP-2000 -A computer notification system used as the primary method to notify on-call personnel in an emergency 5.9 On-Call Period -The period of time that an assigned ERO person is expected to be able to respond to an emergency condition when notified 5.10 ENMC -Emergency News Media Center 5.11 Facility Process Owner -Person assigned by the Vice President, Operations are responsible for making operational recommendation and concurring with staffing assignments of a designated Emergency Response Facility.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\lslO6.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE rrT V' STATION Title: Emergency Response No.: 01-S-I0-6 Revision:

13 Page: 5 SOr anization 6.0 DETAILS 6.1 Augmentation Requirements 6.1.1 The normal shift organization shall be augmented by additional personnel within a short period of time after the declaration of an emergency as described by the GGNS Emergency Plan. Attachment II (ERO Assignment Responsibilities) provides detailed information on Emergency Response Organization responsibilities to implement the GGNS Emergency Plan. 6.2 Assignment of Emergency Response Organization Personnel 6.2.1 The Director, Nuclear Safety Assurance through the Manager, Emergency Preparedness shall assign personnel to the ERO to provide the minimum coverage of the positions listed in Attachment II of this procedure.

Permanent changes to the ERO must be made in accordance with Attachment IV of this procedure.

6.2.2 Manager, Emergency Preparedness should ensure that at least 1/2 of the personnel required, listed in Attachment II, are maintained in each ERO position.

This will ensure there are an adequate number of qualified ERO members in each position to allow a rotation schedule to be established in order to support a protracted event. If a position is staffed less than 50%, special measures will have to be taken to support a rotation schedule.

6.2.3 The Emergency Preparedness staff must update the VIP-20 0 0 data base when permanent changes are made. 6.3 Training and Qualification of Emergency Response Organization Personnel 6.3.1 Manager, Emergency Preparedness and Discipline, Training Coordinators must ensure that training and qualification of individuals assigned to the Emergency Response Organization (On Call and On-Shift) remain current in accordance with Reference 3.5. If an assigned individual's training expires, the Manager, Emergency Preparedness must ensure that the individual is removed from the on-call duty roster. 6.3.2 Corporate Security, Radiation Protection, Training, and Safety (as appropriate) must notify the Manager, Emergency Preparedness within one business day if any of the following occur with respect to any Entergy Employee or Security personnel:

a. Loss of access to the GGNS Protected Area or GGNS EOF, or b. Invoking any Radworker Restriction, or c. Failure of any training specified in 01-S-04-21, or d. Any "restricted duty" status imposed due to medical conditions.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\lsl6".doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE (n TTTi NUCLTEwVAR STATION Title: Emergency Response No.: 01-S-I0-6 Revision:

13 Page: 6 Or anization 6.3.3 The Manager, Emergency Preparedness will, upon notification, temporarily suspend the Emergency Response Organization qualification of any person identified for any reason listed in section 6.3.2 of this procedure.

6.3.4 Discipline Training Coordinators must provide Emergency Preparedness with the names of personnel who fill Emergency Plan On-Shift positions.

Emergency Preparedness will ensure the names are entered and tracked in the EP Training report under the proper qualification code. 6.3.5 Discipline Training Coordinator, ERO Member, and Emergency Preparedness must review the ERO training on a monthly basis. The training should be reviewed for accuracy and to ensure assigned personnel are qualified.

6.3.6 The Emergency Preparedness staff must review the training and qualification status (as it pertains to ERO qualification) of all personnel assigned to the Emergency Response Organization.

Any problems or concerns as a result of this review will be brought to the attention of the responsible management for resolution.

6.3.7 If any ERO member fails to properly maintain their qualification in accordance with management expectations listed in Section 6.4, the Manager, EP, must issue a Condition Report to document the occurrence.

In addition to the Condition Report and at the discretion of the Manager, EP, the disqualified person and their direct supervisor may meet with the Plant General Manager, Facility Process Owner, Director, Nuclear Safety Assurance, and Manager, EP to explain the reason for failure to maintain their qualification.

The Manager, EP is responsible for establishing the meeting time/place.

6.4 Emergency Response Organization Personnel Requirements 6.4.1 Personnel assigned to the Emergency Response Organization must: a. Maintain ERO qualifications for your position including EP Training and additional specific training such as licenses, respirator qualifications, RWT training, FFD training, etc., and inform the Emergency Preparedness Staff immediately of any change in status. b. Attend scheduled training and, if unable to attend, provide prior notification to your supervisor and to the instructor.

c. Ensure that assigned pager is worn and turned on during the individual's on-call week. d. Be fit for duty and available to respond to the appropriate emergency response facility, within your designated response time listed in Attachment II, for your entire assigned duty period if notified or instructed to report. Personnel should report promptly but safely. \\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\lslO 6.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Response No.: 01-S-10-6 Revision:

13 Page: " I Or anization 6.4.1 (Cnt.) e. If circumstances prohibit response within the required times, ensuring that an alternate (from the same ERO position) has agreed to and is available for emergency response coverage, and notify Emergency Preparedness of the arrangements made. 6.4.2 In addition, ERO personnel should recognize the expectation of Nuclear Management Manual PL-147, including:

a. Actively support the ERO as a participant, drill control team member, evaluator or coach in drills or exercises (including pre-drill/exercise activities) for which you are scheduled.

If you are unavailable, it is your responsibility to find a qualified replacement and inform him or her of the assigned function in the drill and/or exercise.

b. When newly selected for the ERO, attain full qualifications as soon as possible.

c. Respond promptly to notification tests (VIP 2000) and off hours or unannounced drills. d. Be prepared to have your ERO participation evaluated as part of the annual Performance Planning and Review (PP&R) process.

6.5 Management expectation of Non-Emergency Response Organization Personnel 6.5.1 The full response to an event at GGNS consists of all available resources.

Therefore, Management has the following expectations for those persons not specifically assigned to the ERO, who may be called upon to support the emergency response effort: a. Every company employee is eligible for assignment.

b. 'Personnel are assigned emergency positions based on their experience, expertise, knowledge and ability.

c. Company employees should respond to perform specific duties, as requested, in support of the emergency response.

d. Employee compensation for supporting emergency response is to be handled in accordance with company policies and procedures.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\\lsl 0 6.doc ADMINISTRATIVE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION PROCEDURE* MANAGEMENT MAY DESIGNATE OTHER THAN LISTED TO FILL POSITION J: \ADM_SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I\IslO 6.doc I GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE P 0 F ;--1O6 Revisiofl Attachment I Page 2 of 2 ERO ORGANIZATIONAL CHART 1. EMERGENCY DIRECTOR RESIDERD TSC ON-CALL MANAGER J. MANAGER, OUTAGE 2. MANAGER. MAINTENANCE SCOMMUNICATOR 3.EMANAGER:

OPERATIONS .RESIDES:

COR 4. MANAGER.AORRECTIVE ACTIONS & ASSESSMENT REIDEN. ITSC---S I. SECURNY SUPVJ ~ I OPERA/TENIOINSSTFMR.

ALTASUNC2RAITNCORLSAF

2. OPERATORS S.ECERTIOSISAF CO RDNAO CPEMISTRY STAFINTO OETAG E S FRSDS: OSC RESIDES: CONTROL ROORM RSD:CONTROL ROOM ESIDES: TSC RSDS S UEITNET & , RESIDES.1.

OADIONS STAFF RSID ISCPT. RADIA____ONONTRO__.

1.SCRTY2 PRTIN TF MGR., QUALITY ASSURANCE 2.RDAINCOTO TF 2. SUPERINTENDENT, MECHAIA CG3 CORPORATE SUPPORT STAFF 3. MAINTENANCE STAFF 2. SECURITY STAFF ~~~4. MANAGER. EMER. PREP* .SPRNEDN.EETIA CONTROLSRM

.SHF MANAGOA PN O ER R 1,SCRTYSAF

2. PLAN. & SCHED, STAFF OUT PANNGE& SCHEF .RESIDES: S SE OCERATIONS STAFF j N CHEMISTRY STAFF --2. OA STAFF .: WORK PLANNING SITTCNCLAVSR CONTROL ROOM SUPERVISOR REOD DOUMN MR STAF i s,,E : OO OD" ;ES;CO,," = OD " TS _ RESIDES: OSC -IREPAIR SEARCH N D RESCU.E) SHFTSRO I. ,SRO i. ADMIN. SERVICES STAFF J ,RD SAF RESIDES:°OSC T E1 .C A M A N A G E P R T C T O S T F 1 .M AIN T E N A N C E S T A F F I TEHNCA MANGE 2. OPERATIONS STAFF P EONT"O R OM t OPEATO PLAN ,O PERATOR IE RG TF DSn: "'S° 3. ENGINEERINGSTAFF 1 SR A ID P RTCTE I ONR S T A F F .

OPERATORS J NON-LICENSED OPERATORS jIRESIDES- 1. DUAL. ASSURANCE STAFF RIGAO ' OPERATORS It.NON. LjrCENSED OPERATORS.

IRAD WASTE OPERATOR . S.... ENG.

tING

• MANAGEMENT MAY DESIGNATE OTHERS THAN LISTED TO FLL POSITION j:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\IsI 0 6"doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ERO ASSIGNMENT RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX Facility Process Major Functional Area Emergency Response Personnel' Response Time Owner andlor Task Position Required Requirement Comment I _I_(RegulatoryRequirement)_Ii_(RegulRetoryeRequirement)

SiteRcoverage.

Control Room Plant Operation Shift Manager lshiftRequires 24-hour on site coverage.

Emergency Direction and (Shift Manager)2 on shift The Shift Manager will cover both functions until relieved by Control (Emergency Coordinator)2'3 responding On-call Manager as Emergency Director.

Plant Operations Control Room Supervisor l/shift on shift 2'6 Requires 24-hour on site coverage, _lShift Supervisor)2 Control Room Operator 2/shift on shift 2'6 Requires 24-hour on site coverage. (Control Room Operator)

_ Plant Operator 2/shift on shift2,6 Requires 24-hour on site coverage.

One of these is the plant (Auxiliary Operator)2 response NOB STA 1/shift 4 on shift2,6 Requires 24-hour on site coverage per GGNS Tech. Spec. (Shift Technical Advisor)2 Will cover core thermal hydraulics function until relieved by TSC (Core/Thermal Hydraulics)

Coordinator.

Notification and Control Room Communicator 1/shift 2 6 Requires 24-hour on site coverage.

Covered by On Shift operator.

Communication (Communicator) 2 on shift '6 (Cannot be member of fire brigade or plant response NOB) Control Room Communicator 1/shift o 26 Covered by on-shift RWO, until relieved by responding TSC (Communicator) 2 on shift' Communicator. (Cannot be member of fire brigade or plant response NOB) Repair & Corrective RWO I/shift ft2,6 Covered by on-shift RWO after relief from Control Room Actions (Rad Waste Operator)2 on shi Communicator duties by responding TSC Communicator.

Once relieved, reports to the OSC. Firefighting, Firefighting Fire Brigade2 5/shift4 on shift2,6 Requires 24-hour on site coverage. (Loca Su Per agreement with local firefighting organization.

Operational Advisor Operations Coo or 4None Reports to the site following the declaration of an Alert or higher Opertioal dvior pertion Cordiato 4 oneclassification.

S~See Note 5 Radiological Assessment Onshift Chemist s/fhift Requires 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> coverage. (these personnel can provide Dose (eCmt i o sI ,Assessment function, if needed)J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\1\Is106.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ERO ASSIGNMENT RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX (CONTINUED)

Facility Process Major Functional Emergency Response Personnel1 R Owner Area Position Required Response Time Comment and/or Task (Regulatory Requirement)

Requirement TSC E~mergency Dircio EmegecyDiecor(Eereny.

n Direction Emergency Director (Emergency 4 Reports to the site within 75 minutes following the declaration of an and Control Coordinator)2 7Alert or higher classification to provide staff augmentation.

This is a TSC minimum staffing position for declaring the TSC operational.

Technical Support TSC Coordinator 4 2 Reports to the site, within 75 minutes following the (Core/Thermal Hydraulics) 75 minutes declaration of an Alert or higher classification to provide staff augmentation.

This is a TSC minimum staffing position for declaring the TSC operational.

TSC Coordinator Assistant 4 Reports to the site within 90 minutes following the declaration of an None See Note 5 .Alert or higher classification.

Notification and TSC Communicator2 12 2 Reports to the site within 75 minutes following the declaration of an Communication (Offsite Notifications) 75 Minutes Alert or higher classification to provide staff augmentation.

ENS Communicator 4 Reports to the TSC following the declaration of an Alert or higher None See Note 5 classification.

Radiological Radiation Protection 4 Reports to the site within 90 minutes following the declaration of an Assessment Manager None See Note 5 Alert or higher classification.

Radiological Assessment Dose 4 75 minutes 2 Reports to the site within 75 minutes following the declaration of an Calculator (TSC) 2Alert or higher classification to provide staff augmentation.

This is a (Offsite Dose Assessment) 2 TSC minimum staffing position for declaring the TSC operational. (The Radiation Protection Manager may be substituted for this _ _...._position).

Technical Manager 4 Reports to the TSC following the declaration of an Alert or higher None See Note 5 classification Corrective Action Systems Eng. Elect. 4 90 minutes 2 Reports to the site within 90 minutes following the declaration of an Engineering Support (Systems Engineer Electrical)2 Alert or higher classification.

Systems Eng. Mech. 4 90 minutes 2 Reports to the site within 90 minutes following the declaration of an (Systems Engineer Mechani__l)2

_ Alert or higher classification.

Provides Emergency Information Specialist 4 None Reports to the TSC following the declaration of an Alert or higher Information To The None See Note 5 classification Company Spokesperson . TSC Clerical and Records Document Manager 4 " Reports to the TSC following the declaration of an Alert or higher Logistic Support None See Note 5 classification Site Access Control & Security Coordinator Per Security None A Security Supervisor covers this function until relieved by Security PersonnelNone See Note Management.

Accountability Security Force Per Security Requires 24-hour on site coverage, ___.... .._____________, _ (Security personnel) 2 Plan on shift 2 J: \ADMSRVS\TECH-_PUB\REVISION\I\Is106.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ERO ASSIGNMENT RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX (CONTINUED)

Facility Process Major Functional Area Owner and/or Task TSC (Cont.) Computer Services[I Emergency Response Position (Regulatory Requirement)

Computer Engineer Personnel' Comment Required 4 On-Shift HP 2/shift Radiation Protection Access Control HP Job Coverage Personnel Monitoring .Dosimetry OSC Pool, Emergency Corrective Actions, Search and Rescue, First Aid Corrective Actions Response Time Response Time Reuirement None See Note 5 On shift 2'6 24 90 minutes 2 4 90 minutes 2 Ilshift F on shift 2'6 I 1/shift 90 minutes 2 on shift 2'6 (in Plant, Onsite and Offsite surveys)2 On-call HP (in-plant Surveys)2 Health Physics Coordinator Mechanic (Mech Maint Function)2'4 (Rescue Function)2'4 Mechanic Mechanical Maint Electrician (Electrical Maint Function , 4 ...F rst Aid Functio .... Electrician (Electrical Journeyman) 2 Electrician Electrical Journeyman)2 I&C Tech I&C Technician)2 OSC Coordinator OSC Communicator OSC Planner 16i I On-shift2,6 90 minutes 2 None See Note 5 None See Note 5 Comment Reports to the TSC following the declaration of an Alert or higher classification.

Requires 24-hour on site coverage.

All functions covered by on shift HP personnel until relieved by augmenting staff. Reports to the site within 90 minutes following the declaration of an Alert or higher classification.

4 of the 6 reporting On-call HP's must be qualified as Senior HP's. Reports to the OSC within 90 minutes following the declaration of an Alert or higher classification to provide oversight of the Radiation Protection function in the OSC. This is an OSC minimum staffina nnqition for declaring the OSC operational.

Requires 24-hour on site coverage.

All functions covered by same individual. "Reports to the OSC within 90 minutes following the declaration of an Alert or higher classification.

Requires 24-hour on site coverage.

On shift function is covered by electrician who is on shift. "Reports to the O'C within 90 minutes following the declaration of an Alert or higher classification.

Reports to the Control Room following the declaration of an Alert or hig her classification.

Reports to the OSC within 90 minutes following the declaration of an Alert or higher classification.

This is an OSC minimum staffing nn-ition for declaring the OSC operational.

an Alert or higher classification.

Reports to the 050 within 90 minutes following the declaration of an Alert or higher cleasification.

_________\\ggnne\group\ADM_

SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\1\lslO6-doc 2 90 minutes'2 OSC 4-" .. ........K I\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\Isl06"d°c I/shift 4 4 8 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION 01-S-10-6 Revision:

13 Attachment II Page 4 of 6 ERO ASSIGNMENT RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX (CONTINUED)

Facility Process Major Functional Area Emergency Response Personnell Response Time Comment Owner andlor Task Position Required I I ~ ~~~~~~~(Regulatory Requirement)

Requirement

_______________________________

OSC Accident Assessment On-call Chemist minutes 2 Reports to the OSC within 90 minutes following the declaration OC (Cont.) 90minut of an Alert or hinher classification.

Onsite Surveys Onsite Monitor minutes 2 Reports to the OSC within 90 minutes following the declaration of an OOnsite Surveys 2 90 Alert or hi her classification.

EOF Radiological Accident Offsite Emergency 4 Reports to the EOF within 90 minutes following the declaration of an Assessment and Coordinator 90 minutes 2 Alert or higher classification.

Support of Operational (Emergency Operations This is an EOF minimum staffing position for declaring the EOF Accident Assessment Facility Director2,3 operational.

Technical Advisor OEC Technical Assistant 4 Reports to the EOF following the declaration of an Alert or higher ANone classification.

See Note 5 Radio l AgNte 5 Reports to the EOF within 90 minutes following the declaration of an Radiological Assessment Radiation Emergency 90 minutes 2 Alert or higher classification.

This is an EOF minimum staffino position for declaring the EOF operational. (Radiological Assessment Coordinator or Radiological Assessment Dose Calculator (EOF) may be substituted for this osition. I Radiological Assessment 4minutes 2 Reports to the EOF within 90 minutes following the declaration of an Coordinator 90 Alert or higher classification.

This is an EOF minimum staffina position for declaring the EOF operational. (Radiation Emergency Manager or Radiological Assessment Dose Calculator (EOF) may be substituted for this oSitionn.

Radiological Assessment 490 minutes2 Repots to the EOF within 90 minutes following the declaration of an Dose Calculator (EOF) Alert or higher classification.

This is an EOF minimum staffing (Offsite Dose Assessment) 2 position for declaring the EOF operational. (The Radiation Emergency Manager or Radiological Assessment Coordinator may be substituted for this position.)

Plume Tracking Specialist 4 9Reports to the EOF within 90 minutes following the declaration of an 490 minutes 2 Alert or higher classification.

This is an EOF minimum staffing osition for declarin the EOF o erational, Notification and EOF Communicator 8 9 2 Reports to the EOF within 90 minutes following the declaration of an Communication (Communicator) 2 90 minutes Alert or higher classification.

This is an EOF minimum staffing position for declaring the EOF operational.

EOF Communicator 12 Reports to the EOF following the Declaration of an Alert or higher rNone classification.

See Note 5 j: \ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\1\isl 0 6.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ERO ASSIGNMENT RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX (CONTINUED)

Facility Process Major Functional Area Emergency Response Personnel' Owner andlor Task Position Required Response Time Comment (Regulatory Requirement)

Requirement EOF (Cont.) Offsite Surveys Offsite Monitoring Team 8 90 minutes 2 Reports to the EOF within 90 minutes following the declaration of an Monitor Alert or higher classification. (Offsite Surveys)2 This is an EOF minimum staffing position for declaring the EOF operational..

Offsite Monitoring Team 8 90 minutes 2 Reports to the EOF within 90 minutes following the declaration of an Driver Assistant Alert or higher classification. (Offsite Surveys)2 This is an EOF minimum staffing position for declaring the EOF operational.

EOF Administrative EOF Administrative Director 4 Reports to the EOF following the declaration of an Alert or higher Director None classification.

See Note 5 Overall Engineering Technical/Engineering 4None Reports to the EOF following the declaration of an Alert or higher Support Coordination Support Manager classification.

See Note 5 Core Damage Accident Assessment 4 Reports to the EOF following the declaration of an Alert or higher Assessment Engineer None classification.

See Note 5 Design Engineering EOF Electrical Engineer 4None Reports to the EOF following the declaration of an Alert or higher Support classification.

See Note 5 EOF Mechanical Engineer 4 Reports to the EOF following the declaration of an Alert or higher iNone classification.

See Note 5 EOF Civil Engineer 4 NReports to the EOF following the declaration of an Alert or higher eNone classification.

See Note 5 EOF Engineering Support 4 NReports to the EOF following the declaration of an Alert or higher pNone classification.

See Note 5 Radiological Control EOF Habitability Specialist 4 NReports to the EOF following the declaration of an Alert or higher yNone classification.

See Note 5 EOF Logistic Support Emergency Support Manager 4 Reports to the EOF following the declaration of an Alert or higher None classification.

See Note 5 J:\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I\IsIO6.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE 01-S-10-6

.Revision:

13 Attachment II Page 6 of 6 ERO ASSIGNMENT RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX (CONTINUED)

Facility Process Major Functional Area Emergency Response Personnel' Response Time Owner and/or Task Position Required Requirement Comment I I (Regulatory Requirement)

... .. EOF (Cont.) EOF Operation EOF Facility Coordinator 4 None See Note 5 Reports to the EOF following the declaration of an Alert or higher Coordination NoneSeeNote classification.

EOF Logistic EOF Food/Lodging 4 Reports to the EOF following the declaration of an Alert or higher Coordination Coordinator None See Note 5 classification.

Rescue Operations and (Local Support):Z Per agreement with local organization.

First Aid 2 Emergency Licensing Licensing Coordinator 4 N/A Reports to the EOF upon request.

Activities ENMC Emergency Information Company Spokesperson 4 None Reports to the ENMC following the declaration of an Alert or higher Distribution Control See Note 5 classification.

Assists With Technical Spokesperson 4 None Reports to the ENMC following the declaration of an Alert or higher Emergency Information See Note 5 classification.

Technical Questions

___ ENMC Operation ENMC Manager 4 None Reports to the ENMC following the declaration of an Alert or higher Coordination See Note 5 classification.

ENMC Support ENMC Support Staff 8 None Reports to the ENMC following the declaration of an Alert or higher See Note 5 classification.

ENMC Clerical Support ENMC Clerical Coordinator 4 None Reports to the ENMC following the declaration of an Alert or higher See note 5 classification. "ENMC Clerical Support 8 None Reports to the ENMC following the declaration of an Alert or higher See Note 5 classification.

Emergency Information Media Monitor 4 None Reports to the EIC following the declaration of an Alert or higher Verification See Note 5 classification.

State and Local EOC Technical Advisor 5 N/A Must be able to respond to the requesting state or local agency Technical Advisor upon request.

EIC Operation EIC Coordinator 4 None Reports to the EIC following the declaration of an Alert or higher Coordination See Note 5 classification.

Rumor Control EIC Staff 16 None Reports to the EIC following the declaration of an Alert or higher __ I See Note 5 classification.

Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.Number of personnel indicated in this column are required to maintain minimum four (4) section Emergency Response Organization coverage.

Regulatory requirement.

Overall direction of the emergency response effort will be assumed by the Offsite Emergency Coordinator when all facilities are fully manned. Direction of the minute-to-minute operation and control of the plant remains with the Emergency Director in the TSC or Control Room, May be covered by personnel assigned other functions.

This position does not have a fixed time response requirement.

However, personnel assigned to this position are expected to be able to respond to their facility on a not-to-delay basis but within 90 minutes. When responding, personnel are expected to observe all traffic regulations and safety rules. These ERO positions may be vacant for not more than two hours, In order to provide for unexpected absences, provided action is taken to fill the required positions.

This allowance is not applicable during declared emergencies.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\1\1sl06 .doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION 01-S-10-6 Revision:

13 Attachment III Page 1 of 9 ERO POSITION DESCRIPTIONS Offsite Emergency Coordinator

1. Overall emergency response effort when all facilities are manned. He provides guidance to the Emergency Director as appropriate.

The Emergency Director, however, maintains responsibility for the operation and control of the plant. 2. Official communications released from the plant and for management level interface with federal, state and local agencies.

3. Making protective action recommendations to state and local agencies after the EOF is operational.

4. Assuring continuity of technical, administrative, and material resources throughout the emergency, and for providing any needed plant support from federal, state or local agencies.

5. Initiating the recovery phase of the emergency.

6. Is the Site Vice President or designated alternate.

Emergency Director -Is responsible for: 1. Overall emergency response effort until relieved of this function by the Offsite Emergency Coordinator.

2. Minute-to-minute operation and control of the plant. 3. Continuous assessment of actual plant and radiological conditions.

4. Assess and classify the emergency situation, especially where a real or potential hazard to offsite persons or property exists. (The Offsite Emergency Coordinator assumes this responsibility once the EOF is declared operational).

5. Making operational decisions involving the safety of the plant and its personnel and make recommendations to the Control Room personnel.

In the event of security emergencies, he should evaluate each security related incident and activate only those support groups and facilities that are needed, regardless of the emergency classification, so as to minimize the risk to personnel.

6. Notifying and recommending protective actions to authorities responsible for offsite emergency measures. (The Offsite Emergency Coordinator assumes this responsibility once the EOF is declared operational)

7. Implementing the GGNS Emergency Plan through the use of specific Emergency Plan Procedures.

8. Requesting additional resources as deemed necessary up to and including activation of the Emergency Response Organization as required.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\lslO6.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE 01-S-10-6 Revision:

13 Attachment III Page 2 of 9 ERO POSITION DESCRIPTIONS (Continued)

9. Notifying and informing the offsite support officials of pertinent facts and development.

10. Requesting assistance from Federal and State agencies if required. (The Offsite Emergency Coordinator assumes this responsibility once the EOF is declared operational.)

ii. Activating the VIP 2000, after the TSC is declared operational.

Technical Support Center Communicator

1. Reports directly to the Emergency Director and is responsible for periodic notification of Federal, State and Local agencies.

Security Coordinator

i. Reports directly to the Emergency Director and is responsible for the command and control of the security force during an emergency.

Security Force 1. Reports to the Security Coordinator/Security Shift Supervisor and is responsible for site access control and personnel accountability.

Operations Coordinator

1. Reports directly to the Emergency Director and performs the following actions during an emergency:

a. Coordinates operations activities between Control Room, TSC and OSC Coordinator.

b. Provides technical assistance to the Shift Manager.

Shift Manager i. Reports directly to Operations Coordinator and is responsible for the command and overview of the minute-to-minute plant operations and assessment of operational aspects. When the Shift Manager assumes Emergency Director position Shift Supervisor assumes Control Room Overview function.

Control Room Supervisor

1. Reports directly to Shift Manager and is responsible for the minute-to-minute plant operation and assessment of operational aspects. Control Room Supervisor is responsible for the implementation of the Emergency Procedures.

Shift Technical Advisor 1. Shift Technical Advisor (STA) reports directly to Shift Manager and is responsible for monitoring and advising Control Room Supervisor on status of critical plant parameters.

Any of the three SROs STA Qualified assigned to the operating shift may fulfill the STA position.

The STA covers the core/thermal hydraulic function until relieved by the TSC Coordinator.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I\lsI6".doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ERO POSITION DESCRIPTIONS (Continued)

Control Room Operator 1. Reports directly to Control Room Supervisor and is responsible for the physical operation of plant equipment from the Control Room. Plant Operator 1. Reports directly to Control Room Supervisor and is responsible for operation of plant equipment outside the Control Room. Control Room Communicator

1. Reports directly to Emergency Director and is responsible for notification of the Federal, State and Local agencies until relieved by the responding TSC Communicators.

Radwaste Operator 1. Reports directly to Control Room Supervisor and is responsible for the operation of plant equipment in the radwaste area. Fire Brigade 1. Consists of a Fire Brigade Leader and four responding members..

Fire Brigade members report directly to the Fire Brigade Leader and are responsible for responding to, control and extinguishing of any fire that occurs on site. Fire Brigade Leader reports directly to Shift Supervisor (overview function) and is responsible for command and direction at the scene of the fire. Technical Support Center Coordinator

1. The TSC Coordinator reports to the Emergency Director and is responsible for the assimilation of data for the Emergency Director, prioritization of corrective actions, core/thermal hydraulics, and coordination of mitigation efforts.

TSC Coordinator Assistant

1. TSC Coordinator Assistant reports to the TSC Coordinator and is responsible for monitoring the progress of the implementation of Emergency Operating Procedures, providing plant status and corrective action status to the TSC, and communication of emergency information to the OSC, Control Room, and EOF.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\IsI06.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ERO POSITION DESCRIPTIONS (Continued)

Technical Manager 1. Reports directly to Technical Support Center Coordinator and is responsible for the following during an emergency:

a. Activities of engineers and technical staff. b. Providing information concerning plant status and for developing recommendations and procedures for plant operation.

c. Activating the VIP 2000 upon the Emergency Director's request.

Record Document Manager 1. Reports directly to Technical Support Center Coordinator and provides administrative and logistical services during an emergency.

Radiation Protection Manager or designated alternate

1. Reports directly to Emergency Director and is responsible for the following during an emergency:

a. Radiological assessments and development of radiological plans. b. Keeping Emergency Director informed of environmental conditions.

c. Determining emergency radiological survey requirements.

On-Call HP 1. Reports directly to Health Physics Coordinator and is responsible for performing activities associated with radiation protection as directed by the Health Physics Coordinator.

On-Shift HP 1. At the declaration of an Alert or higher classification, the On-Shift HP's will respond in support of access control, HP Job Coverage, Personal Monitoring, dosimetry and surveys (In-plant, onsite and offsite).

On-Call Chemist 1. Reports directly to OSC Coordinator and is responsible for obtaining and analyzing required samples to determine the onset or extent of core damage. Computer Engineer 1. Reports directly to the Technical Manager and is responsible for: a. Investigation and resolution of computer/software problems.

b. Assisting with data gathering and analysis.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\IsI06.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ERO POSITION DESCRIPTIONS (Continued)

On-Shift Chemist 1. Upon declaration of an Alert classification or higher, reports to the Control Room and performs Radiological Assessment (Chemistry Samples/Dose Assessment)

Function until relieved by the responding RPM or Radiological Assessment Dose Calculator.

Reports directly to the Emergency Director during this period. Upon relief of Radiological Assessment functions, reports to the OSC and is responsible for obtaining and analyzing required samples. Reports directly to the OSC Coordinator during this period. Health Physics Coordinator

1. Reports directly to Radiation Protection Manager. He is responsible for the following during an emergency:

a. Providing radiological support to Operations Support Center Coordinator.

b. Dispatching Onsite Monitoring Teams. c. Coordinating activities of Health Physics personnel.

Onsite Monitoring Team 1. Reports directly to HP Coordinator and is responsible for performing radiological surveys outside the power block. Radiological Assessment Dose Calculator (TSC) 1. At the Alert classification, reports directly to the Emergency Director (Control Room). Performs radiological dose projection activities and provides assistance in radiological assessment and developing Protective Action Recommendations.

Reports directly to the RPM when TSC is operational.

Radiological Assessment Dose Calculator (EOF) 1. At the Alert classification, the Radiological Assessment Dose Calculator (EOF) reports directly to the RAC. Performs radiological dose projection activities and provides assistance to the RAC in radiological assessment and developing Protective Action Recommendations.

Operations Support Center Coordinator

1. Reports directly to Emergency Director and is responsible for coordinating OSC activities with Technical Support Center Coordinator and Operations Coordinator during an emergency.

This includes mobilization and dispatching Emergency Repair Teams, Search and Rescue Teams, First Aid Teams, and any other required support personnel.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\IsI06.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE 01-S-10-6 Revision:

13 Attachment III Page 6 of 9 ERO POSITION DESCRIPTIONS (Continued)

OSC Communicator

1. The responsibility of the OSC Communicator is to provide the OSC Coordinator with current plant status and information on corrective actions in the plant. The OSC Communicator reports to the OSC Coordinator.

OSC Pool 1. Reports directly to OSC Coordinator and provides the personnel resource needed for emergency repair, search and rescue, first aid and any other required support personnel.

OEC Technical Assistant

1. Reports directly to OEC and is responsible for assisting in coordination of matters related to plant operations and engineering.

OEC Technical Assistant ensures compliance with appropriate procedures and federal regulations.

EOF Administrative Director -Is responsible for: 1. Communications and other administrative interfaces and answering questions relating to actions required by the Plan, related implementing procedures, or state/local emergency plans providing logistical support to Emergency Response Organization, offsite agencies and contractors.

Reports directly to Offsite Emergency Coordinator.

EOF Communicator

1. Reports to EOF Administrative Director and is responsible for operation of the communications systems at the Emergency Operations Facility and maintenance of logs and records of all official communications.

Technical/Engineering Support Manager 1. The focal point for offsite and non-GGNS engineering support, and reports directly to the Offsite Emergency Coordinator.

Technical/Engineering Support Manager is responsible for arranging engineering support, briefing incoming engineers, and assisting in helping them provide assistance to the emergency response effort. He is also responsible for performing evaluations of the status of the reactor core during an emergency.

EOF Electrical Engineer 1. Reports directly to Technical/Engineering Support Manager and is responsible for electrical modification engineering support.

EOF Mechanical Engineer 1. Reports directly to Technical/Engineering Support Manager and is responsible for mechanical modification engineering support.

EOF Civil Engineer 1. Reports directly to Technical/Engineering Support Manager and is responsible for civil modification engineering support.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\1\ISI06.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ERO POSITION DESCRIPTIONS (Continued)

Accident Assessment Engineer 1. Reports directly to Technical/Engineering Support Manager and is responsible for the performance of core damage estimates.

Radiation Emergency Manager 1. Focal point for offsite environmental, radiological, and health physics support.

He reports directly to the Offsite Emergency Coordinator and is responsible for arranging such support, briefing incoming environmental and radiological personnel and helping them provide assistance to the emergency effort. Radiological Assessment Coordinator

1. Reports to Radiation Emergency Manager and is responsible for technical direction of radiological assessment effort that includes offsite dose calculations, offsite radiological monitoring, and environmental sampling activities.

Offsite Monitoring Team 1. Reports directly to Plume Tracking Specialist and is responsible for conducting offsite radiological monitoring and collecting environmental samples.

Offsite Monitoring Team Driver/Assistant reports directly to the OMT Monitor and is responsible for transportation to the required offsite areas and assisting OMT Monitor as required.

Plume Tracking Specialist

1. Reports to Radiological Assessment Coordinator and is responsible for controlling and directing Offsite Radiological Monitoring teams, tracking the plume, and recording field data for use by the EOF Dose Calculation Specialist.

EOF Habitability Specialist

-Is responsible for: 1. Reports to Radiological Assessment Coordinator and is responsible for conducting radiological surveys, sampling and analysis activities in the EOF and advising the REM of the results. He maintains the radiological status board in the EOF and ensures that dosimetry is issued to personnel at the EOF. Emergency Support Manager 1. The Emergency Support Manager is responsible for procuring emergency equipment, supplies, and services for the Emergency Response Organization during a declared emergency.

He reports directly to-the EOF Administrative Director.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\1\lslO6.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ERO POSITION DESCRIPTIONS (Continued)

EOF Food and Lodging Coordinator

1. Reports directly to EOF Administrative Director and is responsible for arrangements for the logistics necessary to provide food and lodging as required for Emergency Response Organization and administers fitness-for-duty tests for EOF personnel.

EOF Facility Coordinator

1. Reports directly to EOF Administrative Director and assists in the setup and operation of EOF facilities and equipment as required and coordinates EOF security and equipment maintenance.

Company Spokesperson

1. Reports directly to Offsite Emergency Coordinator and is responsible for overall operation of the ENMC. This includes preparation of official news bulletins, conduct of media briefings, and Emergency Information Center Operations during an emergency.

Emergency Information Center Coordinator

1. Reports to Company Spokesperson and is responsible for activation and operation

.of Emergency Information Center. Emergency Information Center Staff 1. Reports directly to Emergency Information Center Coordinator and is responsible for providing or correcting information to the public. This support is provided in the form of responding to telephone calls from interested parties.

Media Monitor 1. Reports directly to Company Spokesperson and is responsible for recording and comparing TV and radio newscasts with the official news bulletins and releases for deviations from the facts. Emergency News Media Center (ENMC) Manager 1. Reports to Company Spokesperson and is responsible for general Emergency News Media Center operations.

The ENMC Support Staff and ENMC Clerical Coordinator report to the ENMC Manager.

ENMC Support Staff 1. Reports directly to ENMC Manager and is responsible for initial facility setup, and assisting in overall operation of ENMC. ENMC Clerical Coordinator

1. Reports directly to ENMC Manager and is responsible for management and coordination of the ENMC Clerical Staff.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\IsI06.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ERO POSITION DESCRIPTIONS (Continued)

ENMC Clerical Staff 1. Report directly to ENMC Clerical Coordinator and are responsible for providing clerical support necessary to distribute news bulletins and to assist in setup of ENMC as required.

Technical Spokesperson

1. Reports to Company Spokesperson and is responsible for answering technical questions from news media regarding emergency situation.

Technical Advisors 1. When the State of Mississippi, Claiborne County, the State of Louisiana, and Tensas Parish activate their Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs) a GGNS representative is dispatched to the EOCs to serve in a technical and operational liaison capacity if requested by the directors of the EOCs. The Technical Advisors report to the Technical Spokesperson.

Information Specialist

-Is responsible for: 1. Collection and transmission of technically accurate information to the Company Spokesperson, or designee, during emergency events. Licensing Coordinator

1. Reports directly to the Offset Emergency Coordinator and is responsible for coordinating any required emergency licensing activities.

Engineering Electrical and Engineering Mechanical

1. Reports directly to the Technical Manager and are responsible for the following during an emergency:

a. Provide technical input to the Technical Manager for needed repairs during the emergency.

b. Develop emergency repair options and instructions for repairs needed during the emergency.

c. Identify materials needed for repairs needed during the emergency.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I\IS106.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION PERSONNEL ASSIGNMENT MEMO NAME: ERO POSITION:

HOME # PAGER #SOCIAL SECURITY #WORK #TRAINING REQUIRED FOR ERO POSITION________________________________

A ________________________________

The above listed person is qualified to fill the above listed ERO position and can be placed on the ERO effective Approved: Concurrence:

Manager, Emergency Preparedness FPO or Director, Nuclear Safety Assurance uate Date Data entered into: VIP2000 Notified EP Training Call Tree Notified Training Records Emergency Telephone Book Notified Document Control EP Pager List J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\IsI06.doc COURSE DATE COMPLETED VERIFIED BY+ 4+ t i i I4 I. 4 I- 4 4 1 L 4 I i ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE PLANT OPERATIONS MANUAL Volume 1 01-S-10-3 Section 10 Revision:

7 Date: 2/8/01 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITIES SAFETY RELATED Prepared:

Reviewed:

Concurred:

PSRC: -k Approved:

/--- A Ala ene a nager Manage , Emergency Preparedness List of Effective Pages: Pages 1-15 Attachments I-V List of TCNs Incorporated:

Revision TCN 0 None I None 2 1 3 None 4 None 5 None 6 None 7 None J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I\IslO3.doc Administrative Procedure Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Title: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-I0-3 Department Responsibilitites TRevision:

7 Safety Evaluation I Facility:

GRAND GULF 1. SIGNATURES Preparer:

Richard Sumrall 2/2/01 Signature Name (print) Date I!. OVERVIEW Document Evaluated: (Include document number, revision, and title) 01-S-10-3, Rev. 7, Emergency Preparedness Department Responsibilities Brief Description of the Proposed Change: Updates titles per Entergy Renewal LDC 99-060 & NRC pre-approved E-plan changes changes in GNRI 2000/00093.

Changes reporting relationship from Manager, Training to Director, Nuclear Safey and Assurance as described in LDC 2001-004.

Changes Utility Group Meeting name to reflect changing from NRC Region II to Region IV. Clarifies ANS testing process and ANS reportable rate from 70% to 75% per EQI Standardization.

Changes name of Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality to reflect the department's name change.II1. 50.59 SCREENING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to: E] Yes Z No Operating License Technical Specifications NRC Orders (ANO only)F []If yes, process a change per IOCFR50.90 and obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change.Yes If yes, process a change per 1 OCFR50.90 and No obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change.E] Yes F- No II If yes, process a change per 10CFR50.90 and obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change.SAR SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to the facility or procedure which alters information, operation, function or ability to perform the function of a system, structure or component described in the SAR (site-specific documents)?

TS Bases section El Yes 0 No If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

i Title: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-10-3 Revision:

7 Safety Evaluation Department Responsibilitites I UFSAR (including pending changes)TRM Core Operating Limits Report Fire Hazards Analysis (Included in RBS' USAR)[] Yes Z No FD D [] El FD Z []NRC SERs Does the proposed Change involve a test or experiment not described in the SAR? Does the proposed Change result in any potential impact to equipment or facilities utilized for Ventilated Storage Cask activities?

D] D M [] E-1 Yes No Yes No Yes No N/A Yes No Yes No Yes No N/A If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation. (See Section 5.1.19.) If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 72.48 Review.ADDITIONAL SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to: Quality Assurance Program Manual Emergency Plan[] Yes Z No [] Yes Z No If yes, notify the quality department and ensure a 50.54 Evaluation is performed.

If yes, notify the emergency planning department and ensure a 50.54 Evaluation is performed.

BASIS: Performed LRS search with the criteria Doc# contains 01-S-10-003 and Status equal SAT, returning 35 commitments.

Verified all commitments remain fully implemented within the procedure.

Performed FULFIND search of the E-Plan, SER, Tech Specs, TRM, and UFSAR for the keywords LRPD, LDEQ, Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality, Louisiana Radiation, Southeast Utilities, Regional Utilities, ANS, Alert Notification System, and Notification System. Verfied all comitments remain fully implemented.

Performed manual review of the Emergency Plan, UFSAR chapters 3, 13, 14, & 18, License NPF-29, SER App A & G, NUREG-0654 App 3, 1OCFR50 App E, FEMA-REP-10, EP Peer Group Position Paper #7. Based on review of the hits returned by LRS and FULFIND, manual review of the above references, and use of the guidance in E0I 50.59 Review Program Att 9.1 and LI-1 01, this proposed change does not involve a change to the Technical Specifications or an Unreviewed Safety Question.Administrative Procedure Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Administrative Procedure Title: Emergency Preparedness

No.

01-S-10-3 Revision:

7 Safety Evaluation Department Responsibilitites I I IV. ENVIRONMENTAL EVALUATION APPLICABILITY REVIEW If any of the following questions is answered "YES", then an Environmental Evaluation must be performed.

Will the Change being evaluated:

YES NO D] Z Disturb land that is beyond that initially disturbed during construction (i.e., new construction of buildings, creation or removal of ponds, or other terrestrial impact)? S [Z Increase thermal discharges to the river, lake or atmosphere?

D] Z Increase concentration or quantity of chemicals discharged to the atmosphere, ground water, or surface water? FD Z Increase quantity of chemicals to cooling lake or atmosphere through discharge canal or tower? F-1 Z Modify the design or operation of cooling tower that will change flow characteristics?

[] Z Install any new transmission lines leading offsite? FD Z Change the design or operation of the intake or discharge structures?

FD Z Discharges any chemicals new or different from that previously discharged?

LI [ Potentially cause a spill or unevaluated discharge that may effect neighboring soils, surface water or ground water? LI Z Involve burying or placement of any solid wastes in the site area that may effect runoff, surface water or ground water? F- Z Involve incineration or disposal of any potentially hazardous materials on the site? LI [0 Result in a change to non-radiological effluents or licensed reactor power level? FI Z Potentially change the type or increase the amount of non-radiological air emissions from the site?

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Titie: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-10-3 lRevision:

7 age Department Responsibilities Periodic Review Required:

It Yes, list trequencuy;

_ .... (u< YES ( ) NO If No, refer to Attachment XIX of 01-S-02-3 for a list of procedure review methods and fill in the appropriate letter(s) below; if "Other," specify method. Method(s) of Review IOCFR50.59 Review Required:

(.Yes -If Yes, attach 50.59 Review. No -Not required per section (enter Section 6.3.2(b) or 6.3.2(c) of procedure 01-S-02-3)

Cross-discipline review required:

() YES (A NO Tech Reviewer's Initials Reviewed by: Does this directive contain Tech Spec Triggers?

C ) YES (-NO J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I\IsIO 3.doc 7 Title: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-10-3 Revision:

7 Page: ii Department Responsibilities I REQUIRENENTS CROSS-REFERENCE LIST SRequirement Implemented by Directive Directive Paragraph Number Name Paragraph Number That Implements Requirement FSAR FSAR FSAR 10CFR50 1OCFR50 GGNS Emer Plan AECM 88/0253 GGNS Emer Plan GGNS Emer Plan GGNS Emer Plan GGNS Emer Plan GGNS Emer Plan GGNS Emer Plan GGNS Emer Plan GGNS Emer Plan GGNS Emer Plan GGNS Emer Plan GGNS Emer Plan GGNS Emer Plan GGNS Emer Plan AECM-89/0061 GGCR 1997-0740-00 FSAR GGNS Emer Plan 10CFR5O GGNS Emer Plan 9.9B.8.5.S5 13.3 Para 2 13.1.1.2.1.2.4 54 (q) 4(b) (5) 8.5 S6,$7,$8,SI0 II.S8,S9 8.2.3.SI, 8.2.S3 8.4.S1 8.4. S1 (a), (b) 8.4.Sl(c) 8.4 .Sl (d) 8.4 .Sl (e) 8.4 .Sl(f) 8.4.S6 8. 4.S7 8.5.SI 8.5.S12, S13, S15 8.5. S16 8. 6.S4 89-03-02 Att, Para III.b.2

• 9.9B.2.1.1l.S2 5.4 S5 54(t) (1) (2) 8.5 S9 6.5.3 6.4.1.b 1.2.1, 2.1 6.4 6.4.7.b 2.3, 6.2 6.3.3.c, 6.3.5.a 6.5.3 2.1 2.2.8, 2.2.9 2.2.6, 2.2.12 6.1.2, 6.1.3, 6.12 2.2.5, 6.1.1 6.8.1,2.2.11 6.7 6.5.2 6.4.1.a 6.4 6.4.6.a(3)&

2.4 6.9.2 6.5.3 6.1.14, 2.2.12 2.2 2.4 6.2.2 2.2.1* Covered by directive as a whole or by various paragraphs of the directive.

NOTE The Component Data Base Change Request statement is applicable only to Volume 06 and 07 maintenance directives.

Component Data Base Change Request generated and thp backup documentation available for setpoint and/or calibration data only 0] Yes [ON/A CDBCR # Current Revision Statement Revision 7:

• Updates Title changes for the GGNS organization per Entergy Renewal.

• Changes Utility Group Meeting Name to reflect GGNS's change from NRC Region II to IV.

• Clarifies the ANS testing process.

0 Changes ANS reportable Operability Rate from 70% to 75% per EOI standardization process. (EP PEER Group Position Paper #7) "* Updates LDEQ Agency Name change. "* Changes reporting chain from Manager, Training to Director Nuclear Safety Assurance.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\IsI03.docI ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Preparedness Department Responsibilities No.: 01-S-10-3 TRev. 7 Emergency Plan Evaluation EVALUATION OF EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROCEDURE Procedure Number: 01-S-10-3 Procedure Name: Revision / TCN Number: Emergency Preparedness Department Responsibilities Revision 7 Does the procedure Revision / TCN require an Emergency Plan change?( ) Yes (X) No NOTE: IF YES, THIS PROCEDURE CANNOT BE ISSUED UNTIL THE EMERGENCY PLAN IS CHANGED / REVISED.

Reason for "NO" response:

This revision clarifies ANS testing process, changes the reportable operability rate from 70% to 75% per the EOI standardization process and other administrative changes. However, this revision does not change the GGNS Emergency Plan. Prepared:

__"_____ I- 5.0__ (Manager, Emergency Preparedness Approved:

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Title: Emergency PreparednesseNo.:

01-S-10-3 Revision:

7 Page: 1 Department Responsibilities IN TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1.0 PURPOSE AND DISCUSSION 2 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2

3.0 REFERENCES

4 4.0 ATTACHMENTS 5 5.0 DEFINITIONS 5 6.0 DETAILS 5 6.1 Emergency Preparedness Program 5 6.2 Inspections and Audits 7 6.3 Alert and Notification System (ANS) 8 6.4 Control of GGNS Emergency Plan 9 6.5 Training 13 6.6 Drills and Exercises 13 6.7 Local/State Interface 14 6.8 Emergency Public Information/News Media Emergency 14 Information 6.9 Emergency Telephone Book 14 6.10 ERO Call Tree 14 6.11 Real Event Reporting 14 6.12 Emergency Preparedness Action Tracking System (EPATS) 15 7.0 EMERGENCY DOSE CALCULATIONS SOFTWARE AND SOURCE CODE CONTROL 15 J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\lIs03.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Preparedness I No.: 01-S-10-3 Revision:

7 Page: 2 1 ~Department ResponsibilitiesIII 1.0 PURPOSE AND DISCUSSION 1.1 Purpose 1.1.1 To describe the responsibilities and organizational structure of the Emergency Preparedness (EP) staff. 1.1.2 To provide guidance for the overall maintenance of the Emergency Preparedness Program and ensure the program meets all established requirements and commitments.

1.1.3 To define the responsibilities for maintenance and control of the GGNS Emergency Plan and implementing procedures (from now on referred to as Emergency Plan or Plan). 1.1.4 To provide for the establishment, implementation, and documentation of a training and indoctrination program for the Emergency Preparedness (EP) staff. 1.2 Discussion 1.2.1 Manager, Emergency Preparedness reports to the Director, Nuclear Safety Assurance and is responsible for the Emergency Preparedness Program and associated activities.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 Manager, Emergency Preparedness

-Is responsible for: 2.1.1 Supervising the development, administration, management, maintenance, and exercising of the Emergency Preparedness Program to ensure compliance with applicable NRC rules, regulations and requirements.

2.1.2 The direction of activities in support of the Emergency Preparedness Program and for the establishment and maintenance of this procedure.

2.1.3 The overall direction and control of the methods for administrative and technical activities related to preparation, maintenance, and control of the Emergency Plan. 2.1.4 Ensuring the training of the Emergency Preparedness staff includes:

a. Defining minimum training requirements.

b. Coordinating and obtaining training resources from outside organizations, as required.

2.1.5 The maintenance of Dose Assessment Program and control of the dose calculation software.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECH-_PUB\REVISION\1\IsI03.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-10-3 Revision:

7 Page: 3 1 ~Department ResponsibilitiesIIII 2.2 Manager, Emergency Preparedness or designee -Is responsible for the following:

2.2.1 Providing ongoing review of the activities related to the Emergency Preparedness Program.

2.2.2 Coordinating local and state emergency preparedness requirements and activities with those planned by Grand Gulf Nuclear Station (GGNS). 2.2.3 Ensuring that emergency response facilities, including specialized equipment and reference materials, are maintained in a state of readiness and available for use. 2.2.4 Identifying and scheduling emergency planning activities on an annual basis. 2.2.5 Conducting periodic reviews of the Emergency Plan and Emergency Preparedness Administrative Procedures as required by 10CFR50, Appendix E and 10CFR50.54(t).

2.2.6 Coordinating with the GGNS Training Department in defining and scheduling emergency preparedness training.

2.2.7 Coordinating scenario preparation and conduct of the biennial exercise.

2.2.8 Reviewing the GGNS Emergency Plan to ensure compliance with regulatory requirements, and to ensure it is consistent with state and local plans, and the GGNS Security Plan. 2.2.9 Reviewing Emergency Plan procedures to ensure they are consistent with Administrative, Security, Radiation Control, and Training procedures, the Emergency Plan, and with each other. 2.2.10 Distributing revisions to the Emergency Plan or EPPs to the NRC within 30 days of their implementation, as specified in 10CFR50.54(q) and 10CFR50, Appendix E. 2.2.11 Establishing the schedule and conducting media training for the news media on emergency information, and the publication and distribution of the Public Information Publication.

2.2.12 Communicating Emergency Preparedness Program changes, deemed significant, to plant staff and the Emergency Response Organization.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\1sI03.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVEPROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-10-3 Revision:

7 Page: 4 I ~Department ResponsibilitiesII 2.2.13 Coordination with state and local emergency preparedness officials on establishing dates for training of offsite support agencies, and the biennial NRC graded exercise if offsite support agencies participate.

NOTE Manager, Emergency Preparedness (MEP) or designee may develop and distribute a schedule identifying significant emergency preparedness activities including emergency preparedness drills and exercises.

2.2.14 Reviewing information from drills and exercises, and address, as appropriate, corrective action to ensure implementation.

2.3 Manager, Quality Assurance

-Is responsible for establishing the schedule for emergency preparedness audits by Quality Assurance and shall ensure an independent audit of the Emergency Preparedness Program is conducted annually.

2.4 Site Vice President, through the Director, Nuclear Safety Assurance

-Is responsible for establishing management direction and control for the Emergency Preparedness Program to ensure preparedness is maintained and any required corrective actions are implemented.

2.5 All GGNS Superintendents and above -Are responsible for: 2.5.1 Ensuring compliance with commitments of the GGNS Emergency Plan that affect their area of responsibility.

2.5.2 Providing support to the Manager, Emergency Preparedness for the conduct of emergency preparedness exercises.

2.6 Plant General Manager provides overall direction for those site-specific activities which support the Emergency Preparedness Program.

2.7 Manager, System Engineering, through the Computer Engineering Section, maintains all Emergency Dose Calculations Source Codes.

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 Code of Federal Regulations 10CFR50 3.2 NUREG 0654 3.3 GGNS Final Safety Analysis Report 3.4 Operational Quality Assurance Manual (OQAM) 3.5 Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Emergency Plan 3.6 GGNS Plant Operations Manual 3.6.1 01-S-01-3, Plant Safety Review Committee\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I\Is103.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Preparedness INo.: 01-S-10-3 RevisiOn:

7 ] Page: 5 Department Responsibilities 3.6.2 01-S-10-4, Emergency Preparedness Drills and Exercises 3.6.3 01-S-04-21, Emergency Preparedness Training Program 3.6.4 01-S-06-5, Incident Reports/Reportable Events 4.0 ATTACHMENTS 4.1 Attachment I Required Reading Checklist 4.2 Attachment II Emergency Plan Revision Cover Sheet 4.3 Attachment III- Emergency Plan Change Cover Sheet 4.4 Attachment IV -Request for and Documentation of Emergency Action Level Review by Offsite Agencies 4.5 Attachment V -Evaluation of Proposed Changes to the Emergency Plan 5.0 DEFINITIONS 5.1 GGNS Emergency Plan The GGNS Emergency Plan is an action plan prepared in accordance with the requirements of 10CFR50 and the guidance of NUREG 0654 to control and direct the response of Emergency Response Organizations to a plant emergency condition as defined in the Plan. The Emergency Plan constitutes Section 13.3 of the GGNS FSAR. 5.2 Implementing Procedures Emergency Plan Procedures (EPPs) provide detailed direction for the Emergency Response Organization and implement actions directed by the Emergency Plan. EPPs are located in Volume 10 of the Plant Operations Manual. 5.3 Plan Revision -The formal revision of the Emergency Plan which may incorporate one or more approved Plan Changes.

5.4 Plan Change -A handwritten change to the Emergency Plan. 6.0 DETAILS 6.1 Emergency Preparedness.

Program The Emergency Preparedness staff has the following general responsibilities:

6.1.1 Coordinate the annual and periodic reviews, revision, and distribution of Emergency Preparedness (EP) documents, such as the GGNS Emergency Plan and Emergency Preparedness Procedures.

6.1.2 Develop scenarios for drills and exercises as defined by the Emergency Plan.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\1s103.doc Title: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-10-3 Revision:

7 Page: 6 Department Responsibilities 6.1.3 Periodically conduct and participate in drills and exercises to evaluate major portions of emergency response capabilities and federal agencies, and make a timely submission of required reports about these activities.

6.1.4 Establish and maintain communications to promote mutual understanding with other departments, federal, state, and local agencies involved in GGNS Emergency Preparedness Program.

a. Provide primary communications contact with NRC. b. Periodically meet with federal, state, and local support agencies to establish schedules, coordinate training, and ascertain overall EP status. c. Provide liaison with industry committees and working groups involved in emergency preparedness, and represent GGNS at Regional Utility Group meetings.

d. Interact with other departments to ensure the Emergency Response Organization is staffed with qualified personnel and maintained in a state of readiness.

e. Provide necessary contact with responsible audit groups to ensure the success of the EP program.

6.1.5 Ensure the readiness of Emergency Response Facilities (ERF). a. Maintain ERF inventories.

b. Conduct operational checks of essential emergency equipment.

6.1.6 Establish goals and objectives for the EP staff that support the Emergency Preparedness Program.

6.1.7 Develop and maintain schedules of Emergency Preparedness Tasks. 6.1.8 Ensure that EP activities are performed in accordance with Operational Quality Assurance Program requirements.

6.1.9 Develop responses to NRC questions, audits, and inspections relative to Emergency Preparedness, and provide regulatory reports as required.

6.1.10 List, track, and identify program deficiencies; schedule, monitor, and resolve listed action items; and recommend any necessary corrective actions to preclude recurrences.

6.1.11 Ensure state and local emergency plans and letters of agreement are reviewed on an annual basis; and necessary funding is made available through the budgeting process for state and local agency EP activities.

6.1.12 Ensure all changes that may have an affect on the EP Program are evaluated for input on the Emergency Plan and Emergency Preparedness commitments.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\lslO3.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-10-3 Revision:

7 Page: 7 1 ~Department ResponsibilitiesII 6.1.13 Conducting a routine poll, via modem, of the Alert and Notification System to ensure the proper operation level is maintained, and reporting any problems to the Siren Maintenance Contractor.

6.1.14 Communicating Emergency Preparedness Program changes, deemed significant, to Plant staff and the Emergency Response Organization by one or more of the following methods: a. Training sessions following the Morning Meetings b. EP Hotlines c. Required Reading Program d. Special Meetings as necessary 6.2 Inspections and Audits 6.2.1 The EP staff is responsible for: a. Coordinating regulatory and industry group inspections and auditing activities related to the Emergency Preparedness Program.

b. Developing responses to deficiencies and findings.

c. Recommending to Entergy Operations management that responses per Step 6.2.1.b be transmitted to the associated regulatory, industry, or local/state group. d. Ensuring the timely resolution of emergency preparedness deficiencies, violations, nonconformances, and items of concern identified during Quality Assurance audits and NRC inspections.

e. If appropriate, assign action items in response to identified deficiencies and findings to responsible Entergy Operations personnel.

6.2.2 Ensuring an audit of the emergency preparedness program which constitutes an independent review, as required by 10CFR50.54(t), is performed annually under the direction of the Manager, Quality Assurance.

a. The auditors should have no direct responsibility for implementation of the Emergency Preparedness Program.

b. The part of the audit involving evaluation for adequacy of communication with state and local governments should be available to the appropriate state and local governments.

c. Any findings from the audit should be: (1) Documented (2) Reported to the Manager, Emergency Preparedness; Director, Nuclear Safety Assurance; Site Vice President; and affected groups. (3) Maintained for a period of five years.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\ls03.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Preparedness I No.: 01-S-10-3 Revision:

7 Page: 8 Department Responsibilities 6.2.2 (Cont.) d. The review includes at a minimum the Plan, implementing procedures and practices, training readiness testing, equipment, and interfaces with state and local governments.

e. Personnel performing reviews or audits of the Plan and/or Emergency Plan Procedures take into account and review corporate policy, state policy and plans, local plans, and the various agreements and understandings with federal, state, and local support agencies and organizations.

6.3 Alert and Notification System (ANS) 6.3.1 Siren tests (Growl or Complete Cycle) are conducted by the Claiborne County Civil Defense (CCCD) and Tensas Parish Emergency Preparedness (TPEP) agencies, and generally scheduled for 11:30 a.m. for Tensas Parish and 12:00 noon for Claiborne County, on the first Monday of each month. At the discretion of the local agency directors, monthly siren tests may be rescheduled or canceled.

6.3.2 Approximately one hour (but not to exceed two hours) following the completion of the scheduled monthly siren test, the Manager, Emergency Preparedness or designee contacts the respective agencies to determine siren operability.

6.3.3 The siren operability percentage is determined for the total system after each siren test as follows: a. + + 43 x 100 = # operable sirens # operable sirens total % op. Claiborne County Tensas Parish sirens total system b. A siren's operability is determined by: (1) An 08 or 48 on the feedback report, or (2) Manual verification by local agency or utility personnel stationed at a siren site during the scheduled test, or (3) Manual verification by local agency or utility personnel responding to the siren site for a subsequent growl test verification, or (4) Local residents near a siren site verify the siren sounding.

c. If the percent operability

(% op.) for the total system is less than 75%, the Control Room is notified immediately so the required one-hour notification can be made pursuant to 1OCFR50.72(b)

(1) (v) and 01-S-06-5.

Corrective actions to repair inoperable sirens are initiated immediately by notification of the siren maintenance contractor.

6.3.4 Upon determining that a portion of the general public would not be properly alerted of an emergency by the Alert Notification System, GGNS Emergency Preparedness personnel should contact the appropriate Civil Defense Director to ensure Sheriff's office notification for route alerting is made. Additionally, the affected state agency (MEMA or LOEP/LDEQ) is notified.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\IsI03.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Preparedness

.I No.: 01-S-10-3 Revision:

7 Page: 9 I ~Department ResponsibilitiesI 6.3.5 Unplanned Siren Activations

a. When the Emergency Preparedness (EP) staff is advised of an unplanned activation of one or more of the ANS sirens, EP ensures that the Control Room is notified and the incident reported in accordance with 01-S-06-5.

b. Emergency Preparedness coordinates with Corporate Communications in development and subsequent release of news bulletins as appropriate.

If a news bulletin is released, EP ensures that the Control Room is notified and reported in accordance with 01-S-06-5.

6.3.6 Annual ANS Training will be conducted by GGNS Emergency Preparedness for Claiborne County Civil Defense, Claiborne County Sheriff's Office, Tensas Parish Emergency Preparedness, and Tensas Parish Sheriff's Office. 6.4 Control of GGNS Emergency Plan 6.4.1 Annual Review a. The Emergency Plan shall be reviewed on an annual basis and updated by revision, as necessary.

The annual review shall include the review by state/local agencies of the Emergency Action Levels as required by 10CFR50, Appendix E, Paragraph IV.B. (1) State/local agency reviews are requested by a letter similar to Attachment IV. This letter is addressed to the following individuals: (a) Director, Mississippi Emergency Management Agency (b) Director, Claiborne County Civil Defense (c) Program Manager, Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality, Radiological Emergency Planning and Response (d) Tensas Parish Emergency Preparedness Coordinator (e) Director, Mississippi State Division of Radiological Health (f) Assistant Director, Louisiana Office of Emergency Preparedness

b. Supporting Emergency Response Plans to the GGNS Emergency Plan have been developed by offsite organizations and agencies and are maintained separately from the GGNS Emergency Plan by the responsible offsite organization/

agency. The supporting emergency plans are reviewed as requested, and comments forwarded to the controlling organization as necessary.

Revisions to the supporting emergency plans are submitted to the NRC in accordance with Section 6.4.7 as they are provided to GGNS by the various organizations.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\1\1sI03.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Preparedness I No.e: 01-S-10-3 Revision:

7 Page: 10 I ~ Department ResponsibilitiesI 6.4.1 (Cont.) c. Letters of Agreement are reviewed with the affected signatory organization on an annual basis and updated as necessary.

A change in signatory(ies) to a given Letter of Agreement does not in itself require revision of that letter; however, a change in applicability of the content of a Letter of Agreement does require a revision.

6.4.2 Evaluation for Revision a. Before initiating revisions to the Emergency Plan, an evaluation is conducted of proposed changes to ensure compliance with the requirements of 10CFR50.

(1) Such an evaluation may be conducted by the originator of the proposed change and approved by the Manager, Emergency Preparedness.

(2) The evaluation is documented on a form similar to Attachment V, Evaluation of Proposed Changes to Emergency Plan, and is included as part of the revision package for the approval cycle. (3) This evaluation is used to document changes to the Emergency Plan. If possible, a markup of the applicable sections of the Emergency Plan with the proposed changes is attached to the evaluation form. b. Revisions to the Emergency Plan may be made without prior NRC approval providing they do not decrease the effectiveness of the Plan, and continue to meet the requirements of 10CFR50.

c. Proposed changes that decrease the effectiveness of the approved Plan are not implemented without prior NRC approval.

6.4.3 Plan Change Origination and Evaluation

a. Plan Changes may be requested by: (1) Any person within Entergy Operations; by state, local, or federal emergency response agencies (e.g., Nuclear Regulatory Commission).

(2) Notifying the Manager, Emergency Preparedness in writing.

(3) Telephone communications with the Manager, Emergency Preparedness.

b. The Manager, Emergency Preparedness reviews all proposed Emergency Plan changes.J: \ADM_SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\1is03.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Preparedness s No.: 0-S-1-3 I Revision:

7 Page: 11 IDepartment Responsibilities 6.4.4 Preparation of Emergency Plan Revisions

a. The Manager, Emergency Preparedness or his designee prepares an initial draft of an Emergency Plan revision as follows: (1) Using the latest approved revision of the Emergency Plan, indicate the changes required by either hand marking copies of the affected pages or typing pages in the same format as the Emergency Plan. (2) Only the affected pages need be revised and issued. The lower right-hand corner of each revised page indicates the applicable revision number, which must coincide with the new revision number of the Plan to be issued and date (month/year) in which the revision is intended for issuance.

(3) When a Plan Revision requires the deletion without substitution of all of the text on a page, the page is not deleted from the Plan. The page is removed and replaced by a revised page with the same number, appropriate revision number, and date showing only the phrase "TEXT DELETED" centered on the revised page. (4) The revised portion of each page is indicated by a bold vertical line in the right-hand margin of the page beside the revised material.

If the entire page is being revised, the vertical line extends the entire length of printed material on the page. (5) The Emergency Plan Revision Cover Sheet, Attachment II, is marked with the revision number. The final version for approval and release is designated as "Revision on the Plan cover sheet and all revised pages. (6) The date of the last signatory (Vice President, Operations, GGNS) and the revision date in the upper right corner of the cover sheet are the same. The effective date and signature date are consistent with the date on each page of the revision.

6.4.5 Review of Emergency Plan Revisions

a. Manager, Emergency Preparedness or his designee (1) Presents copies of the draft Plan Revision to the site personnel, if appropriate, for review and concurrence.

(2) Upon receipt of review comments, resolves or incorporates all comments; prepares a subsequent draft, if required; and submits the draft, revised in accordance with the review comments, for approval signatures.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\lslO3.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-10-3 Revision:

7 Page: 12 1 ~ Department ResponsibilitiesI 6.4.6 Approval and Distribution of Emergency Plan Revisions and Changes a. Manager, Emergency Preparedness (1) Documents evaluation of the continued effectiveness of the revised Plan as required by 10CFR50.54(q) by signing the Evaluation of Proposed Changes to Emergency Plan (Attachment V), to indicate that this evaluation has been completed.

(2) Assembles the following documents to accompany the revision/change through the approval cycle: (a) Emergency Plan Revision/Change Cover Sheet (similar to Attachment II/III) (b) List of Effective Pages (c) Plan Revision/Change Pages (d) Evaluation of Proposed Changes to Emergency Plan (similar to Attachment V) (3) Approves the revision/change package formed by the above documents by signature on the Emergency Plan Revision/Change Cover Sheet and ensures the revision/

change package is reviewed and approved by the following: (a) Director, Nuclear Safety Assurance (b) PSRC (c) The Plant General Manager (d) The Site Vice President (4) Distributes the revision/change to Emergency Plan custodians.

(5) Files and retains all records of reviews and concurrences related to the revision/change.

(6) Files and retains completed Transmittal and Acknowledgment Forms.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\isl03.doc NOTE If the evaluation concludes that the revision/change is clearly required, but the Plan's effectiveness would be decreased by it, do not implement it without application to and approval by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-10-3 Revision:

7 Page: 13 Department Responsibilities 6.4.7 Submittal of Emergency Plan and Implementing Procedure Revisions to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission

a. Emergency Plan Revisions (1) Manager, Emergency Preparedness provides copies of the revised emergency plan and/or implementing procedure to the Director, Nuclear Safety Assurance for transmittal to the NRC per Reference 3.1. b. Emergency Plan and Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures revisions are addressed and distributed to the NRC in accordance with 10CFR50.4(b)

(5). 6.4.8 Evaluation of Changes to the GGNS Facility and other changes that may affect the Emergency Plan. a. The following items must be reviewed for impact on the Emergency Plan: (1) Emergency Plan implementing procedure revisions and TCNs (2) EOI Organization changes (GGNS related) (3) GGNS Facility changes (Maintenance Shop, 177' Control Building, ESC Building)

(4) Updated Final Safety Analysis Report changes (5) Any offsite (Emergency Plan related) changes (6) Any other changes that may affect implementation of the Emergency Plan 6.5 Training 6.5.1 Training of Emergency Response Organization personnel is conducted in accordance with 01-S-04-21.

6.5.2 Training of Emergency Preparedness Staff a. Manager, Emergency Preparedness:

(1) Ensures that before assignment of duties and responsibilities involving quality affecting activities, new personnel have completed a required reading list as a prerequisite to such assignment.

(2) Assigns required reading as necessary, and documents on forms similar to Attachment I. 6.5.3 Coordinating scheduling and training requirements with offsite support agencies and Entergy Operations departments.

a. Members of local offsite support agencies, including local fire and law enforcement agencies, ambulance and hospital services, receive training during the second quarter of each calendar year, with training dates to be scheduled during the first quarter of each calendar year. 6.6 Drills and Exercises are conducted in accordance with Reference 3.6.2. J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\IsI03.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-10-3 Revision:

7 Page: 14 Department Responsibilities I 6.7 Local/State Interface 6.7.1 The Manager, Emergency Preparedness or designee maintains communication with the appropriate officials from Mississippi Department of Emergency Management Agency (MEMA), Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ), Claiborne County Civil Defense (CCCD), Tensas Parish Emergency Preparedness (TPEP), Mississippi State Board of Health, Division of Radiological Health, and Louisiana Office of Emergency Preparedness (LOEP), regarding the overall status of emergency preparedness.

Actions taken by GGNS that could potentially impact state/local planning should not be initiated without their prior concurrence.

6.7.2 At the discretion of the Manager, Emergency Preparedness, local and state agency officials may be provided with copies of correspondence in the possession of GGNS related to their emergency preparedness responsibilities.

6.8 Emergency Public Information/News Media Emergency Information 6.8.1 The EP staff prepares the Emergency Public Information Publication, and conducts the News Media Emergency Information training on an annual basis. 6.9 Emergency Telephone Book 6.9.1 An Emergency Telephone Book containing the telephone numbers of emergency response facilities and personnel is maintained and copies distributed for use at all Emergency Response Facilities.

6.9.2 Verification that the telephone numbers are correct is made quarterly and changes published, as necessary.

6.10 ERO Call Tree 6.10.1 An Emergency Response Organization Call Tree containing the names, offices numbers, home numbers, and pager numbers will be produced and distributed on a monthly basis. This Call Tree will be in a flow-chart form and will consist of the persons who fill the minimum staffing positions for the TSC, OSC, and EOF. 6.11 Real Event Reporting 6.11.1 The Manager, Emergency Preparedness is responsible for generating a report on any activation of the Emergency Plan. The report should include the following:

a. Copies of appropriate paperwork generated by the event including:

notification forms, checklists, logbooks, survey maps, dose calculations, etc. b. Observations and comments from the personnel involved in the event. 6.11.2 The Manager, Emergency Preparedness is responsible for ensuring that all observations and comments are tracked in the Emergency Preparedness Action Tracking System, as appropriate.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\Is103.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Preparedness No.: 01-S-10-3 Revision:

7 Page: 15 Department Responsibilities 6.12 Emergency Preparedness Action Tracking System (EPATS) 6.12.1 Manager Emergency Preparedness will, as appropriate, track items from drills, exercises, inspection reports, staff findings, etc. to ensure that each item is addressed and closed. 7.0 EMERGENCY DOSE CALCULATION SOFTWARE AND SOURCE CODE CONTROL NOTE The Manager, System Engineering, through the Computer Engineering section, maintains all emergency dose calculation source codes, including a Configuration Management Plan and a Maintenance Procedure/Plan.

7.1 The Manager, EP is responsible for: 7.1.1 The current documentation of the computer software including initial system test results, results of software revision tests, and users manuals.

7.1.2 The locations of all authorized installations of the dose assessment software.

7.1.3 Documentation of commitment compliance.

7.1.4 Authorizing the implementation of software modifications.

7.1.5 Ensuring appropriate technical reviews have been completed before authorizing software modification.

7.1.6 Ensuring satisfactory completion of all testing before releasing revised software for use and testing after installation in the field. 7.1.7 Maintaining administrative control of source code. 7.1.8 Notifying the Training and Chemistry/Radiation Control Departments of software changes.

7.1.9 Ensuring appropriate state agencies are informed of significant changes to the computer software.

7.1.10 Ensuring changes to the software are forwarded to the Manager, Training & Development for incorporation into the appropriate training program.

7.1.11 Ensuring that procedures for the use of the software are updated to reflect software changes.

7.1.12 Ensuring that GGNS onsite computers requiring current copies of approved dose calculation software are updated when software revisions are issued. 7.1.13 Ensuring that designated users are informed of software revisions.

7.1.14 Designating an individual(s) to act as system manager to control software installation on authorized computer locations.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\isl03.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE 01-S-10-3 Revision:

7 Attachment I Page 1 of 1 REQUIRED READING CHECKLIST Date: Employee's Name: Employee's SSN: Employee's Position:

Supervisor's Name: By my signature I certify that I have completed the required reading on the date shown and that I understand the material covered.Reading Material Title Pages Date Employee Signature J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I\Is103.doc

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN REVISION COVER SHEET EXAMPLE Revision No. Date GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN NON-SAFETY RELATED Implementation of this revision will not decrease the effectiveness of the Emergency Plan, and the Plan will continue to meet the standards of 10CFR50.47(b) and the requirements of 10CFR50, Appendix E. Preparer:

Emergency Preparedness Reviewed/Approved:

Manager, Emergency Preparedness Reviewed/Approved:

Director, Nuclear Safety Assurance

/Date Reviewed/Approved:

Chairman, Plant Safety Review Committee/Date Reviewed/Approved:

Plant General Manager /Date Reviewed/Approved:

Site Vice President

/Date\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\1sI03.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN CHANGE COVER SHEET EXAMPLE Change No. Date GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN NON-SAFETY RELATED Implementation of this change will not decrease the effectiveness of the Emergency Plan, and the Plan will continue to meet the standards of 10CFR50.47(b) and the requirements of 10CFR50, Appendix E. Preparer:

Emergency Preparedness Reviewed/Approved:

Manage, Emergency Preparedness Reviewed/Approved:

Director, Nuclear Safety Assurance

/Date Reviewed/Approved:

Chairman, Plant Safety Review Committee/Date Reviewed/Approved:

Plant General Manager /Date Reviewed/Approved:

Site Vice President

/Date\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I\IsI03.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION 01-S-10-3 Revision:

7 Attachment IV Page 1 of 2 REQUEST FOR AND DOCUMENTATION OF EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL REVIEW BY OFFSITE AGENCIES EXAMPLE Mr. James E. Maher (Date) Director Mississippi Emergency Management Agency Fondren Station Jackson, Mississippi

SUBJECT:

Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Emergency Action Level Review GEXO- / 10CFR50, Appendix E, IV.B requires that "emergency action levels..." be reviewed with state and local government authorities on an annual basis. The emergency action levels for Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, which were developed in accordance with the guidance of NUREG-0654, are contained in Section 4.0 of the Plan and in GGNS Emergency Plan Procedure 10-S-01-1 (Attachment I). We are currently preparing Revision __ to the Emergency Plan. Please review Section 4.0 in your copy of the Plan and advise us of your comments by completing and returning the Concurrence Review Form (Attachment I) by (date) If you have any questions, please contact Mr. M. F. Guynn at xxx-xxxx.

Yours truly, Manager, Emergency Preparedness MFG Attachments cc: Standard Distribution EXAMPLE\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I\IsI03.doc ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE 01-S-10-3 Revision:

7 Attachment IV Page 2 of 2 REQUEST FOR AND DOCUMENTATION OF EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL REVIEW BY OFFSITE AGENCIES EXAMPLE Attachment I to GEXO- / I have reviewed the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station emergency action levels as contained in Section 4.0 of the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Emergency Plan and in GGNS Emergency Plan Procedure 10-S-01-1; my comments are as follows: Concur as written Comments attached Name/Date Title/Organization Please return completed form to: Manager, Emergency Preparedness Grand Gulf Nuclear Station P. 0. Box 756 Port Gibson, Mississippi 39150 J:\ADM_SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\1sI03.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE 01-S-10-3 Revision:

7 Attachment V Page 1 of 2 EVALUATION OF PROPOSED CHANGES TO EMERGENCY PLAN EXAMPLE PURPOSE 10CFR50.54(q) states in part, "The Nuclear Power Reactor Licensee may make changes to these plans without Commission approval only if such changes do not decrease the effectiveness of the plans, and the plans, as changed, continue to meet the standards of Section 50.47(b) and the requirements of Appendix E to this part." This form shall be used to document review of proposed changes to the Emergency Plan to meet this requirement.

EVALUATION 1.0 Proposed changes/revised Emergency Plan sections (Attach marked-up pages, if possible):

2.0 Are the proposed changes/revised Emergency Plan sections other than Administrative in nature? If "NO" go to Item 5.0.) Yes) No 3.0 List affected Emergency Plan content requirements from 1ICFR50.54, Appendix E. 4.0 List the affected planning standards from 10CFR50.47(b) and guidance criteria from NUREG-0654 (see Emergency Plan Appendix G).50.47(b) Planninq Standards NUREG-0654 Guidance Criteria 5.0 Does the and 4.0?) Yes proposed revision still meet the standards identified in Items 3.0) No J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\IsI03.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EVALUATION OF PROPOSED CHANGES TO EMERGENCY PLAN (CONT.)EXAMPLE 6.0 Provide the basis used to determine the response to Item 5.0, including appropriate documentation or justification.

7.0 Has the degree of effectiveness of the plan been decreased?) Yes) No 8.0 Provide the basis used to determine the response to Item 7.0, including appropriate documentation or justification.

SUMMARY

Do the proposed changes require NRC approval before implementation?) Yes) No Evaluation Conducted by: Evaluation Approved by: Review/Approved:

Date Signature Date Signature Manager, Emergency Preparedness Date Chairman, PSRC\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l\islO3.doc I ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE PLANT OPERATIONS MANUAL Volume 10 Section 01 10-S-01-1 Revision:

108 Date: 2/8/01 Prepared:

Reviewed:

Concurred:

PSRC: Approved: EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE ACTIVATION OF THE EMERGENCY PLAN SAFETY RELATED P1ak/jGeeneraI Manager r4anager, f mergency Preparedness List of Effective Pages: Pages 1-11 Attachments I, II EPP 01-02 (Flowchart)

Dated 5/17/00 List of TCNs Incorporated:

Revision TCN 1-4 None 5 1,2 6 3 7 4 8 5,6 9 None 10 7,8 11 None 12 9 13 10 14,15 None 16 11 17 None 18 12 19 None 20 None 21 None 22 13,14 23 None 100 15 101 None 102 16 103 None 104 None 105 None 106 None 107 None 108 None \\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10s011.doc I

I 50.59 REVIEW PRE-SCREENING IPage I°of Facility:

GRAND GULF I. SIGNATURES Preparer:

Richard Sumrall 1/10/01 Signature Name (print) Date Reviewer:

Va '.. 4/'~ Signature Name (print) Date II. OVERVIEW Document Evaluated: (Include document number, revision, and title) 10-S-01-1 Revision 108, Activation of the Emergency Plan Brief Description of the Proposed Change: Title changes, implement NRC pre-approved changes, corrects references.

II1. PRE-SCREENING Check the applicable boxes below. If any of the boxes are checked, neither a Screening nor a 50.59 Evaluation is necessary.

Provide supporting documentation or references as appropriate.

Z The change is editorial as defined in either Section 5.3.4 A, D, H or Section 5.4.1.1 of this procedure. (Insert item # from Section 5.3.4 or Section 5.4.1.1).

Provide document change request to the appropriate department, if required.

El The change is a substitute part per Section 5.4.1.2.

El The change will be controlled in its entirety under 1OCFR50.54 instead of 1OCFR50.59 per Section 5.4.1.3 of this procedure.

1- An approved, valid Screening or 50.59 Evaluation covering all aspects of the change already exists per Section 5.4.1.4. Reference 50.59 Evaluation

1. or attach documentation.

Verify the previous Screening or 50.59 Evaluation remains valid. Z The proposed change, in its entirety, has been approved by the NRC per Section 5.4.1.5.

Reference:

GNRI 2000/00093 13 The change is being made to conform to the SAR per Sections 5.4.1.6.

BASIS: (Discuss how the activity meets the Pre-Screening criteria.)

Editorial change to title of Shift Manager, grammatical changes, implements NRC pre-approved changes identified in GNRI 2000/00093, adds reference to 10-S-01-23 (Reentry) in section 6.4.2 (Reentry and Recovery).

Title: Activation of the No.: 10-S-01-1 Revision:

108 I Page: Emergency Plan 1 !Periodic Review Required:

V YES ( ) NO If Yes, list frequency:

2 Year If No, refer to Attachment XIX of 01-S-02-3 for a list of procedure review methods and fill in the appropriate letter(s) below; if "Other," specify method. Method(s) of Review IOCFR50.59 Review Required: (I,<Yes -If Yes, attach 50.59 Review. No -Not required per section (enter Section 6.3.2(b) or 6.3.2(c) of procedure 01-S-02-3)

Cross-discipline review red, ired: Tech Reviewer's Initials () YES (4NO Initials Reviewed by: Does this directive contain Tech Spec Triggers?) YES (/) NO\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10s011.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Activation of the No.: 10-S-01-1 Revision:

108 Page: ii Emergency PlanII REQUIREMENTS CROSS-REFERENCE LIST Requirement Implemented by Directive Directive Paragraph Number Name Paragraph Number That Implements Requirement ANSI N18.7 5.3.9.2.S1

• GGNS Emer Plan 2.4.S3 1.I GGNS Emer Plan 3.3.S1 2.1.2 GGNS Emer Plan 6.2.2.S3 & 34 2.1.1, 6.1.2 32 GGNS Emer Plan 5.4.5.a,b,c 2.2 GGNS Emer Plan 5.4.4 2.3 GGNS Emer Plan 3.1.S2 6.1.2 GGNS Emer Plan 6.2.2.S1 & S2 6.1.2 (Note) GGNS Emer Plan 4.1.4.S3 Attachment I GGNS Emer Plan 4.1.S3 6.1.4, 6.3 GGNS Emer Plan 4.1.S13 6.1.3 (Note) GGNS Emer Plan 3.3.S6.b 6.1.3 GGNS Emer Plan 6.2.4.S31

& S12 6.1.4.i(i)

GGNS Emer Plan 6.2.4.S13 6.1.4.i(2)

GGNS Emer Plan 6.2.4.S14 6.1.4.i(3)

GGNS Emer Plan 4.1.4.S2 6.1.4.j(1)

GGNS Emer Plan 6.3.1.S1 & S2 6.2.1 GGNS Emer Plan 6.3.2 6.2.1a GGNS Emer Plan 6.3.3, 6.3.4 6.2.1b GGNS Emer Plan 9.3.S7 Attachment II (Note) GGNS Emer Plan Table 4-1 Attachment I GGNS Emer Plan 7.5.3.a.2.e 5.30 GNRI-93/00171 93-13-01, Item 6 Attachment I, 17.1.1 GGNS Emer Plan 6.5.1.b.S5, S6 6.1.4.j(i)

GGNS Emer Plan 7.5.3.a.3.c 6.1.4.d GGNS Emer Plan 6.2.4.S2 2.1.2 GGNS Emer Plan 6.2.4.S7 & S8 2.4 GGNS Emer Plan 5.4.S6 6.1.4.i(i),i(2),i(3)

GGNS Emer Plan 3.3.S3 & S4 2.4 GGNS Emer Plan 6.5.1.b 6.1.4

• Covered by directive as a whole or by various paragraphs of the directive.

Current Revision Statement Revision 108:

• Implements NRC approved augmentation requirements.

"* Corrects titles to reflect renewal.

"* Adds procedure reference for Re-entry and Recovery.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECH-_PUB\REVISION\10\lOsOll.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Activation of the Emergency Plan No.: 10-S-01-1 Revision 108 1 Emergency Plan Evaluation EVALUATION OF EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROCEDURE Procedure Number: 10-S-01-1 Procedure Name: Activation of the Emergency Plan Revision / TCN Number: Revision 108 Does the procedure Revision / TCN require an Emergency Plan change? ( ) Yes (X) No NOTE:IF YES, THIS PROCEDURE CANNOT BE ISSUED UNTIL THE EMERGENCY PLAN IS CHANGED / REVISED.

Reason for "NO" response:

This procedure revision implements changes made to the GGNS Emergency Plan in Revision 44 and clarifies and corrects information in the procedure.

Prepared:

'/,1/0( Approved:

./ Manager, Enfergency Preparedness GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Activation of the No.: 10-S-01-1i Revision:

108 Page: Emergency Plan I TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1.0 PURPOSE AND DISCUSSION 2 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2

3.0 REFERENCES

3 4.0 ATTACHMENTS 3 5.0 DEFINITIONS 3 6.0 DETAILS 6 6.1 Activation of Emergency Plan 6 6.2 Supplemental Actions 9 6.3 Upgrading Emergency Classifications 10 6.4 Terminating Emergency 10 6.5 Records and Reports 11 6.6 EP form EPP 01-02 (Flow Chart) Revision Process 11\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10s011.doc Title: Activation of the No.: 10-S-01-1 Revision:

108 Page: 2 Emergency Plan 1.0 PURPOSE AND DISCUSSION 1.1 Purpose 1.1.1 This procedure provides guidance to: a. Classify an emergency according to severity.

b. Assign responsibilities for emergency actions.

c. Establish lines of authority and communication.

d. Initiate emergency actions to safeguard the public and plant personnel.

e. Upgrade or terminate emergency classification when severity of event changes.

1.2 Discussion 1.2.1 Whenever plant conditions are identified that meet the Emergency Action Level Criteria in Attachment I or EPP 01-02 (Flowchart), this emergency plan procedure shall be implemented.

1.3 Changes required for implementation of 1994 TSIP were incorporated in Revision 100. For historical reference this statement should not be deleted.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 Shift Manager -Is responsible for determining if emergency declaration is required.

2.1.1 If an Emergency Action Level (EAL) is reached or exceeded, the Shift Manager shall: a. Classify the emergency and make the appropriate declaration if required.

b. Take action to ensure safe operation of plant and protection of plant personnel, the general public, and plant equipment.

c. Perform assessment actions.

d. Perform any other emergency actions as appropriate.

2.1.2 The Shift Manager assumes the role of Emergency Director upon initial classification of an emergency, and becomes the Operations Coordinator, when relieved by the On-Call Manager (as Emergency Director), until relieved by the On-Call Operations Coordinator.

When relieved by the On-Call Operations Coordinator, the Shift Manager resumes normal Control Room duties. 2.2 Operations Coordinator

-Reports directly to the Emergency Director and is responsible for: 2.2.1 Coordinating all activities in the Control Room.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\lOsOll.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Activation of the No.: 10-S-01-1 Revision:

108 Page: 3 Emergency Plan11 2.2.2 Coordinating Operations activities outside of the Control Room with the TSC Coordinator.

2.2.3 Providing technical assistance to the Shift Manager.

2.3 Security Coordinator

-Reports directly to the Emergency Director and is responsible for managing the Security Force during an emergency.

2.4 On-Call Manager -Is responsible for: 2.4.1 Reporting to the site to assume the duties of Emergency Director upon notification of an Alert or higher classification.

2.4.2 Assuming the duties of Emergency Director after the TSC is declared operational.

2.4.3 Reporting to the site to assume duties of Emergency Director upon notification of an Unusual Event if he deems it necessary.

2.4.4 Evaluating the accident conditions and verifying that the correct emergency classification has been made.

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 NRC Memorandum dated July 11, 1994 concerning "Branch Position on Acceptable Deviations to Appendix 1 to NUREG-0654/FEMA-REP-I".

3.2 GGNS Emergency Plan 4.0 ATTACHMENTS 4.1 Attachment I -Emergency Classifications 4.2 Attachment II -Guidelines to Terminate Emergency 4.3 Deleted 4.4 Deleted 5.0 DEFINITIONS 5.1 Alert -An emergency classification in which events are in progress or have occurred that involve an actual or potential substantial degradation of the level of safety of the plant. Any releases are expected to be limited to small fractions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Protective Action Guideline exposure levels. 5.2 Assessment Action -Actions taken during or after an accident to obtain and process information necessary to make decisions to implement specific emergency measures.

5.3 CAS -Central Alarm Station 5.4 Downwind -An area located beyond a fixed point in the same direction the wind is blowing. The area covers three sectors, the sector containing the plume centerline, and the two adjacent sectors. If the plume is on a sector line, four sectors are used until the three sector criteria can be identified.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10s011.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Activation of the No.: 10-S-01-1 Revision:

108 Page: 4 Emergency Plan 5.5 Emergency

-A sudden, urgent, usually unforeseen occurrence or occasion requiring immediate action. It may result from accidental causes, natural causes, or malicious man-made actions. There are four classes of emergencies considered:

Unusual Event, Alert, Site Area Emergency, and General Emergency.

5.6 Emergency Action Levels (EALs) -Radiological dose rates, specific contamination levels of airborne, waterborne, or surface-deposited concentrations of radioactive materials; or specific instrument indications (including their rates of change) that are used as thresholds for initiating such specific emergency measures as designated for a particular class of emergency, initiating a notification procedure, or initiating a particular protective action. 5.7 Emergency Classification

-Emergency conditions (four classes) covering the entire spectrum of possible situations from minor, local incidents to hypothetical, major radiological emergencies.

The four classes are listed in increasing order of severity:

Unusual Event, Alert, Site Area Emergency and General Emergency.

5.8 Emergency Director -An individual designated onsite having the authority and responsibility to initiate the Emergency Plan and coordinate efforts to reduce the consequences of the event and bring it under control 5.9 Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) -A near-site emergency center from which the offsite emergency support activities are controlled 5.10 EPP -Emergency Plan Procedure 5.11 Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) -Areas designated for which planning is provided to assure that prompt and effective action is initiated to protect the public in the event of an emergency 5.12 ESC -Energy Services Center 5.13 Exclusion Area -Area surrounding the plant, owned by the licensee, in which the licensee has the authority to determine all activities including exclusion or removal of personnel and/or property 5.14 General Emergency

-An emergency classification in which events are in progress or have occurred which involve actual or imminent substantial core degradation or melting with potential for loss of containment integrity.

Releases can be reasonably expected to exceed EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels offsite for more than the immediate site area. 5.15 ERDS -Emergency Response Data System 5.16 LOCA -Loss of Coolant Accident 5.17 OEC -Offsite Emergency Coordinator 5.18 Offsite -For accountability purposes, any area outside the GGNS protected area 5.19 OMT -Offsite Monitoring Team 5.20 Onsite -For accountability purposes, the area within the GGNS protected area\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECH-_PUB\REVISION\I0\lOsOll.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Activation of the No.: 10-S-01-1 Revision:

108 Page: 5 Emergency Plan . 5.21 Operations Support Center (OSC) -Location from which onsite non-Control Room activities are staged and implemented 5.22 PA -Public Address System 5.23 PAG -Protective Action Guide 5.24 PAR -Protective Action Recommendation 5.25 Site Area Emergency

-An emergency classification in which events are in progress or have occurred which involve major failures of plant functions needed for protection of the public. Any releases are not expected to exceed EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels except near the site boundary.

5.26 SAS -Secondary Alarm Station 5.27 TLD -Thermoluminescent Dosimeter 5.28 TSC -Technical Support Center 5.29 Unusual Event -An emergency classification in which events are in progress or have occurred which indicate a potential degradation of the level of safety of the plant. No releases of radioactive material requiring offsite response or monitoring are expected unless further degradation of safety systems occurs. (This is the same as the Notification of Unusual Event defined in NUREG-0654; the two expressions are used interchangeably in the E-Plan and related procedures as appropriate.)

5.30 ERDS -Emergency Response Data System. A near real-time data link from the GGNS Balance of Plant computer to the NRC Operations Center. This system monitors specific data and is activated by the Shift Manager no later than one hour after an ALERT (or higher) declaration.

5.31 CDE (Thyroid) (Committed Dose Equivalent)

-The radiation dose to the adult thyroid gland due to radioiodines over a fifty year period following inhalation or ingestion.

5.32 TEDE (Total Effective Dose Equivalent)

-Sum of the EDE and CEDE to nonpregnant adults from exposure and intake during an emergency situation.

5.33 Vital Areas- Areas within the Protected Area that house safety-related equipment.

The failure or destruction of this equipment could directly or indirectly endanger the public health and safety by exposure to radiation.

The following areas are considered Vital Areas: Auxiliary Building (including Containment), Control Building (including Control Room Complex), Diesel Generator Building, Inverter Room (166' elevation Turbine Building), SSW Pump and Valve rooms. 5.34 SSW Standby Service Water\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\lOs0ll.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Activation of the No.: 10-S-01-l Revision:

108 Page: 6 I Emergency Plan I 6.0 DETAILS 6.1 Activation of Emergency Plan 6.1.1 Any person having knowledge of abnormal plant conditions should notify the Shift Supervisor/Manager.

6.1.2 The Shift Supervisor/Manager, when notified of abnormal plant conditions, should refer to Attachment I or EPP 01-02 (Flowchart) to determine if an emergency action level has been reached. If an emergency action level has been reached, the emergency plan shall be implemented.

6.1.3 Whenever there is doubt as to the classification of the emergency condition or if more than one EAL is reached, the more conservative classification should be used.6.1.4 Once an emergency classification is declared, the following actions are taken by the Shift Manager/Emergency Director: a. Initiate Emergency Director's Checklist (EPP Form 01-1).\\ggnne\group\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\I0s011.doc NOTE The Shift Supervisor/Manager is responsible for determining if the declaration of an emergency is required.

If a declaration is required, he is responsible for activating the emergency plan.I NOTE When EALs are observed in conjunction with plant or equipment status due to planned maintenance or testing activities, an emergency condition may or may not exist and the situation must be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.I NOTE After becoming aware that an emergency condition exists, the Shift Manager/Emergency Director's first priorities are: Take actions to ensure safety of plant personnel and general public. Take actions to ensure safe operation of plant. Other duties and responsibilities of the Emergency Director are contained in 10-S-01-30, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations.

I EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION I Title: Activation of the No.: 10-S-01-1 Revision:

108 Page: 7 Emergency Plan 6.1.4 (Cont.) b. Announce to Control Room personnel that you are the Emergency Director.c. Designate an individual as communicator to perform the initial notification in accordance with 10-S-01-6.

The Shift Manager shall ensure that the primary or secondary state and local agencies are notified within 15 minutes of an emergency declaration or reclassification.

d. Activate and verify activation of the VIP 2000 per 10-S-01-6.

e. Activate ERDS within one hour of an Alert or higher declaration Per 10-S-01-6.

f. Announce nature and classification of event: (1) Over Plant PA System or phone #6426. (2) Over Site Paging (#7929).

g. If an evacuation of affected areas of the plant is required, perform in accordance with 10-S-01-11.

\\ggnne\group\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\I0s011.doc NOTE The NRC shall be notified of the declaration of the emergency IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE NOTIFICATION OF THE STATE AND LOCAL AGENCIES and not later than one hour after the emergency declaration.

I NOTE In the event of Security emergencies, each Security related incident should be evaluated.

Only those support groups and facilities which are needed should be activated, regardless of the emergency classification, so as to minimize the risk to personnel.

Utilization of the ERO call tree rather than VIP 2000 may be required to inform responders of emergency situation and prevent manning of unneeded facilities.

NOTE For security emergencies, inform all personnel to take shelter, to NOT move around in the plant, and to man only those emergency facilities which are necessary and that don't pose a risk to personnel.

EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Activation of the No.: 10-S-01-1 lRevision:

108 Page: 8 Emergency Plan 6.1.4 (Cont.) h. Implement plant operating procedures and emergency plan procedures as required to perform emergency corrective and assessment actions.

i. Activate emergency facilities as follows: (1) If Unusual Event has been declared, no activation of facilities is required unless the Emergency Director feels there is a reasonable possibility of escalation of emergency to a higher classification.

(2) If an Alert has been declared, all emergency facilities must be activated.

(3) If a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency has been declared, a Site Evacuation should be seriously considered.

j. If an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency has been declared, determine offsite doses in accordance with 10-S-01-12.

(1) Protective actions shall be recommended to State and Local Agencies upon declaration of a General Emergency as follows: Condition Protective Action Recommendation EVACUATE:

2 Miles All Sectors General Emergency and Declared EVACUATE:

5 Miles in Downwind Sectors and SHELTER: Remainder of 10 Mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) General Emergency EVACUATE:

2 Miles All Sectors Declared and And EVACUATE:

10 Miles in Downwind Sectors Dose Projection or Field Measurement and at > 5 miles corresponds to SHELTER: Remainder of 10 Mile Emergency I Rem TEDE Planning Zone (EPZ) Or 5 Rem Thyroid.CDE

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\lOsOll.doc I I GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION[Title: Activation of the No.: 10-S-01-1 Revision 108 gPae: 9 -Emergency Plan 6.1.4 (Cont.) k. Designate shift personnel to perform emergency corrective and assessment actions.

6.2 Supplemental Actions 6.2.1 Continuous assessment is necessary to effectively coordinate and direct emergency response.

In any emergency situation, attention must be paid to parameters that may indicate a possible worsening of conditions (i.e., radioactive releases).

a. If an Alert condition is declared, the following assessment actions are required:

(1) Increased surveillance of applicable in-plant instrumentation.

(2) Visual observation of affected plant area. (3) Onsite and offsite radiological monitoring if a release has taken place or is suspected.

(4) Determination of offsite doses if applicable.

b. In addition to the above, a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency would require these additional assessment actions.

(1) Monitor meteorological data. (2) Dispatch offsite radiological monitoring teams down wind of the release in conjunction with state radiological monitoring efforts.

(3) Assess onsite and offsite radiation doses. (TEDE and Thyroid CDE). 6.2.2 Emergency Director should ensure that periodic announcements are made over the plant PA and site PA (#7929) concerning:

a. Nature and location of event. b. Required personnel actions.

c. Any other information necessary.

6.2.3 The Emergency Director (while in the Control Room) logs all information in the Shift Manager/Control Room Operator Log as necessary for event reconstruction.

6.2.4 The Emergency Director (while in the TSC) may delegate to the TSC Coordinator and/or Radiation Protection Manager the responsibility for logging all information relative to the emergency (for event reconstruction).

6.2.5 The Offsite Emergency Coordinator may delegate to the Offsite Emergency Coordinator Technical Assistant the responsibility for logging all information relative to the emergency (for event reconstruction).

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\l0s0ll.doc Title: Activation of the No.: 10-S-01-1 Revision:

108 Page: i0 Emergency Plan 6.2.6 Upon declaring the EOF operational, the following activities should be transferred to the OEC as soon as possible:

a. Notifications to offsite agencies b. Offsite radiological and environmental surveys c. Protective action recommendations to offsite agencies d. Classification of the emergency 6.2.7 If extended emergency operations are necessary, the Emergency Director/Offsite Emergency Coordinator should authorize preparation of an emergency organization shift schedule to support 24-hour emergency operation.

6.3 Upgrading Emergency Classifications 6.3.1 If conditions worsen, refer to Attachment I or EPP 01-02 (Flowchart) to determine if the emergency classification requires upgrading.

If the classification is upgraded, ensure the following steps are taken: a. Declare appropriate emergency classification in accordance with Step 6.1.2. b. Announce nature and classification of event in accordance with Step 6.1.4.f.

c. If an evacuation is required, notify Security if possible and evacuate affected areas in accordance with Step 6.1.4g. d. Initiate plant operating procedures and emergency plan procedures as required.

e. Activate additional emergency facilities as necessary in accordance with Step 6.1.4i. f. Determine offsite doses in accordance with Step 6.1.4j. g. Conduct additional assessment actions as necessary in accordance with Step 6.2. 6.4 Terminating Emergency 6.4.1 Terminating If EALs are no longer met or exceeded, the Emergency Director/Offsite Emergency Coordinator refers to Attachment II to determine whether or not to terminate emergency.

6.4.2 Reentry and Recovery Once the corrective and protective actions taken have established effective control over the situation, the Emergency Director may refer to 10-S-01-23 and 10-S-01-22 to determine if reentry and recovery actions may be initiated.

If the reentry/recovery criteria are met, the Emergency Director may advise the Offsite Emergency Coordinator that reentry/recovery may start.\\ggnne\group\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\I0s011.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Activation of the No.: 10-S-01-1 Revision:

108 Page: i1 Emergency Plan 6.5 Records and Reports 6.5.1 The Manager, Emergency Preparedness is responsible for generating a report on the activation of the Emergency Plan. The report should include the following:

a. Copies of appropriate paperwork generated by the event including:

notification forms, checklists, logbooks, survey maps, dose calculations etc. b. Observations and comments from the personnel involved in the event. 6.5.2 The Manager, Emergency Preparedness is responsible for ensuring that all observations and comments are tracked in Emergency Preparedness Action Tracking System, in accordance with 01-S-10-3.

6.6 EP Form EPP 01-02 (Flow Chart) Revision Process 6.6.1 The Manager, Emergency Preparedness is responsible for reviewing all changes to Attachment I, Emergency Classifications, for Impact on EPP 01-02 (Flow Chart). a. If EPP 01-02 (Flow Chart) is changed, before procedure 10-S 01-1 is issued, the Manager , Emergency Preparedness is responsible for verifying the following and that documentation on EP Form EMP 01-03 is complete.

(1) All required training is complete.

(2) Color laminated copies of the revised EPP 01-02 (Flow Chart) are available and stamped with the correct controlled copy number for the following locations:

Control Room (1) Simulator (1) TSC (2) EOF (2) Back up TSC (1) Back Up EOF (1) (3) Non-color copies of the revised EPP 01-02 (Flow Chart) are available and stamped with the correct controlled copy number for all controlled copies of procedure 10-S-01-1, Activation of the Emergency Plan. b. Once procedure revision for 10-S-01-1, Activation of the Emergency Plan is approved for issue, the distribution of color laminated copies of EPP 01-02 and 10-S-01-1, Activation of the Emergency Plan procedure from document control must be coordinated to ensure all required elements are issued concurrently.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\lOsOll.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS CATEGORY Safety System Functions Abnormal Primary Leak Rate/Low Reactor Water Level Core Fuel Damage Steam Leaks Abnormal Effluent, Gaseous Abnormal Effluent, Liquid Major Electrical Failures, AC Major Electrical Failures, DC Control Room Evacuation Fire Plant Shutdown Function Abnormal In-plant Radiation/Airborne Contamination Levels Fuel Handling Accident Security Threat Hazards to Plant Operations Natural Events Loss of Assessment, Communication, Annunciator Equipment Discretionary PAGE 2,3 4 5,6,7,8 8 9, 10,11 11 12,13 13 14 14 15,16 17 17,18 19 20,21,22 23 24 24,25\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10s011.doc

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17 18 NOTE Any changes made to information in Attachment I may require changes to EPP 01-02 (Flowchart).

EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION 10-S-01-1 Revision 108 Attachment I Page 2 of 25 EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS EMERGENCY CATEGORY INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL CLASSIFICATION

1. Safety System Functions 1. Inability to reach required shutdown within Technical Specification time limits Failure to reach the required Plant Mode within Technical Specification action statement time frames any of the following LCO's: for 1. Safety/relief Valves 3.4.4 or 2. ECCS -Operating 3.5.1 or 3. Primary Containment 3.6.1.1 or 4. Primary Containment Airlocks 3.6.1.2 or 5. Primary Containment Isolation Valves 3.6. or 6. Low Low 3.6.1.6 1.3 Set Valves or 7. Residual Heat Removal Containment Spray 3.6.1.7 or 8. Suppression Pool Average Temperature 3.6.2.1 or 9. Suppression Pool Level 3.6.2.2 (Continued)

UNUSUAL EVENT\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\lsOll0.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS EMERGENCY CATEGORY INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL CLASSIFICATION

1. Safety System Functions (Cont.)2. Failure of a safety/ relief valve to close following reduction of applicable pressure to below reset point or 10. Suppression Pool Makeup System 3.6.2 4 or 11. Second Containment 3.6.4.1 or 12. Second Containment Isolation Valve 3.6.4.2 or 13. Standby Gas Treatment System 3.6.4.3 or 14. Drywell 3.6.5.1 or 15. Drywell Airlocks 3.6.5.2 or 16. Drywell Isolation Valves 3.6.5.3 1. Shift Manager determines a SRV is stuck open in plant Mode 1, 2, or 3._ _ _ _I_ _ I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .3_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _UNUSUAL EVENT ECCS -Emergency Core Cooling System\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\l0s0ll.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE I GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS EMERGENCY CATEGORY INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL CLASSIFICATION

2. Abnormal 1. Exceeding primary While in modes 1,2, or 3: UNUSUAL EVENT Primary coolant system leak 1. > 5 gpm unidentified Leak Rate/ rate leakage Low Reactor Water Level or 2. > 30 gpm total leakage Averages over previous 24 hr period 2. Coolant leak rate 1. Total leakage ALERT > 50 gpm calculated to be > 50 gpm while in Plant Mode 1, 2 or 3 3. Known loss of 1. RPV water level SITE AREA coolant greater than < -167 inch EMERGENCY makeup pump capacity and 2. Makeup capacity unable to increase reactor water level\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\lOsOll.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION 10-S-01-1 Revision 108 Attachment I Page 5 of 25 EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS EMERGENCY CATEGORY -L INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL CLASSIFICATION

3. Core Fuel Damage 1. Fuel damage indication

1. Increase of 285 mR/hr in 30 minutes on OFFGAS pretreatment monitor or 2. OFFGAS pretreatment monitor reading > 1,400 mR/Hr or 3. Laboratory analysis of coolant sample indicates

> 0.2 pCi/ml dose equivalent 1-131 for more than 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br /> or 4. Laboratory analysis of coolant sample indicates

> 4.0 pCi/ml dose equivalent 1-131 4 *1-2. Severe loss of fuel cladding pCi -Micro Curies 1. OffGAS pretreatment monitor reading > 14,000 mR/HR or 2. Coolant sample analysis indicates

>300 aCi/ml dose equivalent 1-131 or 3. Main steam line radiation exceeds radiation monitor trip setpoint UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10s011.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS EMERGENCY CATEGORY INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL CLASSIFICATION

3. Core Fuel 3. Degraded core with 1. RPV water level SITE AREA Damage possible loss of < -167" or cannot EMERGENCY (Cont.) coolant be determined and 2. a. High coolant activity indicated by analysis of sample > 300 pCi/ml dose equivalent 1-131 or b. Containment or Dry well hydrogen concentration greater than 0.5%pCi -micro Curies\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\lOs0ll.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION 10-S-01-1 Revision 108 Attachment I Page 7 of 25 EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS EMERGENCY CATEGORY INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL CLASSIFICATION

3. Core Fuel Damage (Cont.)4. Loss of 2 of 3 fission product barriers with a potential loss of barrier 3rd 1. Loss of any two of the following fission product boundaries with a potential for loss of the third: Fuel Cladding Loss a. Coolant sample analysis indicates

>300 pCi/ml dose equivalent 1-131 or b. >1000 R/Hr in Drywell Potential Loss a. RPV water level cannot be restored and maintained

> -167 in. or b. RPV pressure cannot be restored and maintained

> 57 psig when in RPV flooding.

or c. >100 R/Hr in Drywell Reactor Pressure Boundary Loss a. Drywell pressure >1.23 psig and indication of a steam leak in the drywell or b. Main steam line not isolated or c. RCIC steam line break outside containment with inability to isolate Potential Loss a. Total reactor coolant leakage calculated to be >50 gpm or b. >10 R/hr in Containment GENERAL EMERGENCY__________________--

-1 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _pCi -Micro Curies\\ggnne\group\ADM SRVS\TECH PUB\REVISION\10\l~s~ll.doc

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECH PUB\REVISION\I0\I0s011.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS EMERGENCY CATEGORY INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL CLASSIFICATION

3. Core Fuel 4. Loss of 2 of 3 Primary Containment GENERAL Damage fission Product Loss EMERGENCY (Cont.) Barriers with a a. Primary Containment Potential loss of 3rd pressure >56 psig barrier. (Cont.) or b. Loss of ability to isolate Drywell or primary containment Leakage into Areas Outside the Primary Containment Potential Loss a. Primary containment pressure >22 psig or b. Operation in the Unsafe Region of HCTL or PSP Curve. or c. Operation in the Unsafe Region of HDOL Curve with Hydrogen Igniters De-Energized

4. Steam Leaks 1. Main steam line break 1. Isolation initiated and ALERT outside the abnormal leakage down containment with stream of MSIVs significant MSIV (> 10 gpm or 5000 lbm/hr) leakage.

2. RCIC steam line break 1. Isolation initiated and outside the abnormal leakage down containment with stream of isolation significant isolation valves (> 10 gpm or 5000 valve leakage lbm/hr) 3. Main steam line break 1. Isolation required due SITE AREA outside of to confirmed steam EMERGENCY containment which line break cannot be isolated.

and One or more main steam lines fail to isolate 4. RCIC steam line break 1. Isolation required due outside of to confirmed steam line containment which break cannot be isolated.

and RCIC steam line fails to isolate MSIV RCIC HCTL HDOL Main Steam Isolation valve PSP -Pr Reactor Core Isolation Cooling Heat Capacity Temperature Limit Hydrogen Deflagration Overpressure Limit essure Suppression limit.\\ggnne\group\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\lOsOll.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS EMERGENCY CATEGORY INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL CLASSIFICATION

5. Abnormal 1. Radiological effluent 1. Entering the action UNUSUAL EVENT Effluent, release rate exceeds statement of the GASEOUS TRM Spec limit following LCOs in the Radioactive Gaseous Effluent section of the TRM Specs 6.11.4, 6.11.5, and 6.11.6 2. Radiological effluent 1. High high radiation ALERT >10 times TRM Spec alarms on ONE OR MORE limit monitors:

a. Radwaste Bldg vent exhaust b. Fuel handling vent exhaust c. Containment vent exhaust d. Turbine Bldg vent exhaust and Summation of monitors (including SGTS A and B) exceeds 10 times TRM Spec limit (6.11.4) LCO -Limited Condition for Operation SGTS -Standby Gas Treatment System TRM -Technical Requirements Manual\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\lOsOll.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS EMERGENCY CATEGORY INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL 1CLASSIFICATION

5. Abnormal Effluent, GASEOUS (Cont.)3. Effluent monitors detect levels corresponding to site boundary exposure of: a. 50 mR/Hr (for 30 minutes) Whole Body or b. 500 mR/Hr (for 2 minutes) Whole Body or c. 250 mR/hr (for 30 min) to the Thyroid.NOTE "Adverse Meteorology" -Stability Class F, wind speed 1 m/sec, site boundary X/Q 1080 E-6 sec/mn (FSAR Table 15 6-12)I ____________________

FSAR -Final Safety Analysis Report ýLCi -micro Curies Ci -Curies 1.Any post accident effluent radiation monitor confirm release rates corresponding to: a. 0.5 Ci/sec Noble Gas for 30 minutes or b. 6.0 E-4 Ci/sec Iodine for 30 minutes or c. 5.0 Ci/sec Noble Gas for 2 minutes or d. 6.0 E-3 Ci/sec Iodine for 2 minutes or 2. Radiation monitoring teams report radiation and/or Iodine concentration readings at the site boundary corresponding to: a. 50 mR/Hr for 30 minutes or b. 500 mR/Hr for 2 minutes or c. 6.OE-6 pCi/cc Iodine or 3. Containment Post Accident Radiation Monitor: a. >330 R/HR for 30 minutes or b. >3300 R-HR for 2 minutes SITE AREA EMERGENCY\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\lOsOll.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS EMERGENCY CATEGORY INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL CLASSIFICATION

5. Abnormal 4.Effluent monitor(s)

1. Effluent monitor(s)

GENERAL Effluent, (UNDER ACTUAL METEORO- (UNDER ACTUAL METEORO- EMERGENCY GASEOUS LOGICAL CONDITIONS)

LOGICAL CONDITIONS) (Cont.) detect levels confirms release rates corresponding to site corresponding to site boundary exposure of: boundary exposure of: 1000 mRem Dose a. 1000 mRem TEDE Commitment Whole Body or or 5000 mRem Dose b. 5000 mRem Thyroid Commitment Thyroid CDE or 2. Radiation monitoring teams report radiation and/or iodine concen trations readings (at the site boundary) corresponding to: a. 1000 mRem TEDE or b. 1.2E-5 pCi/cc Iodine 6. Abnormal l.Radiological Effluent 1. Entering the action UNUSUAL EVENT Effluent, Release Rate exceeds statement of TRM Spec LIQUID TRM Spec limit 6.11.1, in the Radioactive Liquid Effluent section of TRM Spec 2.Radiological Effluent 1. Liquid release > 10 ALERT >10 times TRM Spec times the limit of TRM limit Spec 6.11.1 in the Radioactive Liquid Effluent section of TRM Spec TEDE -Total Effective Dose Equivalent CDE -Committed Dose Equivalent TRM -Technical Requirements Manual\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\I0s011.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS EMERGENCY CATEGORY INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL CLASSIFICATION

7. Major Electrical Failures (AC)Total loss of offsite power or Loss of onsite AC power capability

1. Loss of to: offsite power a. 15AA and b. 16AB and c. 17AC or 2. Loss of ALL three divisional diesel generators while in Plant Operational Condition 1, 2 or 3 4 t loss of offsite and Loss of ALL onsite power < 15 minutes 1. Loss of to: offsite power a. 15AA and b. 16AB and c. 17AC and 2. Loss of all three divisional diesel generators and 3. 15 minutes UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\lOsOll.doc 1 2. Total power EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION 10-S-01-1 Revision 108 Attachment I Page 13 of 25 EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\lOsOll.doc EMERGENCY CATEGORY INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL CLASSIFICATION

7. Major 3. Total loss of offsite 1. Loss of offsite power SITE AREA Electrical power to: EMERGENCY Failures (AC) and a. 15AA (Cont.) Loss of ALL onsite and power >15 minutes b. 16AB and c. 17AC and 2. Loss of all three divisional diesel generators and 3. >15 minutes 8. Major 1. Loss of onsite ESF 1. Loss of Division 1, 2 ALERT Electrical DC power for 15 and 3 (125 Vdc for Failures minutes 15 minutes) (DC) 2. Loss of onsite ESF 1. Loss of Division 1, 2 SITE AREA DC power for > 15 and 3 (125 Vdc for EMERGENCY minutes >15 MINUTES)EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION 10-S-01-1 Revision 108 Attachment I Page 14 of 25 EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS EMERGENCY CATEGORY INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL CLASSIFICATION

9. Control 1. Evacuation of the 1. Control Room evacuated ALERT Room Control Room Evacuation and and 2. Control of shutdown Control established systems established at the remote at the remote shutdown shutdown panel panel 2. Evacuation of the 1. Control Room evacuated SITE AREA Control Room EMERGENCY and and 2. Unable to establish Control not control of shutdown established at the systems at the remote remote shutdown panel shutdown panel within within 15 minutes 15 minutes of evacuating the Control Room 10. Fire 1. Fire lasting > 10 1. A fire within the power UNUSUAL EVENT minutes after block, fire water pump discovery house or C02 skid lasting >10 minutes from the time of notification

2. Fire potentially

1. A fire defeating ONE ALERT affects safety safety system electrical systems division 3. Fire compromising the 1. A fire defeating MORE SITE AREA functions of ESF THAN ONE safety system EMERGENCY Systems electrical division\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\lOsOll.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS EMERGENCY CATEGORY INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL CLASSIFICATION

11. Plant Shutdown Function 1. Complete loss of functions needed for plant COLD shutdown.2. Failure of the Reactor Protection System to initiate and complete a scram which brings the reactor subcritical

_________________

L ____________________________

I APRM -Average Power Range Monitor 1. All control rods fully inserted and 2. The determination that there are no longer enough systems functional to attain or maintain the reactor coolant <200'F 1. Scram conditions

1. Scram conditions confirmed and 2a. More than one rod is greater than position 02 or rod position is unknown for more than one rod and 2b. SRM's are either upscale or countrate is increasing (Assuming SRMs are full in) and 3. Reactor power <4% on APRM (APRM Downscale light on)ALERT\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\lOsOll.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS EMERGENCY CATEGORY INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL CLASSIFICATION

11. Plant 3. Complete loss of 1. HPCS and RCIC not SITE AREA Shutdown functions needed for functional EMERGENCY Function plant HOT shutdown (Cont.) and 2. Not able to depressurize with SRVs and 3. Main Condenser is not available

4. Transient requiring

1. Scram conditions operation of shutdown confirmed systems with failure to scram and continued and power generation

2. All control rods NOT inserted to between 00 and 02 and 3. Reactor power >4% on APRM\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\I0s01l.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS EMERGENCY CATEGORY INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL CLASSIFICATION 12.Abnormal

1. Radiation levels or 1. Verification of area ALERT In-plant airborne radiation monitor Radiation/

contamination indicate reading > 1000 times Airborne a severe degradation setpoint Contam- in the control of ination radioactive materials or Levels Verification of CAM reading >1000 times setpoint 13. Fuel 1. Fuel damage accident 1. Notification of a spent ALERT Handling with release of fuel damaging accident Accident radioactivity to Containment or and Auxiliary Building 2. High high radiation alarms on either a. Fuel handling vent exhaust or b. Containment vent exhaust 2. Major damage to spent l.a. Notification of a SITE AREA fuel assembly in spent fuel damaging EMERGENCY Containment or accident Auxiliary Building or b. Low water level in spent fuel pool below top of spent fuel and unable to restore level to above fuel. and (Continued)

CAM -Continuous Air Monitor\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\lOsOll.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS EMERGENCY CATEGORY INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL CLASSIFICATION

13. Fuel Handling Accident (Cont.)______________________

I 2. Any post accident effluent radiation monitor confirms Noble Gas, Iodine release rates corresponding to: a. 0.5 Ci/sec Noble Gas (30 minutes) or b. 6.0 E-4 Ci/sec Iodine (30 minutes) or c. 5.0 Ci/sec Noble Gas (2 minutes) or d. 6.0 E-3 Ci/sec Iodine (2 minutes) or 3. Radiation monitoring teams report Radiation and/or Iodine concentration readings at the site boundary corresponding to: a. 50 mR/Hr (for 30 minutes) or b. 500 mR/Hr (for 2 minutes) or c. 6.0 E-6 pCi/cc Iodine SITE AREA EMERGENCY Ci -Curies pCi -Micro Curies\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECH-PUB\REVISION\10\ls0ll.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS EMERGENCY CATEGORY INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL CLASSIFICATION

14. Security 1. Security threat 1. Based upon the UNUSUAL EVENT Threat assessment of the alarm Or or the event reported by Security.

Actual Attempted entry sabotage threat must be determined prior to establishing an emergency classification.

2. On-going Security 1. Identification of ALERT compromise adversaries attempting to command areas of the plant, but not controlling shutdown capability or vital areas. 3. Imminent loss of 1. Physical attack on the SITE AREA physical control of the plant involving imminent EMERGENCY plant. occupancy of the Control Room, Remote Shutdown Panel or Vital areas. 4. Loss of physical 1. Physical attack on the GENERAL control of the plant. plant has resulted in EMERGENCY unauthorized personnel occupying the Control Room or the Remote Shutdown Panel or controlling Decay Heat Removal, Reactor Water Level or Reactivity

_Control capability.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\lOsOll.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS EMERGENCY CATEGORY INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL CLASSIFICATION

15. Hazards to 1. Hazards being 1. Notification of an UNUSUAL EVENT Plant experienced or aircraft crash onsite Operations projected with the outside the protected potential for area degradation of the level of safety of or the plant 2. Notification of unusual aircraft activity over the facility or 3. Notification of an onsite explosion (does not affect plant operation) or 4. Determination that a release of toxic, oxygen displacing, or flammable gas will significantly hamper the ability of personnel to perform activities affecting plant safety or 5. A manual or automatic scram initiated because of a turbine blade failure that has not penetrated the casing\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\1s011-.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS EMERGENCY CATEGORY INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL CLASSIFICATION

15. Hazards to Plant Operations (Cont.)2. Hazards being experienced or projected with actual or potential substantial degradation of the level of safety of the plant 1.Notification of an air craft crash onsite inside the protected area, no damage to plant vital areas or 2. Notification of missile impacts on plant non vital structures or 3. Notification of an onsite explosion affecting plant operation or 4. Determination that the entry of toxic or flammable gases into facility structures has threatened to render Safety Related equipment Inoperable or 5. Notification of a turbine failure that has resulted in casing penetration

__ __ __I_ a_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ____ i I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ I1 ALERT\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\lOsOll.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS EMERGENCY CATEGORY INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL CLASSIFICATION

15. Hazards to Plant Operations

___________________________________________

.1 3. Hazards being experienced or projected with the functions needed for protection of the public 1. Notification of an aircraft crash into plant vital areas or 2. Notification of severe damage to safe shutdown equipment from missiles or explosion or 3. Determination that the entry of toxic or flammable gases into vital areas SITE AREA EMERGENCY\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\1OsO11.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS C EMERGENCY CATEGORY INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL [CLASSIFICATION

16. Natural Events__________________

4 1. Natural events being experienced or projected beyond usual levels 2. Severe natural event near site being experienced or projected 1. A verified earthquake detected by in-plant seismic instrumentation or 2. A tornado observed onsite or 3. A hurricane warning issued that includes the site area 1. A verified earthquake detected by in-plant seismic instrumentation

> OBE levels or 2. A tornado causing damage to Safety Related structures or 3. Sustained winds >73 mph onsite UNUSUAL EVENT I 3. Severe natural event 1. A verified earthquake SITE AREA near site being detected by in-plant EMERGENCY experienced or seismic instrumentation projected with plant > SSE levels in Modes 1, 2, or 3 or 2. Sustained winds 90 mph onsite j-.~ friresT naLLyuT~4. Major internal or external events F'ires, earthquakes, etc., substantially beyond design basis which could or have caused massive common damaqe to lants EMERGENCY OBE -Operating Earthquake SSE -Safe Shutdown Earthquake

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\I0sO11.doc 7% T 7 0rM 1i.I I GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS EMERGENCY ACTION EMERGENCY CATEGORY INITIATING CONDITION LEVEL CLASSIFICATION

17. Loss of 1. Significant loss of 1. Total loss of UNUSUAL EVENT assessment, vital accident vital accident communications, assessment or assessment equipment annunciators communications such as: equipment capability

a. All vessel level instruments or, b. All containment monitoring instruments, etc. or 2. Degradation of the offsite communication system to only one source 2. Loss of ALL 1. Loss of ALL ALERT annunciators annunciators on the P680, P601, and P870 panels 18. Discretionary

1. Other plant 1. Plant conditions exist UNUSUAL EVENT conditions exist that warrant a that warrant precautionary increased awareness notification to local on the part of the and state authorities.

plant operating staff. AND/OR State and Local Authorities

2. Other plant 1. Plant conditions exist ALERT conditions that warrant warrant activation precautionary of TSC activation of the TSC and placing the EOF and key plant personnel on standby.

TSC -Technical Support Center EOF -Emergency Operations Facility\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\I0s011.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS EMERGENCY CATEGORY INITIATING CONDITION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL CLASSIFICATION

18. Discretionary

3. Other plant conditions exist that warrant activation of Emergency Facilities

4. Other plant conditions exist that make release of large amounts of amounts of radio activity in a short time possible_________________

I J 1. Plant conditions exist that warrant: a. The activation of the EOF or b. A precautionary notification to the public near the site 1. Plant conditions exist that make the release of large amounts of radioactivity in a short period of time likely. (Not limited to the following examples):

Core damage is predicted to occur (within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />) and Containment pressure is > 22 psig or containment is breached SITE AREA EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\0\lOsOll0.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GUIDELINES TO TERMINATE EMERGENCY PURPOSE: To establish general guidelines to be followed should changing plant conditions warrant termination of an emergency classification.

NOTE The Emergency Director/Offsite Emergency Coordinator must discuss existing offsite conditions with appropriated State officials prior to terminating an emergency.

I. Termination Guidelines A. General 1. Conditions which caused the event have been terminated.

2. Circumstances which have arisen from the event are under control and the results of any and all pertinent data are evaluated.

3. All probability of recurrence of an event is removed, isolated or under control.

B. Specific Examples CATEGORY TERMINATION GUIDELINES Fires Removal/separation of any element of fire triangle.

Fire under control/not spreading.

Spill Tanks, pipes, valves, any other problem sources are empty, isolated, and out of service.

Airborne Source identified and isolated and/or contained.

Area controlled.

Explosion Existing and potential hazards removed, destroyed and/or isolated.

Abnormal Liquid discharge is terminated, sampling is completed, Effluent and statistics verified.

Public exposure to Offsite radioactive material is reduced or eliminated.

I Airborne -Source identified and analysis complete.

Release is terminated and its cause is under control.

All Onsite and Offsite monitoring data is evaluated.

Public exposure to Offsite radioactive material is reduced or eliminated.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\1O\IOSOII.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE

OT Don GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION /-VMOV ..............

10-S-01-1 Revision 107 Attachment II Page 2 of 2 GUIDELINES TO TERMINATE OF THE EMERGENCY B. Specific Examples (Cont.) CATEGORY TERMINATION GUIDELINES Control Room Plant in normal emergency shutdown from remote Evacuation stations.

Cause of evacuation identified and under control. No radiological conditions exist which cause the Control Room to become uninhabitable.

Plant Shutdown Unit is shut down by normal or emergency means. Functions (not Unit is in cold shutdown and there is no potential available or for uncontrolled criticality.

failed) Fuel Handling Fuel elements, segments, pellets not in a critical Accident -New configuration.

Airborne activity has been evaluated or Spent Fuel and accountability of components complete.

Damage, Channeled or Unchanneled Water Loss -Source of water loss is defined. Ability to restore or LOCA Abnormal maintain water level adequate for proper cooling.

Primary Coolant Leak Earthquake or The plant has been returned to a safe condition.

Other Natural Threat of aftershock has passed and any damage Disaster has been evaluated as to risk, if any. Security ThreatI Threat to site is terminated.

Probability of recurrence has been removed, with the concurrence of Security Supervisor and State, Local and Federal Officials.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\lOsOll.doc THIS PAGE IS AN OVERSIZED DRAWING OR FIGURE, THAT CAN BE VIEWED AT THE RECORD TITLED: EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION FLOWCHART"I OF 2" WITHIN THIS PACKAGE NOTE: Because of this page's large file size, it may be more convenient to copy the file to a local drive and use the Imaging (Wang) viewer, which can be accessed from the Programs/Accessories menu.

THIS PAGE IS AN OVERSIZED DRAWING OR FIGURE, THAT CAN BE VIEWED AT THE RECORD TITLED: EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION FLOWCHART

-"2 OF 2" WITHIN THIS PACKAGE NOTE: Because of this page's large file size, it may be more convenient to copy the file to a local drive and use the Imaging (Wang) viewer, which can be accessed from the Programs/Accessories menu.

PLANT OPERATIONS MANUAL Volume 10 Section 01 10-S-01-6 Revision:

34 Date:2/8/01 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE NOTIFICATION OF OFFSITE AGENCIES AND PLANT ON-CALL EMERGENCY PERSONNEL SAFETY RELATED Prepared:

Reviewed:

Concurred:

PSRC: Approved: Techn'cal M Operations

~1a~'~eneal Mana~ger/e List of Effective Pages: Page 1-15 Attachments I List of TCNs Incorporated:

Revision TCN 0 None 1 1 2-5 None 6 2 7 3,4,5 8-10 None 11 6 12-16 None 17-19 None 20 7 21 None 22 8,9 23 None 24 10 25 None 26 11 27 None 28 None 29 12 30 None 31 13 J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S016.DOC Revision 32 33 34 TCN None None 14 I Title: Notification of Offsite No.: 10-S-01-6 Revision:

34 Safety Agencies and Plant On- Evaluation Call Emergency Personnel Facility:I GRAND GULF 1. SIGNATURES Name (nrint)Date II. OVERVIEW Document Evaluated: (Include document number, revision, and title) Emergency Plan procedure 10-S-01-6, Notification of Offsite Agencies and Plant On-Call Emergency Personnel, Rev. 34 Brief Description of the Proposed Change: Implement NRC approved Augmentation Guidelines, and change Shift Superintendent to Shift Manager to comply with FSAR I~h III. PRE-SCREENING Check the applicable boxes below. If any of the boxes are checked, neither a Screening nor a 50.59 Evaluation is necessary.

Provide supporting documentation or references as appropriate.

1" The change is editorial as defined in either Section 5.3.4 1 or Section 5.4.1.1 of this procedure. (Insert item # from Section 5.3.4 or Section 5.4.1.1).

Provide document change request to the appropriate department, if required.

0I The change is a substitute part per Section 5.4.1.2.

0] The change will be controlled in its entirety under 10CFR50.54 instead of 10CFR50.59 per Section 5.4.1.3 of this procedure.

El An approved, valid Screening or 50.59 Evaluation covering all aspects of the change already exists per Section 5.4.1.4. Reference 50.59 Evaluation

1. or attach documentation.

Verify the previous Screening or 50.59 Evaluation remains valid. [9 The proposed change, in its entirety, has been approved by the NRC per Section 5.4.1.5.

Reference:

GNRI 2000/00093 (See basis below) [f The change is being made to conform to the SAR per Sections 5.4.1.6.'S 'il.. ..... ..t ...r ..GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Sianature Title: Notification of Offsite No.: 10-S-01-6 Revision:

34 Safety Agencies and Plant On- Eval1ua tion Call Emergency Personnel BASIS: (Discuss how the activity meets the Pre-Screening criteria.)

The proposed change has been approved by the NRC in the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission letter dated September 29, 2000,

Subject:

Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, Unit 1, Proposed Emergency Plan Table 5-1 Changes (TAC NO. MA1130) (GNRI -2000/00093) and the SAFETY EVALUATION BY THE OFFICE OF NUCLEAR REACTOR REGULATION RELATED TO EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PLAN CHANGES ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC., ET AL. GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION, UNIT 1 DOCKET #50-416, The NRC concluded that the proposed Emergency Plan changes (Rev 44 of the Emergency Plan) were acceptable in that the changes met the planning standards of 10 CFR 50.47 (b) and the requirements of Appendix E of 10 CFR Part 50. The title of Shift Superintendent is changed to Shift Manager to comply with Section 13.1.2.3.4 of the FSAR. The changes to Attachment I of this procedure are editorial as defined in Section 5.3.4.j of LI 101. The change simplifies the wording used by the VIP 2000 to allow for easier understanding by the caller. There is no change in the process, sequence or intent of the VIP 2000 communications.

Since the changes in this procedure are editorial, an implementation of an NRC approved Emergency Plan Change, and implementation of an existing FSAR requirement neither a Screening or a 50.59 Evaluation is necessary.

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Notification of Offsite No. : 10-S-01-6

ý Revision:

34 Safety Agencies and Plant On-Call Evaluation Emergency Personnel IV. ENVIRONMENTAL EVALUATION APPLICABILITY REVIEW If any of the following questions is answered "YES", then an Environmental Evaluation must be performed.

Will the Change being evaluated:

YES NO K7 Disturb land that is beyond that initially disturbed during construction (i.e., new construction of buildings, creation or removal of ponds, or other terrestrial impact)? ] Increase thermal discharges to the river, lake or atmosphere?

D -Increase concentration or quantity of chemicals discharged to the atmosphere, ground water, or surface water? Lii 1 Increase quantity of chemicals to cooling lake or atmosphere through discharge canal or tower? D] J. Modify the design or operation of cooling tower that will change flow characteristics?

D][ Install any new transmission lines leading offsite? E ] Change the design or operation of the intake or discharge structures?

SF] Discharges any chemicals new or different from that previously discharged?

El Potentially cause a spill or unevaluated discharge that may effect neighboring soils, surface water or ground water? El Involve burying or placement of any solid wastes in the site area that may effect runoff, surface water or ground water? El Involve incineration or disposal of any potentially hazardous materials on the site? E] ;g Result in a change to non-radiological effluents or licensed reactor power level? El] K Potentially change the type or increase the amount of non-radiological air emissions from the site?J:\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\0\1OS016.DOC Title: Notification of Offsite No.: 10-S-01-6

ý Revision:

34 Page: i Agencies and Plant On-Call Emergency Personnel Periodic Review Required: ( ) YES (X) NO If Yes, list frequency:

If No, refer to Attachment XIX of 01-S-02-3 for a list of procedure review methods and fill in the appropriate letter(s) below; if "Other," specify method.Method(s) of Review Frequent Use l0CFR50.59 Review Required:

(04 Yes -If Yes, attach 50.59 Review. No -Not required per section (enter Section 6.3.2(b) or 6.3.2(c) of procedure 01-S-02-3)

Cross-discipline review required: (X) YES ( ) NO Reviewed by: ED Position Lead RPM Lead-REM Lead Tech Reviewer's Initials ___ olk Does this directive contain Tech Spec Triggers? ( ) YES (X) NO J:\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S016.DOC Year GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Notification of Offsite I No. 10-S-01-6 Revision:

34 Page: ii Agencies and Plant On-Call Emergency Personnel REQUIREMENTS CROSS-REFERENCE LIST Requirement Implemented by Directive Directive Paragraph Number Name Paragraph Number That Implements Requirement GGNS Emer Plan 3.3.S3, S4 2.5.Sl,S2 GGNS Emer Plan 6.2.4.S3 6.l.l.c GGNS Emer Plan 6.2.4.S6 6.l.l.b(2), 6.1.l.c(Note)

GGNS Emer Plan 7.5.S6 6.2.2 GGNS Emer Plan 7.5.3.b 6.3.2 GGNS Emer Plan 6.2.4.S9 & S10 2.5 GGNS Emer Plan 6.2.4.S4 & S5 6.l.l.a GGNS Emer Plan 8.8. S4 6.6 GGNS Emer Plan 5.7.5.S5 6.l.l.c (Note)S2 GNRI-94/00122 NRC AL 94-04 6.4.l.b, 6.4.5.d.S2 AECM 84/0397 Page 2, Para.l 2.2.1, 6.6.4 GIN-95/02001

• 6.6.3 GGNS Emer Plan 7.5.3a.2.e 6.4.2 10CFR50 72.A.4 6.4.2 AECM 84/0397 Page 1, S2 Item 1 6.6.3 (GIN-95/02001)

GGNS Emer Plan 8.8.S5 6.1.1.a.l

• Covered by directive as a whole or by various paragraphs of the directive.

NOTE The Component Data Base Change Request statement is applicable only to Volume 06 and 07 maintenance directives.

Component Data Base Change Request generated and the backup documentation available for setpoint and/or calibration data only E2 Yes K N/A CDBCR # Current Revision Statement Revision 34: "* Implements NRC approved augmentation requirements.

"* Title changes that reflect renewal.

"* Clarifies implementation of Emergency Plan Step 6.2.4.SlO in Section 2.5. "* Clarifies implementation of Emergency Plan Step 6.2.4.S4 in Section 6.1.l.a.

"* Clarifies implementation of AECM 84/0397 page 2, paragraph 1 in Section 6.6.4. "* Incorporates TCN 14.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\10S016.DOC EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title:Notification of Offsite Agencies No.: 10-S-01-6 Revision:

Emergency Plan Evaluation and Plant On-Call Emergency Personnel 34 EVALUATION OF EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROCEDURE Procedure Number: Procedure Name: Revision / TCN Number: 10-S-01-6 Notification of Offsite Agencies and Plant On-Call Emergency Personnel Revision 34 Does the procedure Revision / TCN require an Emergency Plan change?( ) Yes NOTE: (X) No IF YES, THIS PROCEDURE CANNOT BE ISSUED UNTIL THE EMERGENCY PLAN IS CHANGED / REVISED.Reason for "NO" response:

This procedure revision implements the changes made to the GGNS Emergency Plan in Revision 44 and clarifies and corrects information in the procedure.

Therefore, this revision does not change the GGNS Emergency Plan.Prepared:

Approved: Manager, Emergency Preparedness A100;, /.-;o /., I Title: Notification of Offsite No.: 10-S-01-6 Revision:

34 Page: Agencies and Plant On-Call Emergency Personnel 1.0 PURPOSE AND DISCUSSION 1.1 Purpose 1.1.1 This procedure:

a. Describes emergency notification responsibilities and sequences.

b. Provides instructions for Operational Hot Line usage. c. Provides instructions for emergency notification to Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Offsite Agencies and Plant personnel.

d. Provides instructions for augmenting personnel as necessary.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 Shift Manager/Emergency Director/Offsite Emergency Coordinator

-Is responsible for: 2.1.1 Implementing this procedure.

2.1.2 Notification of Offsite Agencies, NRC, Plant personnel, and Plant On-Call personnel in accordance with this procedure.

2.2 Radiation Protection Manager/Radiation Emergency Manager -Is responsible for: 2.2.1 Verbal notification to state Radiological Assessment officer (SRAO), when trigger points are reached. (Refer to 10-S-01-12.)

2.3 Emergency Response Organization Personnel

-Are responsible for: 2.3.1 Wearing personal PAGER during their on-call week and responding appropriately to pages received.

NOTE Emergency Response organization personnel are requested to Wear their pagers at all times. 2.3.2 Conducting a pager test weekly when on-call.

2.3.3 Notifying Emergency Preparedness when a personal pager is inoperable or lost. 2.4 Communicators

-Are responsible for: 2.4.1 Completing all required communications in accordance with this procedure.

2.5 On-Call Manager -May report to the plant to assume the position of Emergency Director, upon notification of an Unusual Event, if he deems it necessary.

Upon notification of an Alert or higher emergency classification, the On-Call Manager reports to the plant to assume the position of Emergency Director.J:\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\10S016.DOC EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Notification of Offsite No.: 10-S-01-6 Revision:

34 Page: 2 Agencies and Plant On-Call Emergency Personnel 2.5 (Cont.) He then activates the appropriate portion of the Emergency Organizations if that has not already been done by the Shift Manager. In any case, the Offsite Emergency Coordinator is notified.

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 Emergency Plan Procedure 10-S-01-11, Evacuation of Onsite Personnel 3.2 Emergency Plan Procedure 10-S-01-12, Radiological Assessment and Protective Action Recommendations 3.3 Company Procedure OM-105, Fitness for Duty 4.0 ATTACHMENTS 4.1 Attachment I -Paging Instructions 5.0 DEFINITIONS 5.1 On-Call Manager -GGNS Manager or designated alternate 5.2 On-Call Personnel

-Personnel meeting current training requirements and assigned to emergency organization positions 5.3 VIP 2000 -A computer emergency notification system used to contact on-call personnel in an emergency 5.4 QP -Quality Programs 5.5 TSC -Technical Support Center 5.6 EPP -Emergency Plan Procedure 5.7 OHL -Operational Hot Line 5.8 ENS -Emergency Notification System 5.9 OEC -Offsite Emergency Coordinator 5.10 NRC -Nuclear Regulatory Commission 5.11 HPN -Health Physics Network 5.12 EOC -Emergency Operations Center 5.13 SRAO -State Radiological Assessment Officer 5.14 RPM -Radiation Protection Manager 5.15 REM -Radiation Emergency Manager 5.16 EOF -Emergency Operations Facility 5.17 BEOF -Backup EOF 5.18 ERDS -Emergency Response Data System J:\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S016.DOC Title: Notification of Offsite No.: 10-S-01-6 Revision:

34 Page: 3 Agencies and Plant On-Call Emergency Personnel 5.19 PDS -Plant Display System Computer Terminal 6.0 DETAILS 6.1 Notification of Offsite Agencies 6.1.1 Shift Manager/Emergency Director/Offsite Emergency Coordinator takes action to: a. Complete a Notification Form. The Emergency Notification Form is included as part of the EP Forms Control Process (EPP 06-01) and copies of this notification form are available in the Control Room, TSC, EOF, and BEOF. (1) Messages to State and Local authorities shall include information concerning Recommended Protective Actions.NOTE The Emergency Director/OEC must approve all Notification forms before transmittal to Offsite Agencies.b. Assign communicators to notify the: (1) State and local agencies using the OHL. (2) NRC Operations Center using ENS. NOTE NRC headquarters may require continuous Communications be maintained on the ENS. It is extremely important to provide PROMPT NOTIFICATION to the Offsite Agencies to protect the Public. c. Notify State and Local Agencies.

Shift Manager/ Emergencv Director/Offsite Emergency Coordinator shall ensure that notification is initiated to state and local agencies within 15 minutes of an emergency declaration.

Upon completion of the notification ensure at least one of the agencies in each of the following rows listed below received the message.

Primary Secondary Row 1 Mississippi Mississippi Emergency Highway Patrol Management Agency Row 2 Louisiana Office of Louisiana Department of Emergency Preparedness Environmental Quality Row 3 Claiborne County Claiborne County Civil Sheriff's Department Defense Row 4 Tensas Parish Sheriff's Department None Row 5 Port Gibson Police Department None J:\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\10S016.DOC EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION I I I Title: Notification of Offsite No.: 10-S-01-6 Revision:

34 Page: 4 Agencies and Plant On-Call Emergency Personnel 6.1.1 (Cont.)d. If an ALERT or higher classification has been declared, activate ERDS, in accordance with 6.4.2.e. For Unusual Events, Offsite Agencies need only be advised initially, a followup Notification is performed one hour later, with a final Notification upon termination of the event unless significant changes occur which may lead to escalation.

6.2 Operational Hotline Activation 6.2.1 Communicator must: a Locate OHL phone and lift receiver.

When you lift the receiver the phone automatically rings at all the agencies.

b. Wait 30 seconds for agencies to come on line. (An occasional "Grand Gulf Standby" may be used during this period to let them know that the hotline is in operation).

c. Depress the pushbutton on receiver to talk, release button to listen. d. Announce "THIS IS GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION. THIS IS AN EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION.

STANDBY FOR AN INITIAL ROLL-CALL.

e. Perform initial roll call as follows: (1) Read all agency names. (2) Check off the responding agencies.

f. Read Notification Form Items 1 through 13. Read slowly and deliberately because the agencies must copy the message word for word.J:\ADM SRVS\TECH PUB\REVISION\l0\10O016.DOC NOTE The NRC shall be notified of the declaration of the Emergency IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE NOTIFICATION OF STATE AND LOCAL AGENCIES and not later than one hour after the Emergency declaration.

An open channel shall be maintained until terminated by the NRC.NOTE Occasionally, an agency may interrupt your message with a question or a request to repeat information.

Inform the agency to stand by until you have completed the Message.EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Notification of Offsite No.: 10-S-01-6 Revision:

34 Page: 5 Agencies and Plant On-Call Emergency Personnel 6.2.1 (Cont.) g. Address agency questions as follows: (1) Announce, "THIS IS GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION, ARE THERE ANY QUESTIONS?" (2) Re-read requested information from notification form. (3) If requested information is not on the notification form, record the request and inform the Emergency Director/Offsite Emergency Coordinator.

h. Perform final roll call as follows: (1) Read all agency names. (2) Check off the responding agencies.

NOTE

• If neither primary nor secondary agencies answer the FINAL ROLL CALL, notify at least one of the agencies by commercial telephone. (Phone numbers are on form.) 6.2.2 Verification telephone calls may be received from: a. Mississippi State Board of Health, Division of Radiological Health b. Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality NOTE Ensure all completed Emergency Notification forms are transferred to TSC, if activated.

6.3 Backup Communications 6.3.1 If Operational Hot Line (primary means of notifying Offsite Agencies) is inoperative, use a commercial telephone (9 + number), satellite telephone or Entergy Fiber Optic lines (74 + 9 + number local calls, 9 + 1 + number long distance calls) to contact each agency. a. Perform Step 6.2.1f. 6.3.2 IF ALL TELEPHONE SYSTEMS DO NOT WORK, provide notification by UHF radio located in the TSC, EOF, SAS, or CAS, to the Claiborne County Sheriff's Office, Tensas Parish Sheriff's Office, and Claiborne County Civil Defense (if available).

a. Activate tone receiver to local agencies using the instructions posted near the radio. J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\lOSO16.DOC EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Notification of Offsite No.: 10-S-01-6 Revision:

34 Page: 6 Agencies and Plant On-Call Emergency Personnel 6.3.2 (Cont.) b. Establish communications using radio Channel 8. REQUEST THE TWO LOCAL AGENCIES TO NOTIFY THE STATE AGENCIES OF THE EMERGENCY SITUATION AND TO PROVIDE THEM WITH ALL OF THE EMERGENCY INFORMATION.

c. Perform Step 6.2.1f. 6.4 NRC Emergency Telecommunications System (ETS) 6.4.1 Activation of ENS a. Lift the receiver on the phone marked "ENS" and listen for a dial tone. b. Dial the number listed below using all ten digits: 301-816-5100 Alternate numbers are: 301-951-0550 301-415-0550 301-816-5151 (FAX) Backup commercial phone numbers are: (301) 816-5100 (301) 951-0550 6.4.2 Activation of ERDS a. ERDS shall be activated as soon as possible but not later than one hour after declaring an emergency class of Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency.

b. Locate PDS terminal in Control Room, normally at the Shift Manager's desk. Monitor is normally on at all times. c. Ensure that mouse arrow is on the background of the screen and press the left mouse button to make the ROOT MENU appear. d. Hold down the mouse button and move the mouse arrow to the ERDS indicator and release the mouse button. The ERDS menu will appear on the screen. e. Initiate the data transfer by selecting the START TRANSFER indicator on the menu with the mouse arrow. Press and release the left mouse button. f. The rest of the ERDS initiation process is automatic.

If ERDS fails to connect with the NRC Operations Center, it will automatically retry until a connection is made. g. If the ERDS connection fails or data transfer fails for any reason, a failure message will appear on the ERDS menu. Repeat step D to attempt to connect ERDS to the NRC and notify the BOP Computer Group. The NRC should be advised of the ERDS failure as soon as possible.J:\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S016.DOC EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Notification of Offsite No.: 10-S-01-6 Revision:

34 Page: 7 Agencies and Plant On-Call Emergency Personnel 6.4.2 (Cont.) NOTE DO NOT terminate the ERDS data transfer until requested to do so by the NRC. h. To terminate the data transfer, put the mouse pointer arrow on the word TERMINATE TRANSFER on the ERDS menu and press and release the left mouse button. The connection will be automatically terminated.

i. The CLOSE SESSION indicator is used to exit ERDS. 6.4.3 Problems with ENS a. Any problems with the ENS must be reported to the NRC. If unable to contact the NRC on the ENS, report problems via commercial telephone.

The commercial NRC phone number is (301) 951-0550.

b. Any problems with ENS should also be reported to GGNS Site Telecommunications.

6.4.4 Attempt to notify the NRC Resident Inspector by telephone for all emergencies.

Work and home phone numbers are listed on the Emergency Notification Form. 6.4.5 The following additional NRC communication links are available in the TSC and EOF: a. Health Physics Network (HPN) -Permits licensee personnel to transmit health physics and environmental information to the NRC the Operations Center. NRC headquarters may require continuous communication be maintained on the HPN. b. Reactor Safety Counterpart Link (RSCL) c. Protective Measures Counterpart Link (PMCL) d. Management Counterpart Link (MCL) Any of these communication links may be established by lifting the receiver on the appropriately marked phones and dialing: 301-816-5100 301-951-0550 J:\ADM SRVS\TECH PUB\REVISION\l0\10S016.DOC EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Notification of Offsite No.: 10-S-01-6 Revision:

34 Page: 8 Agencies and Plant On-Call Emergency Personnel 6.5 Notification of Plant Personnel (CONTROL ROOM ACTIONS) 6.5.1 Plant personnel are notified via PA System concerning the nature and location of event. 6.5.2 Plant personnel are advised via of PA System of emergency actions to be taken concerning event. 6.5.3 If plant conditions require evacuation of plant personnel, notifications/announcements are made in accordance with 10-S-01-11, Evacuation of Onsite Personnel.

NOTE For security emergencies, inform all personnel to take shelter, to NOT move around in the plant, and to man only those emergency facilities which are necessary and that don't pose a risk to personnel.

6.5.4 After TSC is operable, PA announcements will be made by TSC Communicator.

6.6 Additional Notification of Offsite Agencies 6.6.1 After TSC/EOF activation, hard copies of previous Notification Forms are transmitted to designated Offsite Agencies via the facsimile when time allows. 6.6.2 Within 30 minutes of issuing a Protective Action Recommendation (PAR), the Emergency Director/Offsite Emergency Coordinator contacts the Mississippi and Louisiana State Emergency Operations Directors to ascertain the status of the recommended PAR. 6.6.3 Frequent Update a. The Emergency Director/Offsite Emergency Coordinator shall ensure that frequent updates are provided to Offsite Agencies as new operational and radiological information becomes available via the Notification Form. (1) With the exception of an Unusual Event, (see Step 6.1.1d) the Notification Forms must be filled out and transmitted approximately every 60 minutes, or sooner if information becomes available.

The 60 minutes starts when the communicator begins the notification.

Notification Forms should be numbered consecutively to prevent transmittal sequence errors. 6.6.4 RPM/REM verbally contacts SRAO at least hourly or sooner if plant or radiological conditions change significantly.

a. Within 60 minutes of exceeding a SRAO trigger point, the SRAO should be contacted by telephone.

If the SRAO trigger point results in a PAR, an Emergency Notification Form must be completed in accordance with Section 6.1.J:\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\10O016.DOC GRAND GULF NUCL EAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Notification of Offsite No.: 10-S-01-6 Revision:

34 Page: Agencies and Plant On-Call Emergency Personnel 6.7 Notification of Plant On-Call Personnel 6.7.1 Activation of VIP 2000: a. Activate VIP 2000 by calling 9-437-8155.

b. Enter VIP 2000 password while the following message is being spoken. c. The VIP 2000 will say; "Hello, this is the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station's Emergency Notification System." (1) If the VIP 2000 says; "There is no activity at this time" and hangs up, you did not enter the password soon enough. (2) Return to Step 6.7.1a and try again. d. VIP 2000 will say; "Enter the scenario number you want to work with." Enter the correct scenario from the list below: EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION SCENARIO(S)

TO BE ACTIVATED Unusual Event 01 Alert 02 Site Area Emergency 03 General Emergency 04 TSC & OSC Activation 07 EOF Activation 08 J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S016.DOC NOTE In the event of Security emergencies, each Security related incident should be evaluated.

Only those support groups and facilities which are needed should be activated, regardless of the emergency or the emergency classification, so as to minimize the risk to personnel.

Utilization of the ERO call tree rather than VIP 2000 may be required to inform responders of emergency situation and prevent manning of unneeded facilities.

NOTE Password and activation instructions are maintained in an envelope labeled "VIP 2000 Activation Instructions", in the On-Call Notification Book in the Control Room and Technical Manager's Logbook in the TSC.GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Notification of Offsite No.: 10-S-01-6 Revision:

34 Page: 10 Agencies and Plant On-Call Emergency Personnel 6.7.1 (Cont.) e. VIP 2000 says; "That scenario is completed/suspended/idle.

Do you want to queue it? Please press 9 for Yes, 6 for No." (1) Press 9 to queue scenario.

f. VIP 2000 will say; "Enter scenario status, press 1 for emergency, 2 for test, and 3 for drill." (1) Press 1 for emergency, 2 for test, or 3 for drill. g. VIP 2000 will say; "You have requested to start scenario as an emergency/drill/test.

Are you certain this is what you want to do? Please press 9 for Yes, 6 for No." (1) If correct, press 9; VIP 2000 will say; "Your request has been honored. Thank you. Goodbye." (2) If incorrect, press 6; VIP 2000 says; "No changes were made with this call." Return to Step 6.7.1.a h. If additional notifications are required, repeat Steps 6.7.1a through 6.7.1g. 6.7.2 VIP 2000 Operation Verification Method NOTE There are three different methods to verify that the VIP 2000 is operating.

Only one method is required to be used to verify operation.

The method used is determined by the individual.

a. Proper operation of the VIP 2000 can be verified by one of the following methods: (1) Method I: (a) Approximately four to five minutes after activation, the VIP 2000 will transmit a "Scenario Execution Log" report to the Control Room and TSC facsimile.

The report should indicate the date and time the requested scenario went active. The report should also indicate the mode (Emergency, Drill or Test) the VIP 2000 is operating.

J:\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\10S016.DOC NOTE Additional notifications with the VIP 2000 are Required if event is upgraded from an Unusual Event Classification.

No additional notification via VIP 2000 is required if the event is upgraded from an Alert or Site Area Emergency.

EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Notification of Offsite No.: 10-S-01-6 Revision:

34 Page: 11 Agencies and Plant On-Call Emergency Personnel 6.7.2 (Cont.) (b) If the report does not indicate that the requested scenario is active, the VIP 2000 is not operating properly.

Go to Step 6.7.3. (c) If the report indicated the VIP 2000 is operating in the wrong mode, call the VIP 2000 9-437-8155.

1) Enter the VIP 2000 password while the Hello message is being spoken. 2) If the VIP 2000 says, "Please enter your ID code." "You failed to enter the password in time.". .Hang up and try again. 3) When the VIP 2000 says, "Enter the scenario number you want to work with." Enter the scenario number that was queued in the wrong mode. 4) The VIP 2000 will say, "That scenario is active." Press 1 to complete, 2 to suspend or 3 to exit. a) Press 1 to complete.

5) When the VIP 2000 says, "You have requested to complete scenario , are you sure this is what you want to do. Press 9 for yes and 6 for no. a) Press 9 for yes. 6) VIP 2000 says "that scenario has been completed.

Thank you. Good-bye." 7) Call the VIP 2000 and activate the scenario in the proper mode in accordance with 6.7.1. (2) Method II: (a) Approximately eight minutes after activation, the VIP 2000 will transmit an "Execution Roster Qualified Members Only" report to the TSC facsimile.

The report should show that positions are being filled and who is filling those positions. (b) If the report does not show the positions are being filled, the VIP 2000 is not operating properly.

Go to Step 6.7.3.J:\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S016.DOC EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Notification of Offsite No.: I0-S-01-6 Revision:

34 Page: 12 Agencies and Plant On-Call Emergency Personnel 6.7.2 (Cont.) (3) Method III: (a) Wait approximately five minutes after activation.

Call VIP 2000 at 9-437-8155, and respond to the VIP 2000 in accordance with Step 6.7.5 using "123456789" as you ID code. (b) If the VIP 2000 does not tell you that you are filling your position as Shift Superintendent, the VIP 2000 is not operating properly.

Go to Step 6.7.3. 6.7.3 Back-up Notification Method (Group Page) a. If the VIP 2000 operation cannot be verified, initiate the two group pages as follows: NOTE Initiate both group pages to notify the entire ERO. Instructions and passwords are maintained in an envelope Labeled "VIP 2000 ACTIVATION INSTRUCTIONS", in the On-Call Notification Book. (1) Call the Group Page Number 9-930-8075.

Enter password when requested.

(2) The recording will say; "This is a display beeper, please enter your phone number at the sound of the tone." (3) At the tone, enter the appropriate code to activate personnel response:

88*01 Emergency

-Unusual Event 88*02 Emergency

-Alert 88*03 Emergency

-Site Area Emergency 88*04 Emergency

-General Emergency 77*01 Drill -Unusual Event 77*02 Drill -Alert 77*03 Drill -Site Area Emergency 77*04 Drill -General Emergency (4) After entering code, hang up. The paging system will initiate a page to all emergency response organization pagers. (5) Call the Group Page number 9-930-8074.

Enter the password when requested.

(6) Repeat step 2, 3, and 4.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S016.DOC EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Notification of Offsite Agencies and Plant On-Call Emergency Personnel No.: 10-S-01-6 Revision:

34 Page: 13 6.7.4 Other Personnel Notification Method a. If the VIP 2000 is inoperative and group paging is unavailable, notification will be made by phone or pager to those persons listed on the Emergency Response Organization Call Tree located in the On-Call Notification Book or Emergency Telephone Book.b. Additional Emergency Response personnel should soon as possible to fill additional positions.

telephone numbers of persons in the ERO are in the Emergency Telephone Book.be called as Names and Section B of 6.7.5 Responding to VIP 2000 Phone Call a. When you answer the phone, the VIP 2000 will say; "Hello, this is Grand Gulf Nuclear Station's Emergency Notification System. Please enter your ID code." Enter your social security number.b. VIP 2000 will say; "This is an emergency/a drill/only a test".NOTE If your position has been filled, VIP 2000 says; "Your Position has been filled," and hangs up.I c. If an EMERGENCY has been declared, or a DRILL is being conducted, VIP 2000 will say; "An Unusual Event/Alert/Site Area Emergency/General Emergency has been declared at Grand Gulf," and ask you the following questions:

(1) "Are you fit for duty? Press 9 for Yes, 6 for No." (a) If you are fit for duty in accordance with Entergy Procedure OM-105, press 9 for Yes.J:\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\10S016.DOC NOTE If you are notified by or call into the VIP 2000, you must respond to the questions asked by the VIP 2000. It needs to know if and when you can report to your Emergency Response Facility to assume your emergency position.NOTE If the VIP 2000 says, "You have entered an Invalid ID Code, and hangs up, call the VIP 2000 back at 437-8155 and try again.EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Notification of Offsite No.: 10-S-01-6 Revision:

34 Page: 14 Agencies and Plant On-Call Emergency Personnel 6.7.5 (Cont.) (b) If you are not fit for duty in accordance with the above instruction, press 6 for No. NOTE If you enter 6 in response to the above question, VIP 2000 will say; "Thank you, goodbye," and hang up. (2) "Enter your estimated time of arrival in four-digit military time." (a) Enter estimated time of arrival. Examples:

4 a.m. would be entered as 0400 and 4 p.m. would be entered as 1600. (3) VIP 2000 will say; "Report to your emergency response facility.

You are filling your Emergency Response position as (name of your position), thank you, good bye," and hang up. d. If a TEST is being conducted, the VIP 2000 will ask the following questions:

(1) "If this were an actual emergency, could you respond? Press 9 for Yes, 6 for No." (a) If you would be able to respond, press 9. (b) If you would not be able to respond, press 6. (2) "If this were an actual emergency and you were responding, estimate your time of arrival and enter it in four-digit military time." (a) Enter your estimated arrival time. Examples:

4 a.m. would be entered as 0400, 4 p.m. would be entered as 1600. (3) VIP 2000 will say; "You are filling your Emergency Response position as (name of your position), thank you, good-bye," and hang up. 6.7.6 Response to Pager a. When your pager beeps (or vibrates), depress the read button on the pager. b. Observe the telephone number or code displayed in the pager window. c. If the telephone number, 437-8155, is displayed, call this number as soon as possible. (This is the telephone number for the VIP 2000.)J:\ADM SRVS\TECH PUB\REVISION\l0\10S016.DOC EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Notification of Offsite No.: 10-S-01-6 Revision:

34 Page: 15 Agencies and Plant On-Call Emergency Personnel 6.7.6 (Cont.) d. If one of the following codes is displayed, respond as indicated in the table below: CODE MEANING RESPONSE 88-01 Emergency

-Unusual Event Await further notification.

88-02 Emergency

-Alert All personnel report to your emergency response facility.

88-03 Emergency

-Site Area Emergency All personnel report to your emergency response facility.

88-04 Emergency

-General Emergency All personnel report to your emergency response facility.

Await further notification.

77-01 Drill -Unusual Event 77-02 Drill -Alert All personnel report to your emergency response facility.

77-03 Drill -Site Area Emergency All personnel report to your emergency response facility.

77-04 Drill -General Emergency All personnel report to your emergency response facility.

66-06 Test -All Clear This is a test. No response required.6.8 Records and Information 6.8.1 Forms and paperwork generated by this procedure during EMERGENCIES are retained for information, event reconstruction and submitted to the Manager, Emergency Preparedness to be filed as a Quality Assurance record.J:\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\lO\10S016.DOC EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE 10-S-01-6 Revision:

34 Attachment I Page 1 of 1 PAGING INSTRUCTIONS INDIVIDUAL PAGE A. On a touch tone phone, dial the number of the desired pager. B. The recording will say, "Please enter the phone number you wished to displayed".

(1) Immediately following the tone, dial the number you want displayed on the pager. C. The recording will say, "Thank you for calling" and you will hear a busy signal. D. Hang up telephone receiver.

E. When pager responds (beeps or vibrates), verify the number you entered is displayed in the pager window.J:\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\10S016.DOC PLANT OPERATIONS MANUAL Volume 10 Section 01 10-S-01-12 Revision:

27 Date: 2/8/01 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT AND PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS Prepared:

Reviewed:

Concurred:

PSRC: Approved: SAFETY RELATED Technical Manager, Emergency Preparedness List of Effective Pages: Pages 1-9 Attachments I, II List of TCNs Incorporated:

Revision 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 TCN None None None None 1 None None None None None 2 3,4 None None None 5 None None None None None None None None None Revision 26 27 TCN None None J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\10s0112.doc 4 C715slg ý'ý-IOP6"\,,Pant General Manager Title: Radiological Assessment No.: 10-S-01-12

ý Revision:

27 ISafety and Protective Action Evaluation Recommendations Facility:

GRAND GULF I. SIGNATURES Preparer:

Richard Sumrall I/ f/o I Signature Name (print) Date Reviewer:

T c ,- v , , k /- '-aI Signature Name (print) Date I1. OVERVIEW III. 50.59 SCREENING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to: Operating License F-1 []Technical Specifications Yes No If yes, process a change per 10CFR50.90 and obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change.D- Yes If yes, process a change per 1 OCFR50.90 and [] No obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change.NRC Orders (ANO only)[] Q D] IEI Yes No NIA If yes, process a change per 1 OCFR50.90 and obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change.SAR SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to the facility or procedure which alters information, operation, function or ability to perform the function of a system, structure or component described in the SAR (site specific documents)?

TS Bases section LI Yes 19 No [ Yes [No UFSAR (including pending changes)If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

\\GGNNE\group\EP\STAFF\rsumral\draft procedures\10s0112r27.doc Document Evaluated: (Include document number, revision, and title) Emergency Plan Procedure 10-S-01-12, Radiological Assessment and Protective Action recommendations, Rev. 27. Brief Description of the Proposed Change: Changes title of TSC/EOF Dose Calculator to Radiological assessment dose calculator.

Changes 'activated' to 'operational'.

Provides clarification on when to dispatch radiological monitoring teams. Adds note that PARs should be developed within 15 minutes of data becoming available.

EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Radiological Assessment No. : 10-S-01-121 Revision:

27 ISafety and Protective Action Evaluation RecommendationsI TRM Core Opera ting Limits Report Li F-1 Li IEI Zi Li Li Li Li Does the proposed Change involve a test or experiment not described in the SAR? Does the proposed Change result in any potential impact to equipment or facilities utilized for Ventilated Storage Cask activities?

Yes No Yes No Yes No N/A Yes No Yes No Yes No N/A If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation. (See Section 5.1.19.) If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 72.48 Review.ADDITIONAL SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to: Quality Assurance Program Manual [] Yes If yes, notify the quality department and ensure a [] No 50.54 Evaluation is performed.

Emergency Plan Li Yes If yes, notify the emergency planning I] No department and ensure a 50.54 Evaluation is performed.

BASIS: [A brief written response providing the basis for answering the questions must be provided.

Adequate basis must be provided within the Screening such that a third-party reviewer can reach the same conclusions.

Simply stating that the change does not affect TS or the SAR is not an acceptable basis. Also discuss the methodology for performing the LBD search. State the location of relevant licensing document information and explain the scope of the review such as electronic search criteria used (e.g., key words) or the general extent of manual searches per Section 5.1.18.6.]

This change implements NRC approved augmentation requirements that are preapproved (GNRI 2000/00093) and changes the title of Shift Superintendent to Shift Manager to comply with Section 13.1.2.3.4 of the FSAR. Performed a search of the TS, UFSAR, and QAPM using online Reference Library. Keywords used: PAR, protective action, protective action recommendation, recommended protective action, activated, radiological monitor, monitoring team, radiological survey, offsite survey, off-site survey, survey off-site, survey outside the protective area, and monitor radiation level. Based on review of the hits produced in the above searches, this change does not represent a change to the Tech Specs or an Unreviewed Safety Question.\\GGNNE\group\EP\STAFF\rsumral\draft procedures\10s0112r27.doc a (Included in RBS' USAR)NRC SERs EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Radiological Assessment No. : 10-S-01-12 Revision:

27 Safety and Protective Action Evaluation Recommendations IV. ENVIRONMENTAL EVALUATION APPLICABILITY REVIEW If any of the following questions is answered "YES", then an Environmental Evaluation must be performed.

Will the Change being evaluated:

YES NO FD Z Disturb land that is beyond that initially disturbed during construction (i.e., new construction of buildings, creation or removal of ponds, or other terrestrial impact)? [1 0 Increase thermal discharges to the river, lake or atmosphere?

D] [9 Increase concentration or quantity of chemicals discharged to the atmosphere, ground water, or surface water? FD 0 Increase quantity of chemicals to cooling lake or atmosphere through discharge canal or tower? D] [9 Modify the design or operation of cooling tower that will change flow characteristics?

D] [9 Install any new transmission lines leading offsite? FD 0 Change the design or operation of the intake or discharge structures?

LI [9 Discharges any chemicals new or different from that previously discharged?

D] 0 Potentially cause a spill or unevaluated discharge that may effect neighboring soils, surface water or ground water? D] 0 Involve burying or placement of any solid wastes in the site area that may effect runoff, surface water or ground water? FD 0 Involve incineration or disposal of any potentially hazardous materials on the site? D] 0 Result in a change to non-radiological effluents or licensed reactor power level? D] 0 Potentially change the type or increase the amount of non-radiological air emissions from the site?\\GGNNE\group\EP\STAFF\rsumral\draft procedures\10s0112r27.doc Title: Radiological Assessment No.: 10-S-01-12 Revision:

27 Page: i and Protective Action Recommendations Periodic Review Required: (X) YES ( ) NO If Yes, list frequency:

If No, refer to Attachment XIX of 01-S-02-3 for a list of procedure review methods and fill in the appropriate letter(s) below; if "Other," specify method. Method(s) of Review l0CFR50.59 Review Required: (x) Yes -If Yes, attach 50.59 Review. No -Not required per section (enter Section 6.3.2(b) or 6.3.2(c) of procedure 01-S-02-3)

Cross-discipline review required:

Tech Reviewer's Initials ( ) YES (X) NO Reviewed by: Does this directive contain Tech Spec Triggers? ( ) YES (X) NO J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\I0s0112.doc 2 Year GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Radiological Assessment No.: 10-S-01-12 Revision:

27 jPage: ii and Protective Action Recommendations REQUIREMENTS CROSS-REFERENCE LIST lRequirement Implemented by Directive Directive Paragraph Number Name Paragraph Number That Implements Requirement GGNS Emer Plan 7.6.1.c.$6 Attachment I GGNS Emer Plan 7.6.1.b.$5 Attachment I GGNS Emer Plan 6.5.1.b.$5,S6,$7 6.3.1 AECM 84/0397 P2, Para.l Attachment II, 6.1.7 GNRO-97/00080 97-09-01.Item4 6.1, Attachment II GNRO-97/00113 97-15-03.Item2 5.20, 6.1(Note), 6.1.4, 6.1.7, Attachment II, 6.3.3 IFI 97-15-03 6.3.3(Note)

IFI 97-15-04 6.1 (Note) CR-GGN-1999-0656 CA.2 6.1 (Note)

• Covered by directive as a whole or by various paragraphs of the directive.

NOTE The Component Data Base Change Request statement is applicable only to Volume 06 and 07 maintenance directives.

Component Data Base Change Request generated and the backup documentation available for setpoint and/or calibration data only 13 Yes N/A CDBCR # Current Revision Statement Revision 27:

• Implements NRC approval augmentation requirements. (GNRI 2000/00093)

• Changes title of TSC/EOF Dose Calculator to Radiological assessment dose calculator.

This change has been preapproved by the NRC. (GNRI 2000/00093)

• Changes 'activated' to 'operational'.

This change has been preapproved by the NRC. (GNRI 2000/00093)

"* Provides clarification on when to dispatch radiological monitoring teams. "* Adds note that PARs should be developed within 15 minutes of data becoming available to be consistent with NRC/NEI Guidance NEI 99-02. "* Clarifies implementation of AECM 84/0397 in Section 6.1.7.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\I0s0112.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATIONE Title: Radiological Assessment and No.: 10-S-01-12 Revision:

27 Emergency Plan Evaluation Protective Action Recommendation I EVALUATION OF EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROCEDURE Procedure Number: Procedure Name: Revision / TCN Number: 10-S-01-12 Radiological Assessment and Protective Action Recommendation Revision 27 Does the procedure Revision / TCN require an Emergency Plan change?( ) Yes (X) No NOTE: IF YES, THIS PROCEDURE CANNOT BE ISSUED UNTIL THE EMERGENCY PLAN IS CHANGED / REVISED.

Reason for "NO" response:

This procedure revision implements the changes made to the GGNS Emergency Plan in Revision 44 and clarifies and corrects information in the procedure.

Therefore, this revision does not change the GGNS Emergency Plan.1-091-k Managmer ncy Preparedness Prepared:

Approved: EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Radiological Assessment No.: 10-S-01-12 Revision:

27 Page:1 and Protective Action RecommendationsIII 1.0 PURPOSE AND DISCUSSION 1.1 PURPOSE 1.1.1 To provide guidance for performing Radiological Assessment during emergencies.

1.1.2 Guidance is provided for: a. Assessment of radiological release conditions.

b. Use of radiological data from effluent monitors (ERFIS), Containment ARM's, and Radiological Monitoring Teams in the estimates of offsite doses. c. Use of actual, and estimation of, meteorological conditions and their application to the estimates of offsite doses. d. Application of projected dose to Protective Action Guides and subsequent Protective Action Recommendations.

e. Recognizing radiological conditions that require notification of the State Radiological Assessment Officer 1.1.3 To provide instructions for performing offsite dose projections with the DOSECALC Dose Projection Model. 1.2 DISCUSSION 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 The Emergency Director/Offsite Emergency Coordinator-Is responsible for implementing this procedure.

2.2 The RPM -Is responsible for Radiological Assessment, after the TSC is operational.

2.3 The REM -Is responsible for Radiological Assessment, after the EOF is operational.

2.4 Radiological Assessment Dose Calculator

-Perform offsite dose calculations using this procedure.

2.5 The Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) -Coordinating Offsite Dose Calculations and Radiological data acquisition, in the EOF.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\I0s0112.doc NOTE Dose projections are performed in the TSC until the EOF is operational, then the projections are performed in the EOF. If the EOF cannot perform the projections, the projections may be performed in the TSC, Backup EOF, Clean Chemistry Lab, Admin Building Chemistry Area, or in the Control Room. (DOSECALC PDS workstations are available at each of these locations)

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Radiological Assessment No.: 10-S-0l-12 Revision:

27 1Page: 2 and Protective Action Recommendations

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 GGNS Emergency Plan 3.2 Chemistry Instruction 08-S-04-220, Ventilation Exhaust Gaseous Monitoring Systems' Operation 3.3 DOSECALC Users Manual 4.0 ATTACHMENTS 4.1 Attachment I -DOSECALC Instructions and Information 4.2 Attachment II -SRAO Trigger Points 5.0 DEFINITIONS 5.1 X -Airborne activity concentration in Ci/m3 or gCi/cm3 or LCi/ml 5.2 Q -Source material release rate in Ci/sec 5.3 X/Q -Atmospheric dispersion factor in sec/m3 5.4 aO -Standard deviation of wind direction in angular degrees. (Measured from Backup Met Tower) 5.5 AT -Delta temperature (use 33 ft and 162 ft MET tower temperature sensor data in F 0) 5.6 AXM -Eberline Accident Range Effluent Monitor 5.7 BOP -Balance of Plant Computer 5.8 DOWNWIND -An area located beyond a fixed point in the same direction the wind is blowing. The area covers three sectors, the sector containing the plume centerline, and the two adjacent sectors. If the plume centerline is on a sector line, four sectors are used until the three-sector criteria can be identified.

5.9 EOF -Emergency Operations Facility 5.10 PDS Plant Display System Computer 5.11 EPZ Emergency Planning Zone 5.12 ERFIS -Emergency Response Facility Information System 5.13 UFSAR -Updated Final Safety Analysis Report 5.14 GE -General Electric Normal Range Effluent Monitor 5.15 DOSECALC -A computer based mathematical model that predicts radiation doses at fixed points based on static weather conditions.

5.16 MET -Meteorological 5.17 PAG -Protective Action Guide (EPA-400 Table 2.1) 5.18 REM -Radiation Emergency Manager J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10s0112.doc Title: Radiological Assessment No.: 10-S-01-12 Revision:

27 Page: 3 and Protective Action Recommendations 5.19 RPM -Radiation Protection Manager 5.20 SB Site Boundary -For emergency dose calculations, the site boundary is fixed at 696m (.43 miles) from the center of the reactor.

5.21 SPDS -Safety Parameter Display System 5.22 SPING -Eberline Normal Range Effluent Monitor 5.23 SRAO -State Radiological Assessment Officer 5.24 TSC -Technical Support Center 5.25 USEPA -United States Environmental Protection Agency 6.0 DETAILS 6.1 Radiological Assessment Process CAUTION " THIS PROCEDURE MAKES THE ASSUMPTION THAT ALL CALCULATIONS ARE PERFORMED USING ACTUAL RADIOLOGICAL DATA. " CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT OF PLANT CONDITIONS SHALL BE PERFORMED TO ASCERTAIN IF A RELEASE IS IN PROGRESS.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\I0s0112.doc NOTE " DOSECALC decays all isotopes from time of shutdown to time of release, then decays the isotopes from time of release to time of arrival at the projection distances

-SB, 2mi, 5mi, 10mi, 15mi, and 20 mi. " DOSECALC assumes iodine removal of 99.825% for material released from a SBGT vent or filtered releases. " DOSECALC uses 696m (.43 miles) for the site boundary in all directions. " If DOSECALC is not receiving data from the PDS computer, a DOSECALC Data Sheet (EPP 12-03) should be used for data collection to aid performing a dose calculation. " If a liquid release results in an emergency declaration, the liquid release information is documented in accordance with Chemistry procedure, 06-CH-SG17-O-0045.

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Radiological Assessment No.: 10-S-01-12 Revision:

27 Page: 4 and Protective Action Recommendations 6.1 (Cont.)USING the Radiological Assessment Flowchart RA-I and RA-IB (EPP 12-02) as a guide, perform the following:

6.1.1 Determine the correct ISOTOPIC mixture.

6.1.2 Determine when (if) the Rx was (is) shutdown.

6.1.3 Get appropriate current MET DATA.(see section 6.2 for details) 6.1.4 Monitor Release Pathways as follows: a. Using PDS data or Eberline data, monitor the following gaseous release pathways (check for flow and radiation levels): CAUTION Do not select any effluent monitor that contains negative numbers. It will dilute the estimated release rate.(1) Containment Vent (2) Fuel Handling Area Vent (3) Turbine Building Vent (4) Radwaste Building Vent (5) Standby Gas Treatment A & B Vent J:\ADM_SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10s0112.doc NOTE " Information required to complete EPP 12-03 may be obtained from PDS Workstations, Status Boards, Plant Staff or other sources as directed by the RPM/REM. " Unless the release duration is known, 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> should be used as the default release duration when estimating the projected exposure.

Although the use of a 2-hour release duration addresses only future or projected dose, integrated dose (dose already received plus dose projected) should be considered when making protective action recommendations.

The addition of dose results at various times or the use of the "future dose" field of dosecalc may be used to obtain these results. When using the "future dose" field of dosecalc, care should be exhibited to ensure the release rates and meteorological conditions are representative of those conditions exhibited during the release duration period. Radiological Assessment Guides -RA-l and RA-IB (EPP 12-02) are normally provided via color flow charts as an aid to follow this procedure.

The procedure text takes precedence over the guides in all cases where inconsistencies in interpretations may arise.EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Radiological Assessment No.: 10-S-01-12 Revision:

27 Page: 5 and Protective Action Recommendations 6.1.4 (Cont.) (6) Any other release path such as major doors, holes, piping, roof hatches and blow out panels. (Ask an SRO or Engineer in the facility).

AND b. Monitor radiation levels in containment.

(1) Containment Data -ERFIS OP Guide or Control Room Display or Inplant teams. AND IF CONDITIONS WARRANT c. Monitor radiation levels at the protected area fence. (1) Protected Area Fence -onsite or offsite monitoring teams. (Contact Control Room ED if TSC/EOF/OSC not operational, TSC-RPM or EOF-RAC if TSC/EOF/OSC are operational).

d. Monitor radiation levels outside the protected area. (1) Offsite monitoring team data. (Contact Control Room ED if TSC/EOF/OSC not operational, TSC-RPM or EOF-RAC if TSC/EOF/OSC are operational).

6.1.5 Determine the expected release duration.

6.1.6 Input the data into the DOSECALC program.

6.1.7 Evaluate DOSECALC results NOTE Emergency Notification Form is Form EPP 06-01. SRAO Phone Numbers are in the Emergency Telephone Book. a. To assure common understanding and knowledge, the TSC RPM or EOF REM will verbally contact the SRAO at least hourly. If plant conditions change significantly or radiological conditions change significantly (SRAO Trigger Points), the SRAO will be contacted sooner. b. If any SRAO Trigger Point(s) (Attachment II) has been met, inform the Emergency Director/Offsite Emergency Coordinator and notify the SRAO within 60 minutes.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10s0112.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Radiological Assessment No.: 10-S-01-12 Revision:

27 Page: 6 and Protective Action Recommendations 6.1.7 (Cont.) NOTE The Emergency Director/Offsite Emergency Coordinator may have concurrent 15 minute limits for initial classification of an emergency due to the SRAO Trigger Point(s) identified below. PARs should be developed within 15 minutes of data becoming available, but without delay due to uncertainty.

c. If any SRAO Trigger Point(s) (Attachment II) has been met AND if any TEDE is 1000 mRem or any Thyroid CDE is 5000 mRem, inform the Emergency Director/Offsite Emergency Coordinator, initiate an Emergency Notification Form to include a Protective Action Recommendation (Section 6.3.1), and notify the SRAO. d. If any SRAO Trigger Point(s) (Attachment II) has been met AND if any TEDE is 1000 mRem or any Thyroid CDE is 5000 mRem at 5 miles, inform the Emergency Director/Offsite Emergency Coordinator, initiate an Emergency Notification Form to include a Protective Action Recommendation (Section 6.3.1), and notify the SRAO. 6.1.8 Go back to 6.1.1 and continue assessment.

6.2 METEOROLOGICAL DATA 6.2.1 Use the following DOSECALC: flowchart to obtain MET DATA for use with\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECH-_PUB\REVISION\10\I0s0112.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Radiological Assessment No.: 10-S-01-12 Revision:

27 Page: 7 and Protective Action Recommendations J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10s0112.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Radiological Assessment No.: 10-S-01-12 IRevision:

27 Page: 8 and Protective Action RecommendationsIII 6.3 Protective Actions 6.3.1 Protective actions shall be recommended as follows: Condition Protective Action Recommendation EVACUATE:

2 Miles All Sectors General Emergency and Declared EVACUATE:

5 Miles in Downwind Sectors and SHELTER: Remainder of 10 Mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) General Emergency EVACUATE:

2 Miles All Sectors Declared and and EVACUATE:

10 Miles in Downwind Sectors Dose Projection or Field Measurement and at >_ 5 miles corresponds to SHELTER: Remainder of 10 Mile Emergency 1000 mRem TEDE Planning Zone (EPZ) or 5000 mRem Thyroid.CDE NOTE Predetermined Protective Action Recommendations for areas outside the 10 mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) have not been established.

If dose projections exceed any TEDE of 1000 mRem or any Thyroid CDE of 5000 mRem at 10 miles, the appropriate states should be notified to ensure protective actions for affected areas outside the 10 mile EPZ are considered.

6.3.2 The RPM/REM must report the results of dose calculations/rad assessment immediately to the Emergency Director/Offsite Emergency Coordinator.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\I0s0112.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Radiological Assessment No.: l0-S-01-12 Revision:

27 Page: 9 and Protective Action Recommendations 6.3.3 Revising Protective Action Recommendations Dose projections are to be reviewed frequently and updated based on changing conditions such as: a. Site meteorological parameters and stability class b. Source terms c. Radiological field monitoring team data d. Expected Release Duration 6.4 Records and Information 6.4.1 Forms and paperwork generated by this procedure during emergencies are to be retained for information and event reconstruction and submitted to the Manager, Emergency Preparedness to be filed as a Quality Assurance record.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\lO\I0s0112.doc NOTE When completing the Emergency Notification Form, each form should represent the current and/or projected radiological, meteorological and plant conditions.

During periods of rapid changes in wind direction, as might be experienced along the leading edge of a weather front, it is important to capture all sectors through which the wind has passed. In such instances, Section 5.B. (Recommended Protective Actions, if applicable) of the Emergency Notification Form should reflect: "* those sectors currently affected by the plume, and "* the sectors through which the plume has passed since the last Emergency Notification Form was issued Section 8.B.(Meteorological Data -Sectors Affected) will normally be used to annotate only those sectors affected by the current wind direction.

Section 6(Comments) of the Emergency Notification form may be used to explain the reason for the additional sectors or to explain the additional affected sectors if protective action recommendations have not been made.EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAN4D GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DOSECALC INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION In this Instruction Manual, the term "screen" is meant to convey the window that fills the monitor. The Term "functional area" or "area" is meant to convey an area on a window dedicated to be a specific type of data (e.g. "RELEASE DATA"). 1.0 STARTUP When the User approaches the workstation, the screen may be dark due to the screen saver feature.

a. Click anywhere on the screen to bring up the login screen. b. Enter the login and password displayed on the front of the workstation.

NOTE Allow 2-3 minutes for PDS to load. PDS is required to be displayed for the workstation to receive plant data. c. After PDS menu is displayed, click in the black screen to access the Root menu. d. On the Root menu, scroll down to DOSECALC to bring up the Dose Calculation program. The Main Screen on the DOSECALC program will appear. 2.0 MAIN SCREEN The Main screen contains the DOSECALC Data windows. This is the beginning point of DOSECALC and the program will return to this screen after data is entered on data screens. If a data screen is on the monitor, click on the DONE button and it will return to the MAIN screen. DOSECALC requires specific information to perform a dose calculation.

The information is as follows: Wind Speed, Accident Type, Source Term, and when performing a dose calculation based on a field monitoring team reading, Distance and Angle. Written warnings delineating each of the above requirements are at the bottom of the screen. They disappear as each of the required data is entered.

User definable fields have a White background and are for data entry. In user definable fields, the text is either Red or Black. Red text indicates that the user has entered/modified the value displayed.

Black text indicates that the program supplies the value displayed.

Yellow fields are not user definable and display information for the User's benefit. All text displayed in Yellow fields is Black. 2.1 ACCIDENT DATA AREA This area is in the upper left-hand corner of the MAIN screen. A HELP button is available to the User for an explanation of the area. click on ISOTOPIC MIX to select the Isotopic Mix desired.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\lOsOll2.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DOSECALC INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION 2.1 ACCIDENT DATA AREA (Cont.) NOTE The isotopic mixture will default to steam cycle mixture.A window with isotopic fractions comes up and the User is required to select one prior to performing a projection.

Determining the appropriate mix may require input from Operations personnel.

For entry of an effluent spectrum (e.g. from an effluent sample) choose the USER DEFINED accident type and a window will pop up for entry of data. The entered spectrum will be used in the conversion of effluent monitor readings to release rates. Click on the RX SHUTDOWN DATE/TIME field and enter the date in the following format: mmddyy. Enter the time in the following format: hhmm. The DoseCalc Computer normally updates the RX SHUTDOWN and DATE/TIME field automatically for all conditions except during an ATWS. During an ATWS, a manual entry of RX Status and shutdown times may be required.

Concurrence of the shutdown reactor following an ATWS Condition will normally come from the Emergency Director or Shift Supervisor.

When this is done, move to the MET DATA area. 2.2 MET DATA AREA A HELP button is available to the User for an explanation of the area. The area is set to default to the 33' Met tower. If the 33' Met tower is unavailable, click on the field and change to the 162', BACKUP Met tower or to UNAVAILABLE.

This feature is critical when DOSECALC is connected to PDS. The HELP screens have the backup method for stability class determination should the MET tower be unavailable.

To enter Met data, click on the fields for wind speed and wind direction.

DOSECALC will select a stability class based on this data. Alternately, a stability class may also be entered manually.

However, if the entered stability class differs from the calculated stability class, a warning will come up on the area notifying the User of the conflict.

NOTE When performing a dose calculation, if there is a change in wind speed, direction, or stability class, an alarm will sound. To acknowledge alarm, click on silence. To remove alarm box from screen, press OK. After completing this area, move the cursor to the RELEASE DATA area.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10s0112.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DOSECALC INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION 2.3 RELEASE DATA/MONITOR DATA SCREEN OR WINDOWS A HELP button is available for the User for an explanation of the area. The release duration field will default to two hours but may be changed by the User by clicking on the field. The User may select Release to present, future release, or user defined for release duration.

If RLS to present is selected, the program will automatically calculate the Release to present based upon release start time. The User must enter numbers for the Future Release and the User Defined.

To select the effluent monitoring data for the release, click on the appropriate button. When the user presses the title button for an area, it turns blue to indicate the values and User selections in that area are to be used during projection calculations.

2.3.1 PROCESS MONITOR DATA AREA This area offers selection of the GGNS effluent monitors as follows: GE MON-LR SPING-LR CH5 SPING-MR CH7 AXM-HR CH3 AXM-MR CH4 These monitors apply for the GGNS release points which are as follows: CNTMT VENT TURB BLDG VENT FUEL HNDLG VENT RW BLDG VENT STAND BY GAS A (except GE MON) STAND BY GAS B (except GE MON) The Help screen for this window has the complete list of ERFIS computer points of each of these monitor/release points. The Flow Rate field for each release point may have either the default or PDS value set in the field, but this may be changed by User override.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\IO\lDsOll2.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DOSECALC INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION 2.3.1 PROCESS MONITOR DATA AREA (Cont.) Click on the appropriate monitor button and it will change to red to indicate that the monitor is selected.

Click on the field and enter a monitor reading, if necessary.

Multiple release points may be selected, but multiple monitors on the same release point may not be selected.

Click on the desired release point and the button will turn red to indicate it has been selected.

Use of SBGT A or SBGT B monitor release point indicates that SBGT is operational/functional and that the effluent is filtered at 99.825% efficiency for Iodines.

Once these selections are made, click on DONE. A trend of a selected channel may be reviewed by double-clicking on the right mouse button of the selected channel.

NOTE Containment monitors can also be used if process monitors are offscale or inoperable.

2.3.2 CONTAINMENT DATA AREA A dose projection may be performed using the Containment Area Monitors.

A HELP screen is available to the User. Click on the monitor to be used and then click on the field and enter the monitor reading. Design leakage is default entered in the CTMT LEAK RATE field. The User may select a leak rate by clicking on the Leak Rate Button. To calculate a leakage rate, the User must enter area and pressure for the release point. A YES or NO answer must be selected for MIX FILTERED (default is YES). A "YES" will reduce iodine fraction by 99.825%. Once those selections are made, click on Done.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\IO\I0s0112.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DOSECALC INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION 2.3.3 FIELD DATA AREA a. This area is used for dose projections based on field monitoring team data. A HELP screen is available to the Users. b. Click on the white FIELD DATA button in the RELEASE DATA area. c. Click on FIELD MAP button. d. After clicking the FIELD MAP button, an EPZ map will appear. Use the scroll bars to move to location of sample. Click on the sample location with the left mouse button. A sample data box will appear. The location of the sample is automatically entered.

e. A YES or NO answer is required to be selected for MIX FILTERED (default is YES). A "YES" will reduce iodine fraction by 99.825%.

NOTE "YES" will be selected if the release point is through Standby Gas Treatment.

If the release is from an unmonitored source, then the answer is "NO". f. Click on the method to be used. If AIR SAMPLE RESULT is chosen by clicking on the button, the User may enter the results of a spectral analysis of a field monitoring team sample. Click twice on the AIR SAMPLE RESULT field and a screen for the air sample results in pCi/cc will pop up. Alternately, a gross pCi/cc may entered.

g. After entering results, click OK. The sample results will be displayed on the map in a red box. h. Click on the right mouse button anywhere in the map to return to main screen. i. Click on the FIELD DATA button to highlight the box (the box should turn blue). Click on DONE when complete.

2.4 RELEASE DATA AREA (Additional Features)

An option to use the results of an effluent sample is also provided in this area. Click on the NUCLIDE MIX DATA field and a window will pop up for entry of the spectral data. A help screen is available in this window. Click on DONE when completed.

The "TIME TO NEXT DOSE CALCULATION" feature is displayed in this area. Dose calculations are performed every 60 seconds unless the User clicks on HOLD to delay the next dose calculation or on IMMEDIATE to begin the next dose calculation.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0112.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DOSECALC INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION 2.5 DOSE DATA, PLUME DATA, AND PATHWAY DATA AREA These areas provide the results of the DOSECALC calculation.

interaction with the User (the fields are yellow).There is no Doses are provided in terms of total projected dose from the time of the current projection through the estimated release duration.

NOTE When dose calculations are performed, if projections exceed SRAO trigger points or GE limits, an alarm will sound. To acknowledge alarm, click on silence. To remove alarm box from screen, click on OK.2.6 PRINT/PREVIEW Click on the Preview ENF button, to preview the Emergency Notification Form. The following data is automatically entered: DATE/TIME REACTOR SHUTDOWN DATE/TIME MET DATA (except for precipitation)

RELEASE INFORMATION After the form has been reviewed, click on print in the menu bar. To exit ENF Preview, click on EXIT in the menu bar. To print the dose calculation data, click on the PRINT DATA button. The ENF and the raw data will have corresponding serial numbers in the upper right corner of printouts.

NOTE The automatic calculation will freeze during the ENF preview. To resume calculations, press the RESUME button. To recall ENF or data sheets, click on the RECALL DATA button. The last ten calculations are stored. Click on the appropriate data to retrieve.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\lO\I0s01l2.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION SRAO TRIGGER POINTS RPM/REM shall notify the State Radiological Assessment Officer (SRAO) when any of the following occurs: "* Plant conditions exists that indicate possible, potential, or actual Gaseous Radiological release from GGNS >1 mR at Site Boundary.

"* Change in wind direction that would shift projected plume centerline into another sector "* Change of +/- 5 mph in wind speed "* Any change of stability class "* Any change in emergency classification

"* Change (increase or decrease) of source term/radiological release rate that would result in the following projected doses at the site boundary TEDE CDE Thyroid 1000 mrem 5000 mrem 2000 mrem 10000 mrem 3000 mrem 15000 mrem 4000 mrem 20000 mrem 5000 mrem 25000 mrem above these levels, change of +/- 20% SRAO telephone numbers are in the EMERGENCY TELEPHONE BOOK J:\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\I0s0112.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE PLANT OPERATIONS MANUAL 10-S-01-14 Volume 10 Section 01 Revision:

21 Date: 2/8/01 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE EMERGENCY RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING SAFETY RELATED Prepared:

Reviewed:

Concurred:

PSRC: Approved: M er, erations I t General M anager/ E c a Manager , lEmergency Preparedness List of Effective Pages: Pages 1-6 List of TCNs Revision 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Incorporated:

TCN None None None None None None None None None None None None None None None 1 None None None None None None\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\IOSO114.doc h 50.59 REVIEW PRE-SCREENING IPage ° Ioj Facility:

Grand Gulf i. SIGNATURES Preparer:

4 " Richard Sumrall " ' ( Signature Name (print) Date Signature Name (print) Date II. OVERVIEW Document Evaluated: (Include document number, revision, and title) 10-S-01-14 Revision 21, Emergency Radiological Monitoring III. PRE-SCREENING Check the applicable boxes below. If any of the boxes are checked, neither a Screening nor a 50.59 Evaluation is necessary.

Provide supporting documentation or references as appropriate.

[ The change is editorial as defined in either Section 5.3.4 _j.or Section 5.4.1.1 of this procedure. (Insert item # from Section 5.3.4 or Section 5.4.1.1).

Provide document change request to the appropriate department, if required.

E] The change is a substitute part per Section 5.4.1.2.

El The change will be controlled in its entirety under 1OCFR50.54 instead of IOCFR50.59 per Section 5.4.1.3 of this procedure.

El An approved, valid Screening or 50.59 Evaluation covering all aspects of the change already exists per Section 5.4.1.4. Reference 50.59 Evaluation

1. or attach documentation.

Verify the previous Screening or 50.59 Evaluation remains valid. [ The proposed change, in its entirety, has been approved by the NRC per Section 5.4.1.5.

Reference:

GNRI 2000/00093 El The change is being made to conform to the SAR per Sections 5.4.1.6.

BASIS: Health Physicist is identified in table 5-1 of GNRI 2000/00093 as performing onsite surveys. "Operational" is defined in GNRI 2000/00093.

Liquid and vegetation sampling process clarified that a survey after collection of the sample is appropriate.

Brief Description of the Proposed Change: Implements NRC pre-approved augmentation requirements of GNRI 2000/00093 by changing responsibility for onsite surveys to On-shift HP from HP Supervisor.

Corrects use of 'activated' and 'operational' to xeflect new definitions.

Clarifies process for vegetation and liquid sample collection.

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Radiological Monitoring EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE No.: 10-S-01-14 Revision:

21 Page: i Periodic Review Required:

If Yes, list frequency:

2 Year (/) YES () NO If No, refer to Attachment XIX of 01-S-02-3 for a list of procedure review methods and fill in the appropriate letter(s) below; if "Other," specify method.Method(s) of Review Cro0 discipline review required:

(3," YES ( ) NO Reviewed by: Tech Reviewer's Initials ______Does this directive contain Tech Spec, TRM, ODCM, or PCP Triggers? ( ) YES (X ) NO\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\1O\10S 2 114.doc Initijals I GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Radiological No.: 10-S-01-14 Revision:

21 Page: ii Monitoring I REQUIREMENTS CROSS-REFERENCE LIST lRequirement Implemented by Directive Directive Paragraph Number Name Paragraph Number That Implements Requirement GGNS Emer Plan 7.6.3.SI 6.1.4 GGNS Emer Plan 7.6.4.S4.a,b,&

c

• Covered by directive as a whole or by various paragraphs of the directive.

Current Revision Statement Revision 21: "* Implements NRC approved augmentation requirements.

"* Clarifies liquid and vegetation sampling requirements.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0114.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Radiological Monitoring L No.: 10-S-01-14 I Revision 21 1 Emergency Plan Evaluation EVALUATION OF EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROCEDURE Procedure Number: 10-S-01-14 Procedure Name: Emergency Radiological Monitoring Revision / TCN Number: Revision 21 Does the procedure Revision / TCN require an Emergency Plan change? ( ) Yes (X) No NOTE: IF YES, THIS PROCEDURE CANNOT BE ISSUED UNTIL THE EMERGENCY PLAN IS CHANGED / REVISED.

Reason for "NO" response:

This procedure revision implements the changes made to the GGNS Emergency Plan in Revision 44 and clarifies and corrects information in the procedure.

Prepared:

Approved:

/- Z l Manager, Erergency Preparedness GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Radiological No.: 10-S-01-14 Revision:

21 Page: 1 Monitoring I TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1.0 Purposes and Discussion 2 2.0 Responsibilities 2 3.0 References 2 4.0 Attachments 3 5.0 Definitions 3 6.0 Details 4 6.1 Survey Documentation/Sample Handling and Labeling 4-5 6.2 Plume Dose Rate Surveys (Immersion dose and Cloud Shine dose) 5 6.3 Airborne Radioactivity Surveys (Immersion dose and Thyroid dose) 5-6 6.4 Contamination Smear Surveys (Deposition) 6 6.5 Vegetation Sampling (Plume Depletion/Deposition) 6 6.6 Liquid Sample Collection 6 6.7 Soil Sample Collection 6 6.8 Reports and Records 6\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10O0114.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Radiological No.: 10-S-01-14 Revision:

21 Page: 2 1 ~Monitoring III -__1.0 PURPOSE AND DISCUSSION 1.1 Purpose 1.1.1 To provide guidance for onsite and offsite emergency radiological surveys.

1.2 Discussion 1.2.1 Radiological surveys are performed during an emergency for the following purposes:

a. Support Emergency Response Teams b. Evaluate and verify onsite and offsite radiological conditions 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 Radiation Protection Manager -Ensures implementation of this procedure upon notification by the Emergency Director.

2.2 On-Shift Health Physicist

-Is responsible for ensuring that required onsite radiological surveys are performed before Operations Support Center activation.

2.3 Health Physics Coordinator

-Is responsible for ensuring that onsite radiological surveys are performed upon activation of the OSC. 2.4 EOF Plume Tracker -Is responsible for forming and dispatching the Offsite Radiological Monitoring Teams and giving specific guidance as needed. (The HP Coordinator assumes this responsibility if the EOF is not operational.)

2.5 Offsite Monitoring Team Monitor -Is responsible for performing radiological monitoring, outside of the protected area, in accordance with this procedure.

2.6 Radiation Emergency Manager -Assumes the responsibility for offsite environmental sampling and radiological assessment monitoring once the Emergency Operations Facility is operational.

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 GGNS Emergency Plan 3.2 Administrative Procedure 01-S-08-2, Exposure and Contamination Control 3.3 Radiation Protection Procedure 08-S-02-50, Radiological Surveys and Surveillances 3.4 Emergency Plan Procedure 10-S-01-17, Emergency Personnel Exposure Control 3.5 Radiation Protection Procedure 08-S-01-70, Health Physics Instrumentation J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\1IS0114.doc Title: Emergency Radiological No.: 10-S-01-14 Revision:

21 Page: 3 Monitoring I 4.0 ATTACHMENTS 4.1 None 5.0 DEFINITIONS 5.1 Downwind -An area located beyond a fixed point in the same direction the wind is blowing. The area usually covers three sectors; one sector on either side of the sector containing the projected plume centerline. (When plume centerline is on a sector line, four sectors are to be used until the three sector criteria can be identified.)

NOTE "* Atmospheric and geographical conditions may cause the plume width to vary from one, to six sectors.

"* Variations in plume concentration and predicted location are more likely to occur as distance from the point of release increases.

5.2 Offsite -As used for plume tracking purposes, all areas beyond the site boundary.

5.3 Emergency Dosimetry

-TLD and High and Accident range dosimeters, or TLD and EAD. 5.4 RPM -Radiation Protection Manager 5.5 REM -Radiation Emergency Manager 5.6 EOF -Emergency Operations Facility 5.7 OMT -Offsite Monitoring Team 5.8 OMK -Offsite Monitoring Kit 5.9 OSC -Operations Support Center 5.10 TLD -Thermoluminescent Dosimetry 5.11 High Range Dosimeter

-> IR but < 10OR 5.12 Accident Range Dosimeter

-> 10OR 5.13 Onsite -For the purposes of this procedure, onsite is considered to be all areas external to the power block and within the site boundary.

5.14 TSC -Technical Support Center 5.15 ALARA -As Low As Reasonably Achievable 5.16 EAD -Electronic Alarming Dosimeter 5.17 Sample Containers

-Are containers such as ziploc bags, water sample bottles, plastic bags or other devices used to collect samples such as smears, air samples, water, vegetation, and dirt.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0114.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Radiological No.: 10-S-01-14 Revision:

21 Page 4 6.0 DETAILS NOTE

• All surveys, samples, analysis, and radiological access control will be performed IAW GGNS Radiation Control procedures.

The following exceptions are in effect during a declared emergency:

= Beta dose rate surveys may be performed using GM tube instruments

=> Count rate meters may be used in areas in which the background exceeds 300 CPM. SAir sample volumes other than 30 ft 3 may be used for quantitative analysis.

Air samples volumes of at least 10 ft 3 are preferred.

All personnel will exercise ALARA at all times. All samples must be handled in a manner that minimizes personnel radiation exposure

• Radiological monitoring teams must maintain radio contact with the EOF/OSC (as appropriate).

If radio communication is unavailable, contact should be made via telephone.

Offsite location can be determined using the sector signs that are placed in the 5 mile EPZ, together with the OMT map, as follows: On the sector line Inside the sector at 1.5 miles from GGNS 1.5 miles from GGNS 6.1 Survey Documentation/Sample Handling and Labeling 6.1.1 All samples must be handled in an ALARA manner and must be: a. Placed in a sample container.

b. Tagged as radioactive (if appropriate).

c. In the custody of, or controlled by, a person trained to handle the samples.

6.1.2 All sample containers should be labeled or marked with the following sample information:

DATE: Start/Stop (as applicable)

TIME: Start/Stop (as applicable)

LOCATION OF SAMPLE SAMPLER #(as applicable) 6.1.3 Record survey or sample information on the Radiological Monitoring Log(EPP 14-01) and report data to the EOF/OSC as appropriate.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\1OSO114.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Radiological Monitoring EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE No.: 10-S-01-14 Revision:

21 Page: 5 6.1.4 All samples should normally be returned to the EOF/OSC for later analysis if required.

The GGNS Chemistry Department has isotopic analysis capability available for onsite and offsite samples. In addition, the Department of Energy and/or the Mississippi State Department of Health mobile laboratories may be used to assist in the analysis of environmental samples. Assistance from these facilities or others may be used at the discretion of the Radiation Emergency Manager.

Plume Dose Rate Surveys (Immersion dose and Cloud Shine dose) 6.2.1 Obtain survey instrument appropriate for the radiological conditions expected (normally a beta-gamma capable dose rate meter). 6.2.2 Verify that it is zeroed and has a current calibration sticker.

6.2.3 Perform response check of instrument with a radioactive source. 6.2.4 Set instrument on the LOWEST scale and traverse the area to be surveyed.

6.2.5 Record the highest closed-window gamma reading found on the Radiological Monitoring Log (EPP 14-01). 6.2.6 Report data (in mR/hr) to EOF Plume Tracker, OSC HP Coordinator, as appropriate.

Airborne Radioactivity Surveys (Immersion dose and Thyroid dose) 6.3.1 Obtain Hi-Vol air sampler.

6.3.2 Verify that it has a current calibration sticker.

6.3.3 Install a iodine sample cartridge and a particulate filter into the Hi-Vol sample head. Place tape over the filter paper (particulate side) of the head. 6.3.4 Insert Hi-Vol head onto the air sampler until the rubber o ring on the head is seated onto the air sampler.

6.3.5 Place Air Sampler on a platform; i.e., white bucket, and place at desired sample location.

6.3.6 Set the timer for the appropriate time (in minutes).

6.3.7 Remove tape, then turn on the air sampler.

6.3.8 Ensure that the flow rate does not exceed 2 CFM.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECH_PUB\REVISION\I0\IOSO114.doc 6.2 6.3 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Radiological No.: 10-S-01-14 lRevision:

21 Page: 6on r 1Monitoring I I 6.3.9 Count the air sample filter paper and cartridge using a count-rate meter and record the data on the Radiological Monitoring Log (EPP 14-01). When counting the air sample filter paper and cartridge, ensure they are counted separately from each other. 6.3.10 Report the data (in net cpm(cpm -bkgd cpm)) as appropriate.

6.3.11 To determine radioiodine concentration from the air sample, use the equation on the Radiological Monitoring Log (EPP 14-01). 6.4 Contamination Smear Surveys (Deposition) 6.4.1 Take 16" "S" smears of the surface to be surveyed.

6.4.2 Obtain a count rate meter and verify that it has a current calibration sticker.

6.4.3 Hold the probe for the count rate meter approximately 4-- inch above the smear to obtain total counts. 6.5 Vegetation Sampling (Plume Depletion/Deposition) 6.5.1 Collect small pieces of leafy vegetation from the area to be sampled. Grass clippers are provided in the OMK for this purpose.

6.5.2 Place the pieces in a poly bag and obtain a contact dose rate or count rate of the sample (through the bag). 6.5.3 Hold the probe for the count rate meter 1/4 -1/2 inch above the bag to obain total counts. 6.6 Liquid Sample Collection 6.6.1 Determine the liquid water source to be sampled. Liquid collection containers are provided in the OMK for sampling.

6.6.2 If the sample is from a natural source, submerge the container and fill it to the neck. Place the top on the container, wipe the container off and seal it with duct tape. 6.6.3 If the sample is not from a natural source, try to obtain the sample from the point of entry into the environment.

Fill the container to the neck. Place the top on the container and seal it with duct tape. I 6.6.4 Hold the probe for the count rate meter 1/4 -1/2 inch above the container to obain total counts. 6.7 Soil Sample Collection 6.7.1 Collect approximately 1 liter of soil and place in an appropriate container.

6.8 Reports and Records 6.8.1 Forms and paperwork generated by this procedure during emergencies must be submitted to the Manager, Emergency Preparedness to be filed as a Quality Assurance Record.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0114.doc PLANT OPERATIONS MANUAL Volume 10 Section 01 10-S-01-17 Revision:

14 Date:2/8/01 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE EMERGENCY PERSONNEL EXPOSURE CONTROL SAFETY RELATED Prepared:

0 Reviewed:

TY 6 t T~chni cai U Concurred:

Manage Oe tions PSRC: Approved:

Aprve:Pl4_t)ene--ral Managr anaer Em rgeny Preparedness List of Effective Pages: Pages 1-8 Attachments I List of TCNs Incorporated:

Revision TCN 0-9 None 10 None 11 None 12 None 13 None 14 None J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S011 7.doc Title: Emergency Personnel No.: 10-S-01-17 Revision:

14 Safety Exposure Control Evaluation Facility:

GRAND GULF I. SIGNATURES Richard Van Den Akker January 8, 2001 ,jignature

,1401,I 1,,, .II. OVERVIEW Document Evaluated: (Include document number, revision, and title) Emergency Plan procedure 10-S-01-17, Emergency Personnel Exposure Control Brief Description of the Proposed Change: Change Shift Superintendent to Shift Manager to comply with FSAR section 13.1.2.3.4.

and clarify dosimeter issue instructions.

III. PRE-SCREENING Check the applicable boxes below. If any of the boxes are checked, neither a Screening nor a 50.59 Evaluation is necessary.

Provide supporting documentation or references as appropriate.

The change is editorial as defined in either Section 5.3.4 J or Section 5.4.1.1 of this procedure. (Insert item # from Section 5.3.4 or Section 5.4.1.1).

Provide document change request to the appropriate department, if required.

L The change is a substitute part per Section 5.4.1.2.

ZI The change will be controlled in its entirety under 10CFR50.54 instead of 10CFR50.59 per Section 5.4.1.3 of this procedure.

[] An approved, valid Screening or 50.59 Evaluation covering all aspects of the change already exists per Section 5.4.1.4. Reference 50.59 Evaluation

1. or attach documentation.

Verify the previous Screening or 50.59 Evaluation remains valid. El The proposed change, in its entirety, has been approved by the NRC per Section 5.4.1.5.

Reference:

The change is being made to conform to the SAR per Sections 5.4.1.6.'Preparer:-I.a I1, I EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Personnel Exposure Control EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE No.: 10-S-01-17 Revision:

14 Safety Evaluation BASIS: (Discuss how the activity meets the Pre-Screening criteria.)

This procedure revision changes the titles for Shift Superintendent to Shift Manager to comply with Section 13.1.2.3.4 of the FSAR and rewords the instructions for for issuing dosimeters without changing the process, sequence or intent of the origional instructions.

Title: Emergency Personnel No.: 10-S-01-17 Revision:

14 Page i: I -.-Exposure ControlII II Periodic Review Required: (X) YES ( ) NO If Yes, list frequency:

2 Year If No, refer to Attachment XIX of 01-S-02-3 for a list of procedure review methods and fill in the appropriate letter(s) below; if "Other," specify method. Method(s) of Review IOCFR50.59 Review Required: Q0 Yes -If Yes, attach 50.59 Review. No -Not required per section (enter Section 6.3.2(b) or 6.3.2(c) of procedure 01-S-02-3)

Cross-discipline review required:

() YES (A NO Tech Reviewer's Initials_Reviewed by: Does this directive contain Tech Spec Triggers?

() YES (A NO J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0117.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Personnel No.: 10-S-01-17 Revision:

14 Page: ii Exposure Control I I REQUIREMENTS CROSS-REFERENCE LIST lRequirement Implemented by Directive Directive Paragraph Number Name Paragraph Number That Implements Requirement GGNS Emergency Plan 6.7.1.S4.b.sl 6.0 Table 1 GGNS Emergency Plan 6.7.1.$4.a 6.7.1

• Covered by directive as a whole or by various paragraphs of the directive.

NOTE The Component Data Base Change Request statement is applicable only to Volume 06 and 07 maintenance directives.

Component Data Base Change Request generated and the backup documerttation available for setpoint and/or calibration data only 0 Yes E N/A CDBCR # Current Revision Statement Revision 14 "* Changes Shift Superintendent to Shift Manager.

"* Clarifies instructions for issuing dosimeters.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\lOSO117.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Personnel Exposure No.: 10-S-01-17 Revision 14 Emergency Plan Evaluation Control EVALUATION OF EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROCEDURE Procedure Number: 10-S-01-17 Procedure Name: Emergency Personnel Exposure Control Revision / TCN Number: Revision 14 Does the procedure Revision / TCN require an Emergency Plan change? ( ) Yes (X) No NOTE: IF YES, THIS PROCEDURE CANNOT BE ISSUED UNTIL THE EMERGENCY PLAN IS CHANGED / REVISED.

Reason for "NO" response:

This procedure revision implements the changes made to the GGNS Emergency Plan in Revision 43 and clarifies and corrects information in the procedure.

Therefore, this revision does not change the GGNS Emergency Plan. Prepared:

07 Approved:

Manager, m y Preparedness EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Personnel No.: 10-S-01-17 Revision:

14 Page: 1 Exposure Control 1.0 PURPOSE AND DISCUSSION 1.1 This procedure provides guidelines for emergency exposure authorization, issuing dosimetry, and RWP access during emergencies.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 Emergency Director/Emergency Response Facility Coordinator

-Ensure that they and personnel under their direction are monitored per this procedure.

2.2 Radiation Emergency Manager -Is responsible for collecting all EOF dosimetry, ensuring that all EOF dosimetry is delivered to the Manager, Emergency Preparedness; and notifying the Health Physics Dosimetry section of which (if any) EOF personnel (including OMT personnel) may have received occupational radiation exposure.

2.3 Manager, Emergency Preparedness

-Is responsible for ensuring that EOF dosimetry is processed as soon as possible and that the results of the processing are hand-delivered to the GGNS Health Physics section.

2.4 GGNS Health Physics section -Is responsible for updating the exposure margins for all appropriate GGNS ERO personnel.

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 01-S-08-2, Exposure and Contamination Control 4.0 ATTACHMENTS 4.1 Attachment I -EOF TLD Locations 5.0 DEFINITIONS 5.1 EOF -Emergency Operations Facility 5.2 High Range Dosimeter

-> IR but < 10OR 5.3 Accident Range Dosimeter

- 10OR 5.4 Emergency Dosimetry

-TLD and High Range and Accident Range Dosimeters, or TLD and Electronic Alarming Dosimeter 5.5 Emergency Response Personnel

-GGNS and contractor personnel who are required to respond to an emergency and meet the necessary qualification requirements.

5.6 Emergency Support Personnel

-GGNS and contractor personnel who are required to respond to support Emergency Response Personnel and their actions during an emergency and have completed the minimum training requirements as per 01-S-04-21.

5.7 Emergency Personnel

-Emergency Response Personnel and Emergency Support Personnel 5.8 TSC -Technical Support Center 5.9 OSC -Operations Support Center J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S011 7.doc Title: Emergency Personnel No.: 10-S-01-17 Revision:

14 Page: 2 Exposure Control 5.10 TLD -Thermoluminescent Dosimetry 5.11 HP -Health Physicist 5.12 EAD -Electronic Alarming Dosimeter (normally called Dositec) 5.13 RWP -Radiation Work Permit 5.14 Electronic Dosimeter System -Computer system consisting of electronic dosimeters and dosimeter readers that is used for exposure monitoring at GGNS. 5.15 HIS-20 -Health Physics Information System Computer 5.16 CDE (Thyroid) (Committed Dose Equivalent)

-The radiation dose to the adult thyroid gland due to radioiodines over a fifty year period following inhalation or ingestion.

5.17 TEDE (Total Effective Dose Equivalent)

-Sum of the deep-dose equivalent (for external exposures) and the committed effective dose equivalent (for internal exposures).

5.18 EDE (Effective Dose Equivalent)

-The sum of the products of the dose equivalent (from sources external to the body) to each organ and a weighting factor, where the weighting factor is the ratio of the risk of mortality from delayed health effects arising from irradiation of a particular organ or tissue to the total risk of mortality from delayed health effects when the whole body is irradiated uniformly to the same dose. 5.19 CEDE (Committed Effective Dose Equivalent)

-The radiation dose to the whole body as a sum of the products of the dose equivalents to each organ and a weighting factor for each organ, due to radionuclides, over a fifty year period following inhalation or ingestion.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S011 7.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Personnel No 10-S-01-17 Revision:

14 Page: 3 Exposure Control 6.0 DETAILS EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE NOTE EMERGENCY DOSE MARGIN TRACKING FORMS (EPP 17-02) are used during emergencies.

The forms are completed by the individuals issuing dosimetry only if the Electronic Dosimeter System is not in service, not available, or being used in the power on -power off modes.* Initial Dose Margins for individuals designated as emergency workers must be obtained from Health Physics personnel located in the OSC. Maintaining dose margins current is the responsibility of each emergency facility issuing dosimetry.

• Only those persons in each emergency facility who are leaving that facility and are expected to receive a whole body exposure (above administrative limits) are issued emergency dosimetry.

Surveys or installed area radiation monitors in each facility provide adequate radiological controls for all persons remaining in that facility.

• Self-Reading dosimeters are read at the frequency specified in the Emergency RWP or at a frequency specified (if appropriate) by the: Radiation Protection Manager -TSC Radiation Emergency Manager -EOF OSC HP Coordinator

-OSC 6.1 Emergency Exposure Authorization TABLE 1 DOSE LIMITS FOR EMERGENCY WORKERS The following table represents those extensions of administrative exposure limits for which authorization, by the Emergency Director or Offsite Emergency Coordinator, shall be obtained prior to the exposure being received:\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\I0SO117.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Personnel No.: 10-S-01-17 Revision:

14 I Page: 4 Exposure Control 6.1.1 To exceed administrative limits, authorization for extensions must be approved per 01-S-08-2, Exposure and Contamination Control.

6.1.2 Each situation in which an individual may receive exposure in excess of Federal Limits must be evaluated with regard to the risk to the individual, protection of valuable property, or protection of other persons.

6.1.3 Those individuals requesting authorization should do so through the appropriate Emergency Response Facility Coordinator, if possible.

6.1.4 The Facility Coordinator presents the authorization request to the Emergency Director or the Offsite Emergency Coordinator.

6.1.5 The Emergency Director (ED) or Offsite Emergency Coordinator (OEC) considers each request on a case by case basis. "Blanket" authorizations are not to be considered.

6.1.6 The ED or OEC may either grant authorization or deny authorization (by verbal, facsimile, or written communication).

6.1.7 All authorization requests, approvals, and denials must be entered into the log of the person requesting the authorization and the person granting the authorization.

Log entry should include the appropriate information to support the authorization decision.

6.2 CONTROL ROOM ENVELOPE EXPOSURE CONTROL (Control Room, TSC, Secondary Alarm Station, upper I&C Shop) 6.2.1 The Shift Supervisor/Manager/Emergency Director is to ensure that personnel who are leaving the Control Room Envelope and are expected to receive a whole body exposure (above administrative limits) are wearing the proper emergency dosimetry.

6.2.2 The area radiation monitors or habitability surveys in the Control Room Envelope provide monitoring that may be used to determine habitability.

Individual issue of emergency dosimetry is not required unless: a. As specified in Step 6.2.1. b. Radiation levels exceed ARM setpoint.

6.3 OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER EXPOSURE CONTROL 6.3.1 The OSC Coordinator ensures that personnel leaving the OSC and are expected to receive a whole body exposure(above administrative limits) are wearing the proper emergency dosimetry and are using the Emergency RWP. The Health Physics Coordinator assumes the responsibility upon arrival.

6.3.2 Area surveys of the OSC are taken to document radiological conditions in the OSC. A Senior HP must evaluate the results of the surveys to determine habitability and the need for issuing Emergency Dosimetry to all OSC personnel.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\IO\IOS0117.doc GRAND ULF NULEAR SATIONeMEGNYPA RCDR Title: Emergency Personnel No: 10-S-01-17 IRevision:

1 ae IExposure Control I 6.3.3 The OSC Coordinator ensures that each person assigned to an emergency response team has a sufficient exposure margin to perform the work for that particular response team. This may be done using the HIS-20 terminal or the Daily Dose Margin Report, both of which are available in the OSC.6.3.4 Upon activation of the OSC, the on-shift Health Physics Supervision ensures that a sufficient number of Electronic Alarming Dosimeters (EADs) are taken from the HP Lab to the OSC. (A guideline for a sufficient number is approximately 40 EADs.) 6.3.5 Each person assigned to an emergency response team is issued a TLD and an EAD, or a TLD and a High Range Dosimeter and an Accident Range Dosimeter.

6.3.6 Use of the Emergency RWP is as follows: a. The Emergency RWP is used for emergency response team personnel who leave the OSC to perform work. b. The working copy of the Emergency RWP is posted on the wall in the OSC Command Center. (The master copy is in the HP Lab.) c. All personnel who report to the OSC and expect to be assigned to an emergency response team should log into the RWP upon arrival. Personnel who experience problems logging in, report to Radiation Protection personnel to determine appropriate action to allow the person to log in.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\IOSO117.doc NOTE The Daily Dose Margin Report should be in the OSC. This printout is generated by the HP section daily. The age of the data contained on the printout should not exceed 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> plus 25%.NOTE The Emergency RWP uses the Response Team Predispatch Requirements as a Pre-Job Brief. Each emergency response team leaving the OSC must complete a Response Team Predispatch Requirements Form.EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Personnel No.: I0-S-0-17i Revision:

14 Page: 6 Exposure Control I L 6.3.7 Activation of the Electronic Dosimeter System (EDS) is as follows: NOTE The normal use of the EDS requires the HIS-20 computer system to be operational and in communication with the EAD reader being used. a. EAD readers should be "on" and operating at all times. b. If the EAD readers are not operating in normal mode, use the ED Power program to manually set dose and dose rate alarm setpoints.

Setpoints should be set to the RWP setpoints unless determined otherwise by Radiation Protection personnel.

NOTE WHEN USING THE EAD READER TO "POWER ON" OR "POWER" OFF" AN EAD: " The cumulative dose alarm setpoint and the exposure rate setpoint may be set to values that are different than the corresponding setpoints in the Emergency RWP. " Dose margin should be verified in accordance with Step 6.3.3. 6.4 OFFSITE MONITORING TEAM (OMT) EXPOSURE CONTROL 6.4.1 Obtain dose margin for OMT members by contacting the OSC HP Coordinator or using HIS-20 (if available) and record on Emergency Dose Margin Form (EP Form EPP 17-02). A separate form is filled out for each OMT member. 6.4.2 Obtain dosimetry.

In the OSC, an EAD and TLD is issued. In the EOF the dosimetry is normally located in the Decontamination Shower area. 6.4.3 Select and assign a TLD (if in the EOF) and EAD, (or Low Range, High Range, and Accident Range dosimeters) for each OMT member leaving the facility to perform monitoring or transferring between the OSC and the EOF. Record TLD and dosimeter numbers on the Emergency Dose Margin Form. 6.4.4 Rezero all dosimeters.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0117.doc I I NOTE The OSC HP Coordinator/EOF Plume Tracker ensures that appropriate emergency dosimetry is issued to each OMT member and verifies that each member has sufficient exposure margin to perform the task required.EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Personnel No.: 10-S-01-17 Revision:

14 Page: 7 Exposure Control I- I- I 6.4.5 Record dosimeter readings in "dose in" block of the Emergency Dose Margin Form. 6.4.6 Record the date and time that the person actually left the facility.

6.4.7 Read dosimetry, and record the date, time, dosimeter out readings and update the person's exposure margin. Report all dosimeter readings to the Plume Tracker, if requested.

6.4.8 Repeat Steps 6.4.5 -6.4.7 as necessary or as directed by the Plume Tracker. TLD and dosimeter numbers need not be recorded for each entry except when there is a change of dosimetry or continuing data on a new Emergency Dose Margin Form. 6.4.9 Return the emergency dosimetry to the facility it was issued from, if possible.

6.5 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY EXPOSURE CONTROL NOTE Occupational exposure monitoring in the EOF is accomplished using posted TLDs distributed throughout the EOF, habitability surveys, and if necessary, individually issued pocket ion chamber dosimetry devices.

At the termination of the Emergency or discretion of the Radiatioon Emergency Manager (REM), the REM shall ensure that EOF posted TLDs, EOF Personnel Monitoring Logs(EOF), Emergency Dose Margin Forms and EOF Habitability Surveys are delivered directly to the Manager, Emergency Preparedness for processing as soon as possible. (EOF posted TLD locations are in Attachment I of this procedure.)

6.5.1 Upon reporting to the EOF and passing through Security, find (or record) your name and Social Security Number on the EOF Personnel Monitoring Log that is posted on the wall near the main entrance to the EOF. 6.5.2 Verify that your SSN is correct and record the date and time that you report for duty at the EOF under the IN column. 6.5.3 When leaving the EOF AT THE END OF YOUR DUTY, record the date and time that you are leaving under the OUT column. 6.5.4 The Offsite Emergency Coordinator ensures personnel leaving the EOF and are expected to receive whole body exposure are issued (at a minimum) a Low Range pocket ion chamber dosimetry device. The Radiation Emergency Manager assumes this responsibility upon arrival. This issuance is normally conducted by the EOF Habitability Specialist and documented by filling out an Emergency Dose Margin Form (EPP Form EPP 17-02) for each individual.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\IOSO117.doc Title: Emergency Personnel No.: 10-S-01-17 Revision:

14 Page: 8 1Exposure Control I I1-6.6 EMERGENCY OFFSITE ASSISTANCE PERSONNEL MONITORING (Entry into the Protected Area) 6.6.1 The following guidelines must be followed for issuance of Emergency Vehicle Dosimetry:

a. Normal Plant Operation (1) A Visitor's Key Card with a TLD attached is issued by the Security Island personnel.

The Visitor Key Cards are issued to personnel responding inside the protected area only. b. Declared Emergencies (Plant under an Emergency Classification)

(1) Visitor Key Cards are issued as stated in Step 6.6.1a. (2) The Security Island personnel must notify the OSC Coordinator (if manned) that an Offsite Emergency Vehicle is coming onsite. (3) The OSC Coordinator, through the Health Physics Coordinator, assigns an EAD to all offsite personnel responding (if necessary) using the ED Power program and the Emergency Dose Margin Tracking Form (EPP Form EPP 17-02). Pocket ion chambers may be issued if determined appropriate by the Health Physics Coordinator.

(4) When the emergency vehicle leaves the Protected Area, the TLDs attached to the issued key cards are removed from the cards and worn by all personnel throughout the emergency.

(5) After the incident is terminated, the HP escorting the emergency vehicle must collect the dosimetry worn, collect all issuance paperwork, and turn in the paperwork to the OSC HP Coordinator or the Health Physics Shift Supervisor.

6.7 EMERGENCY SUPPORT PERSONNEL EXPOSURE 6.7.1 Support personnel are restricted to GGNS limits and are furnished appropriate dosimetry.

In situations when it appears that administrative limits dose may be exceeded, these individuals are relieved of duties involving additional exposure to radiation.

6.8 RECORDS AND INFORMATION 6.8.1 Forms and paperwork generated by EMERGENCIES are retained for information, legal records of exposure, and event reconstruction, and are submitted to the Manager, Emergency Preparedness to be filed as a Quality Assurance Record.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\lOSOll 7.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY TLD LOCATIONS 2 STAIRS Num = TLD Location 1 F-1 F J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0117.doc

"-O 6 EOF Fdsking Area EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY TLD LOCATIONS Num = TLD Location CONFERENCE AREA EXIT J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\O0\1OSO117.doc EXIT PLANT OPERATIONS MANUAL 10-S-01-19 Volume 10 Section 01 Revision:

12 Date:2/8/01 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE PERSONNEL INJURY SAFETY RELATED Prepared:

Reviewed:

Concurred:

PSRC: Approved: ecn M n rerations Pl n General Manager Manager, Emergendy Preparedness List of Effective Pages: Pages 1-7 Attachments I-III List of TCNs Incorporated:

Revision 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 TCN None 1 None None None None None None None None None None None J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0119.doc Title: Personnel Injury No.: 10-S-Ol-19 Revision:

12 Safety Evaluation Fclty:- GRAND GULF I. SIGNATURES Preparer:

Richard Van Den Akker January 8, 2001 Signature Name (print) Date Reviewer:

I ri Date Signature Name (orint) Date I1. OVERVIEW Document Evaluated: (Include document number, revision, and title) Emergency Plan procedure 10-S-01-19, Personnel Injury, Rev. 12 Brief Description of the Proposed Change: Implement NRC approved Augmentation Guidelines, and change Shift Superintendent to Shift Manager to comply with FSAR II1. PRE-SCREENING Check the applicable boxes below. If any of the boxes are checked, neither a Screening nor a 50.59 Evaluation is necessary.

Provide supporting documentation or references as appropriate.

El The change is editorial as defined in either Section 5.3.4 __ or Section 5.4.1.1 of this procedure. (Insert item # from Section 5.3.4 or Section 5.4.1.1).

Provide document change request to the appropriate department, if required.

El The change is a substitute part per Section 5.4.1.2.

El The change will be controlled in its entirety under 1OCFR50.54 instead of 1OCFR50.59 per Section 5.4.1.3 of this procedure.

El An approved, valid Screening or 50.59 Evaluation covering all aspects of the change already exists per Section 5.4.1.4. Reference 50.59 Evaluation

1. or attach documentation.

Verify the previous Screening or 50.59 Evaluation remains valid. The proposed change, in its entirety, has been approved by the NRC per Section 5.4.1.5.

Reference:

GNRI 2000/00093 (See basis below) The change is being made to conform to the SAR per Sections 5.4.1.6.'EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Personnel Injury No.: 10-S-0l-19 Revision:

12 Safety Evaluation .BASIS: (Discuss how the activity meets the Pre-Screening crtera.) The proposed terminology change from 'activated' to 'operational' is a grammatical change necessary due to the augmentation changes by the NRC in the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission letter dated September 29, 2000,

Subject:

Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, Unit 1, Proposed Emergency Plan Table 5-1 Changes (TAC NO. MAll30) (GNRI -2000/00093) and the SAFETY EVALUATION BY THE OFFICE OF NUCLEAR REACTOR REGULATION RELATED TO EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PLAN CHANGES ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC., ET AL. GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION, UNIT 1 DOCKET #50-416, The NRC concluded that the proposed Emergency Plan changes (Rev 44 of the Emergency Plan) were acceptable in that the changes met the planning standards of 10 CFR 50.47 (b) and the requirements of Appendix E of 10 CFR Part 50. In addition to the above change this procedure revision changes the title for Shift Superintendent to Shift Manager to comply with Section 13.1.2.3.4 of the FSAR. Since the changes in this procedure are just an implementation of an NRC approved Emergency Plan Change and an existing FSAR requirement neither a Screening or a 50.59 Evaluation is necessary.

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATI( Title: Personnel Injury)N EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE I No.: 10-S-01-19 I Revision:

12 1 Emergency Plan Evaluation EVALUATION OF EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROCEDURE Procedure Number: Procedure Name: Revision / TCN Number: 10-S-01-19 Personnel Injury Revision 12 Does the procedure Revision / TCN require an Emergency Plan change?( ) Yes (X) No NOTE:IF YES, THIS PROCEDURE CANNOT BE ISSUED UNTIL THE EMERGENCY PLAN IS CHANGED / REVISED.

Reason for "NO" response:

This procedure revision implements changes made to the GGNS Emergency Plan in Revision 44 and clarifies and corrects information in the procedure.

Therefore, this revision does not change the GGNS Emergency Plan./-2.? -Z)Prepared:

Approved: Manager, Emergency Preparedness I

Title: Personnel Injury No.: 10-S-01-19 Revision:

12 Page: i Periodic Review Required:

If Yes, list frequency:

Year y YES ( ) NO If No, refer to Attachment XIX of 01-S-02-3 for a list of procedure review methods and fill in the appropriate letter(s) below; if "Other," specify method. Method(s) of Review 1OCFR50.59 Review Required: Cr ss-discipline review required:

YES ( ) NO Yes -If Yes, attach 50.59 Review. No -Not required per section (enter Section 6.3.2(b) or 6.3.2(c) of procedure 01-S-02-3)

Tech Reviewer's Initials Reviewed by: osc,> oorc Irna+Dy--90, rtio L~ecJ A flT~tf D irecbr P~ 1'or -Does this directive contain Tech Spec Triggers?

()YES V NO J:\ADMSRVS\TECH-PUB\REVISION\10\10S0119.doc T EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Personnel Injury EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE No.: 1 0-S-01-19 Revision:

12 Page: ii I REQUIREMENTS CROSS-REFERENCE LIST lRequirement Implemented by Directive IDirective Paragraph Number Name Paragraph Number That Implements Requirement GGNS Emer Plan 6.7.3.SI,$2

& 6.7.4.S5 6.3.1 (Note) and 6.4.1 10CFR 50 72(b) (2) (v) 6.1.2c (Caution)

• Covered by directive as a whole or by various paragraphs of the directive.

NOTE The Component Data Base Change Request statement is applicable only to Volume 06 and 07 maintenance directives.

Component Data Base Change Request generated and the backup documentation available for setpoint and/or calibration data only 0 Yes K N/A CDBCR # Current Revision Statement:

Revision 12: "* Implements NRC approved augmentation requirements.

"* Change Shift Superintendent title to Shift Manager.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0119.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Personnel Injury No.: 10-S-01-19 Revision:

12 Page: 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1.0 PURPOSE AND DISCUSSION 2 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2

3.0 REFERENCES

3 4.0 ATTACHMENTS 3 5.0 DEFINITIONS 3 6.0 DETAILS 3 6.1 Reporting of Injuries 3 6.2 Immediate Actions 4 6.3 Ambulance Transport 5 6.4 Offsite Medical Facilities 6 6.5 Hospital Preparation to Receive Patients 7 J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0119.doc Title: Personnel Injury I No.: 10-S-01-19 Revision:

12 1 Page: 2 1.0 PURPOSE AND DISCUSSION 1.1 Purpose 1.1.1 To provide guidance on response to, reporting of, and transfer of injured personnel under the following conditions:

a. Injured person requiring transport to an offsite medical care facility b. Any injuries discovered during an emergency classification 1.2 Discussion 1.2.1 By agreement between Entergy Operations, Inc. and the primary and backup medical care facilities, personnel at the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station sustaining injuries from ionizing radiation or injuries complicated by radiation exposure or radioactive contamination are to be provided care and treatment at those facilities.

An individual whose clothing, skin and/or wounds are contaminated with radioactive material may present a radiation hazard to attending personnel in the absence of adequate procedures to prevent the spread of the contaminant, or control the radiation exposure in the event of radioactive shrapnel wound. Since radiation injuries are not immediately life-threatening, primary attention should always be directed to traumatic life threatening injuries.

After such treatment is rendered, the patient should be decontaminated.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 The Radiation Control Superintendent

-Is responsible for the implementation of the First Aid Program at GGNS. 2.2 The Health Physics Supervisor

-Is responsible for the administration and management of the First Aid Program including:

2.2.1 The assignment of an EMT to each Health Physics shift. 2.2.2 Maintenance of first aid supplies and medical emergency response equipment.

2.2.3 Transportation of injured personnel to the hospital and contamination control measures as necessary.

2.3 All GGNS personnel

-Are to immediately report observed serious injuries to the Control Room. Personnel within the Protected Area requiring minor first aid are to report to Health Physics for medical treatment.

2.4 The OSC Coordinator

-Is responsible for organizing and dispatching of First Aid Teams per EPP 10-S-01-29 when the OSC is operational.

2.5 The Emergency Director -Is responsible for notifying the Information Specialist regarding worker injuries during a declared emergency.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\10S0119.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Personnel Injury INo.: 10-S-01-l9 Revision:

12 Page: 3

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 First Aid, 01-S-08-17 4.0 ATTACHMENTS 4.1 Attachment I -Transport Routes to Claiborne County Hospital 4.2 Attachment II -Transport Routes to Vicksburg Medical Center 4.3 Attachment III -Transport Routes to Parkview Regional Medical Center 5.0 DEFINITIONS 5.1 OSC -Operations Support Center 5.2 TSC -Technical Support Center 5.3 HPC -Health Physics Coordinator 5.4 REA -Radiation Emergency Area 6.0 DETAILS 6.1 Reporting of Injuries 6.1.1 Any individual finding an injured person who requires major medical assistance is to immediately notify the Control Room by the quickest available means. a. The following information should be provided to the Control Room: (1) Name and location of the injured person (2) Extent of injuries (3) Name of the caller NOTE Maintain communications with the Control Room until all reported information is properly acknowledged.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10SO119.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ITitle: Personnel Injury No.: 10-S-°0-19 Revision:

12 Page: 4 I 6.1.2 The Control Room is to perform the following actions: a. Immediately notify the Health Physics (HP) Lab. b. Consider notifying Plant Personnel of the event via the PA System, requesting unnecessary personnel stay clear of the area. c. Notify the OSC if activated and provide the applicable information about the location of the worker and extent of injuries, if known. d. Notify the Emergency Director in the TSC (if operational).

CAUTION If a contaminated injured person is transported to an offsite medical facility, the NRC shall be notified within four hours, in accordance with 01-S-06-5.

6.2 Immediate Actions 6.2.1 Upon receiving notification of a medical emergency the Health Physics Supervisor or OSC Health Physics Coordinator must: a. Dispatch a First Aid Team to the scene of the medical emergency.

The First Aid personnel should be equipped with the following:

(1) First Aid trauma kit (2) Portable radio (3) Radiological survey instruments and personnel protective equipment (i.e., respiratory protection devices, PCs) suitable for the hazards at the location and the nature of the event which caused the injury (i.e., fire, explosion).

b. Establish and maintain communications with the First Aid Team and provide periodic briefings to the Control Room or TSC. 6.2.2 First Aid personnel are to perform the following actions at the scene of the medical emergency:

a. Determine the injured person's physical condition and extent of injuries.

b. Administer first aid necessary to sustain life and to stabilize the injured worker. c. Move the injured person to a safe location if life threatening radiological or physical hazards are present.

d. If the injury occurred in a radiologically posted area, perform a contamination survey of the injured worker and read the worker's dosimetry.

J:\ADM SRVS\TECH-PUB\REVISION\10\IOSO119.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ITitle: Personnel Injury INo.: 10-S-01-19 lRevision:

12 1Page: 5 6.2.2 (Cont.) e. Provide the following information to the Health Physics Supervisor or OSC HP Coordinator:

(1) Name and location of the injured person. (2) Extent of injuries and treatment being administered.

(3) Personnel contamination survey and dosimeter results for the injured worker. (4) The need for an ambulance or other assistance.

NOTE Health Physics (OSC HP Coordinator) must notify the Control Room and provide the above information.

f. Prepare the injured worker for transfer to the hospital.

g. Health Physics personnel at the scene of the medical emergency must perform radiological surveys as necessary to protect team members and support personnel.

6.3 Ambulance Transport NOTE The transport of injured persons is normally provided by the regional ambulance service. If the regional ambulance service is unavailable, the injured person should be transported in company owned or private vehicle.

6.3.1 The Control Room must notify Security if an Onsite or an Offsite ambulance is requested and must specify the patient pickup point. a. The Security Coordinator must ensure that Offsite ambulance crews are issued dosimetry at the entrance to the Protected Area. b. Health Physics personnel at the scene of the medical emergency must ensure that Offsite ambulance crew members are properly wearing the appropriate dosimetry and protective clothing for entry into radiologically controlled areas.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\IOS0119.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Personnel Injury No: 10-S-0119 lRevision:

12 Page: 6 6.3.2 The Shift Manager should notify the On-Call Duty Manager and inform him of the transportation of an injured contaminated worker to the hospital.

6.3.3 The HP Supervisor/Shift Lead HP (OSC HP Coordinator) receiving the initial information must notify th hospital and provide the following information as soon as possible.a. Name of injured worker(s)

b. Extent of injuries c. Contamination levels on injured worker(s), if applicable

d. Expected arrival time at hospital, if known. NOTE The hospital must receive this information as soon as possible in order to make the necessary preparations for the emergency treatment of the worker. The hospital phone numbers are listed in the Emergency Telephone Book. 6.3.4 GGNS personnel should perform the following enroute to the hospital:

a. Perform a detailed contamination survey of the injured worker if the injury occurred in a Radiologically Controlled Area. NOTE " A frisker is normally maintained in the Onsite Ambulance. " Surveys may be limited or impractical due to the extent of injuries received by the worker. 6.4 Offsite Medical Facilities 6.4.1 The Health Physics Supervisor/Shift Lead HP (OSC HP Coordinator) is responsible for determining which medical facility to use. Facilities available for use include: a. Claiborne County Hospital b. Vicksburg Medical Center c. Parkview Medical Center 6.4.2 Attachment I, II and III are used to determine transportation routes to the medical facilities.

J:\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10O0119.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION I Title: Personnel Injury No.: 10-S-01-19 Revision:

121 Page: 7 6.4.3 Process for selecting hospital facilities during non-radiological emergencies is: a. Non-contaminated, non-life threatening:

Parkview Medical Center, Vicksburg Medical Center, or Claiborne County Hospital.

Street Clinic in Vicksburg is recommended where applicable.

b. Non-contaminated, life threatening

-transport to Claiborne County Hospital.

c. Plant Safety and EMT personnel may also authorize hospital locations during non-radiological emergencies using the guidelines above. 6.4.4 Contaminated personnel with minor or major injuries should be transported to one of the medical facilities identified in 6.4.1. 6.4.5 Patients must be delivered to hospital facilities as follows: a. All injured workers who are not contaminated should be transported directly to the hospital Emergency Room. b. Contaminated personnel should be transported to the hospital Radiation Emergency Area. 6.4.6 When a contaminated injured worker is transported to the hospital, GGNS personnel at the hospital should provide the following support, if available:

a. Provide the physician with all available information concerning the accident and the contamination hazards present, upon request.

b. Assist the hospital staff, if possible.

c. Coordinate the collection and disposal of contaminated waste materials.

d. Collect Offsite ambulance crew dosimetry and perform contamination survey of ambulance.

Arrange for decontamination, if necessary.

6.5 Hospital Preparation to Receive Patients 6.5.1 The hospital room REA (Radiation Emergency Area) is normally set up by hospital personnel before the arrival of the patient.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0119.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DIRECTIONS TO CLAIBORNE COUNTY HOSPITAL II Port iGibson)Chamberlain Hunt Academy HWY 462 HWY 18 Claiborne County Hospital McComb Ave NATCHEZ TRACE J:\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0119.doc GGNS Q-4 r-lf Road mwnwmnmmwý EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE 9 Revision:

12 Lt II Page I of 1 DIRECTIONS TO VICKSBURG MEDICAL CENTER e Rd.GGNS f Grar J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\IOSO119-doc Ferry Rd.

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DIRECTIONS TO PARKVIEW NEDICAL CENTER Parkview Me' Frontage Rd. Center Clay Street/Hwy 27 (EXIT 4B) GG7NS S)II Grand Gulf Road -HVWY 462 J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0119.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE dical PLANT OPERATIONS MANUAL Volume 10 Section 01 Prepared:

Reviewed:

Concurred:

PSRC: Approved: 10-S-01-22 Revision:

6 Date: 2/8/01 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE RECOVERY SAFETY RELATED Sp e r a t A r a t i o n s PNn9~eneral Manager Manager, Foergency Preparedness List of Effective Pages: Pages 1-8 Attachments I List of TCNs Incorporated:

Revision TCN 1-5 None 6 None J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0122.doc IEntergy 1 50.59 REVIEW PRE-SCREENING I PageI' 1 of I Facility:

Grand Gulf I. SIGNATURES Preparer:

I 104 Richard Sumrall 1/9/01 Signature Name (print) Date IReviewerJ 7 VDf1e-5 %--Signature Name (print) Date I1. OVERVIEW Document Evaluated: (Include document number, revision, and title) 10-S-01-22 Revision 6, Recovery Brief Description of the Proposed Change: Editorial changes of titles, corrects use of 'activation' and 'operational'.

II1. PRE-SCREENING Check the applicable boxes below. If any of the boxes are checked, neither a Screening nor a 50.59 Evaluation is necessary.

Provide supporting documentation or references as appropriate.

The change is editorial as defined in either Section 5.3.4 D or Section 5.4.1.1 of this procedure. (Insert item # from Section 5.3.4 or Section 5.4.1.1).

Provide document change request to the appropriate department, if required.

El The change is a substitute part per Section 5.4.1.2.

El The change will be controlled in its entirety under 1OCFR50.54 instead of 1OCFR50.59 per Section 5.4.1.3 of this procedure.

0l An approved, valid Screening or 50.59 Evaluation covering all aspects of the change already exists per Section 5.4.1.4. Reference 50.59 Evaluation

1. or attach documentation.

Verify the previous Screening or 50.59 Evaluation remains valid. [ The proposed change, in its entirety, has been approved by the NRC per Section 5.4.1.5.

Reference:

-

GNRI 2000/00093

-The change is being made to conform to the SAR per Sections 5.4.1.6.

BASIS: (Discuss how the activity meets the Pre-Screening criteria.)

Corrects use of 'activation' and 'operational' to correspond to the definitions as pre-approved by the NRC in GNRI 2000/00093.

Editorial change to update title of Maintenance Work Order to Maintenance Action Item to reflect EOI standardization efforts. Editorial changes to update title of Shift Manager, Site Vice President, and Emergency Response Organization.

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Recovery I No.: 10-S-01-22 I Revision 6 1 Emergency Plan Evaluation EVALUATION OF EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROCEDURE Procedure Number: 10-S-01-22 Procedure Name: Recovery Revision / TCN Number: Revision 6 Does the procedure Revision / TCN require an Emergency Plan change? ( ) Yes (X) No NOTE:IF YES, THIS PROCEDURE CANNOT BE ISSUED UNTIL THE EMERGENCY PLAN IS CHANGED / REVISED.

Reason for "NO" response:

This procedure revision implements the changes made to the GGNS Emergency Plan in Revision 44 and clarifies and corrects information in the procedure.

Prepared:

Z f/0 Approved:

2 r ..Manager, Erfiergency Preparedness ITitle: Recovery INo.: l0-S-01-22 Revison: 6 Page: i I Per idic Review Required:

(: YES ( ) NO If Yes, list frequency:

Z Y ear If No, refer to Attachment XIX of 01-S-02-3 for a list of procedure review methods and fill in the appropriate letter(s) below; if "Other," specify method.Method(s) of Review 1OCFR50.59 Review Required: Cross-discipline review reaired: ( ) YES (L-< NO (v4"Yes -If Yes, attach 50.59 Review. No -Not required per section (enter Section 6.3.2(b) or 6.3.2(c) of procedure 01-S-02-3)

Tech Reviewer's Initials Reviewed by: Does this directive contain Tech Spec Triggers? ( ) YES (/V NO J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0122.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Recovery No.: 10-S-01-22 IRevision:

6 1Page: i REQUIREMENTS CROSS-REFERENCE LIST SRequirement Implemented by Directive Name Paraqraph Number I Directive Paragraph Number That Implements Requirement 9.1.Sl 5.5.SI 5.5.S4 9.1.S2 9.3.SI 9.3.S13 9. 3.SlI 9.3.S14 9.3.S15, S16 9.3.S17, S18, 9.3.S5 6.1.1.S1, S2, 9.3.S6.a, b & 5.5.SI, S2, & 5.4.1.b S19, S20, S21, S22 & $3 c S5 1.2 6. 1. 2a 6. 3. 3a (3) 6.1.1 6.2.2 6.3.2 6.3.3 6.3. 2b 6.3.2a (1) 6.3.2b& (2)2.1.1 6.1.1.c (note) 6.2.3.S3 6.3.3.a, b, c & d* Covered by directive as a whole or by various paragraphs of the directive.

Component Data Base Change Request generated and the backup documentation available for setpoint and/or calibration data only U1 Yes 2 N/A CDBCR # Current Revision Statement Revision 6: "* Implements NRC approved augmentation requirements.

"* Updates title to reflect renewal.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0122.doc GGNS GGNS GGNS GGNS GGNS GGNS GGNS GGNS GGNS GGNS GGNS GGNS GGNS GGNS Tech Emerg Emerg Emerg Emerg Emerg Emerg Emerg Emerg Emerg Emerg Emerg Emerg Emerg Emerg Spec Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Recovery No.: i0-S-01-22 Revision:

6 Page: 1 1.0 PURPOSE AND DISCUSSION 1.1 Purpose To provide general guidance for the recovery phases of an emergency and the formation of a Recovery Organization.

1.2 Discussion The immediate actions in response to an emergency at GGNS are directed toward limiting the consequences of the incident in a manner that affords the maximum protection to plant personnel and the general public. 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 Offsite Emergency Coordinator/Emergency Director -Is responsible for: 2.1.1 Determining when the emergency situation is stable and entry into the recovery phase can be initiated.

2.1.2 Establishing a Recovery Organization to effectively place the plant in a safe operating condition.

2.1.3 Ensuring that all emergency response organizations and support organizations are notified of the termination of the emergency and initiation of the Recovery Organization.

2.2 Radiation Emergency Manager -Is responsible for developing a near-site environmental monitoring program to assess the offsite consequences of the emergency.

2.3 EOF Administrative Director -Is responsible for constructing a schedule for Recovery Organization and contacting the members 2.4 Recovery Manager -Is responsible for Overall recovery activities and for implementing 10-S-1-23, Reentry, as necessary to support recovery operations.

2.5 Recovery Project Manager -Is responsible for overall engineering, construction, and procurement activities.

2.6 Recovery Project Engineer -Is responsible for engineering activities in support of the recovery operations.

2.7 Recovery Construction Manager -Is responsible for construction or plant modification in support of the recovery operations.

2.8 Recovery Administration Manager -Is responsible for overall administration and logistics in support of the recovery operations.

2.9 Recovery Licensing Manager -Is responsible for overall regulatory coordination and compliance.

2.10 Recovery Radiological Manager -Is responsible for health physics and radwaste activities in support of the recovery operations.

2.11 Recovery Operations Manager -Is responsible for coordination of plant operations on the support of the recovery operations.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S01 2 2.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Recovery No.: 10-S-01-2 Rvsion: 6 Page: 27 2.12 Recovery Public Relations Manager -Is responsible for coordination of public relations information related to the recovery operations.

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 GGNS Emergency Plan 3.2 NUREG 0654 3.3 Emergency Plan Procedure, 10-S-01-33, Emergency Operations Facility 3.4 Emergency Plan Procedure, 10-S-01-6, Notification of Offsite Agencies and Plant On-Call Personnel 3.5 Emergency Plan Procedure, 10-S-01-1, Activation of the Emergency Plan 3.6 Emergency Plan Procedure, 10-S-01-23, Reentry 3.7 Administrative Procedure, 01-S-08-2, Exposure and Contamination Control 4.0 ATTACHMENTS 4.1 Attachment I -Long Term Recovery Organization 5.0 DEFINITIONS 5.1 Recovery Actions -Those actions taken after the emergency to restore the plant to pre-emergency conditions 5.2 OEC -Offsite Emergency Coordinator 5.3 OSC -Operations Support Center 5.4 EOF -Emergency Operations Center 5.5 EPP -Emergency Plan Procedure 5.6 TSC -Technical Support Center 6.0 DETAILS 6.1 General Requirements NOTE The OEC is in charge of the recovery phase. If the EOF is not operational, the ED is in charge of the Recovery Phase. 6.1.1 Once the corrective and protective actions have established an effective control over the situation, the emergency response actions shift into the recovery phase during which all actions are planned and deliberate.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\IOSO1 2 2.doc ITitle: Recovery INo.: 10-S-01-22 Revision:

6 Page: 3 6.1.1 (Cont.) a. Radiation protection administrative requirements and controls should be implemented, including normal radiation exposure limits, RWPs, ALARA reviews and radiological postings per Reference 3.7 b. Maintenance activities should be performed in accordance with approved plant directives, including such control as Maintenance Action Items, equipment tag-out, and review of the planned work activity by the Shift Manager.

c. Operations activities should be performed in accordance with approved plant directives.

I I 6.1.2 Depending on the nature and severity of the emergency, the recovery phase may be: a. Completed by the Emergency Organization prior to termination of the emergency classification.

b. Establish a Recovery Organization if the recovery operations will be complicated or will extend over a relatively long period of time. c. Not necessary I J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0122.doc NOTE During initial response to an emergency a licensed Senior Reactor Operator may authorize the emergency suspension of some normal quality assurance procedures and administrative controls, license conditions, and Technical Specifications only if no action consistent with normal procedures that can provide adequate or equivalent protection is immediately apparent.

For plant recovery, this provision allowed per Reference 3.1, should not be authorized.

NOTE This procedure addresses actions to be taken after a major event. Portions of this procedure may be applied to recovery operations for any declared emergency (Unusual Event, Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency).

Personnel actions and responsibilities are dictated by procedure as each emergency facility is operational.

The Emergency Director should apply any portion of the recovery phase when the EOF is not operational.

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE I Title: Recovery I No.: 10-S-01-22 Revision:

6 1 Page: 4 6.2 Initiating Conditions 6.2.1 The transition to a recovery organization can only be effected after the plant conditions are stable and the probability of any adverse effect on the public or damage to the plant has been substantially reduced.

6.2.2 The nature and extent of the emergency will determine what recovery operations are required and the extent of the recovery organization that must be formed. 6.2.3 The Offsite Emergency Coordinator is to determine when recovery operations of the emergency can be initiated.

He provides guidance to the Emergency Director as appropriate.

The following conditions must be met before operations can begin: a. The plant must be in a controlled and stable condition.

b. The release of radioactive material to the environment must be controlled and must be below Emergency Actions Levels specified in EPP 10-S-01-1, Activation of the Emergency Plan. c. The radiation levels in all plant areas must be stable or decreasing.

6.3 Recovery 6.3.1 Event Termination

a. The Emergency Director and/or Offsite Emergency Coordinator if the EOF is operational, will determine the nature of the recovery operation based on plant conditions.

b. Obtain a copy of Emergency Director/Offsite Emergency Coordinator Close-Out Checklist Form (EPP 22-01) or similar, to evaluate a decision to terminate the existing emergency condition.

c. If necessary, a Recovery Organization will be established.

The Recovery Organization will be tailored to the specific needs of the recovery operations.

If it is determined a Recovery Operation is needed, an organization similar to the one shown in Attachment I will be formed.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\l0S0122.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE I Title: Recovery No.: 10-S-01-22 Revision:

6 1 Page: 5 : 6.3.1 (Cont.) d. Offsite organizations shall be notified that the onsite emergency operations will be terminated.

If a Recovery Organization is being established, this will be included in the notification.

e. Make the following announcement:

(1) "ATTENTION ALL PERSONNEL; ATTENTION ALL PERSONNEL:

SECURE FROM (USUAL EVENT, ALERT, SITE AREA EMERGENCY, GENERAL EMERGENCY).

RECOVERY ACTIVITIES ARE IN PROGRESS." (2) If localized problem areas remain (e.g., radiological hazard areas outside normally established CAA), announce their type and location and instruct personnel to stand clear of the area. (3) Repeat the above announcement(s) at least once. 6.3.2 Initial Objectives

a. The Offsite Emergency Coordinator or Recovery Organization should: (1) Perform a systematic investigation to determine the equipment that has been damaged (2) Isolate and tag-out components and systems as required to control or minimize hazards (3) Installation of radiation shielding (4) Construct radiological boundaries and postings (5) Decontaminate and cleanup, as required to place the plant in an acceptable long term condition

b. Once the initial objectives are completed and the area affected by the emergency has been defined, the following recovery program elements are implemented:

(1) Perform a detailed investigation of the accident causes and consequences, both to the plant and environment.

(2) Determine and initiate the necessary plant repairs, modification and procedural changes\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0122.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Recovery No.: 10-S-022 Revision:

6 jPage: 6 6.3.2b (Cont.) NOTE Repair work and approved modifications are carried out as authorized.

(3) Develop and perform (as necessary) test programs to confirm system operability.

(4) Conduct recovery operations with the normal operational radiation exposure limits as specified in Reference 3.7. (5) Significant releases of radioactive material to the environment during recovery are planned, controlled and evaluated in advance for radiological impact. Appropriate offsite organizations/agencies are informed of the scheduled release and estimated impact. (6) The Radiation Emergency Manager is to develop a near site environmental monitoring program to assess the offsite consequences of the emergency.

This program must be coordinated with the appropriate state and local agencies.

6.3.3 Recovery Organization

a. The OEC, with the approval of the Site Vice President (or designee), will develop and implement a recovery organization structure and staffing depending upon the nature of the emergency and the situation which exists after the emergency.

(1) The recovery organization will be manned using available onsite/offsite Emergency Response Organization Personnel and be capable of operating on a 24-hour basis. (2) The organization should be constructed to support the necessary recovery operations.

(3) Authority and responsibility of individuals who fill key positions in the recovery organization are the same as that held in the respective emergency organizations.

b. The EOF Administrative Director when directed by the OEC will construct a schedule and contact Recovery Organization members.

c. For Short term recovery operations, consider the following emergency organization changes: (1) Adjust emergency facility staffing as necessary to support recovery operations.

(2) Implement a 3-shift, 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> a day rotation for all emergency organization positions.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0122.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Recovery EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE No.: 10-S-01-22 Revision:

6 Page: 7 6.3.3 (Cont.) d. For long term recovery operations, the following emergency organization may be considered:

(1) Control Room -Designate Shift Manager as Emergency Director; supplement staffing as necessary to support recovery and communications (2) TSC -Deactivate; use available personnel to supplement staffing of EOF (3) OSC -Maintain operational status, consider relocating OSC operations to Health Physics Lab (4) EOF -Maintain operational status: adjust staffing to man the Recovery Organization

e. Upon arrival to the facility, the Recovery Organization objectives are: (1) Short Term Objectives (a) Maintain the plant in a stable condition (b) Establish additional assurance of plant stability by providing additional safety system capability (c) Maintain control of the release of radioactive material to the environment (d) Maintain control of personnel exposure (e) Maintain adequate communications with Federal, State, and Local Agencies (f) Maintain adequate capabilities for release of factual and timely information to the general public (g) Designate a member of the organization to calculate total population exposure (2) Long Term Objectives (a) Restore the plant to pre-emergency conditions (b) Dispose of all waste material generated during the emergency and recovery phases (c) Evaluate the cause of the emergency, the response to the emergency, and any potential effects of the emergency on future plant operations

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\IOSO1 2 2.doc I I I t Title: Recovery No.: 10-S-01-22 Revision:

6 Page: 8 6.3.3e (Cont.) (d) The Offsite Emergency Coordinator requests assistance from offsite agencies as necessary.

The following organizations may be contacted: (l) Arkansas Nuclear One, Waterford 3, and Riverbend (2) INPO (Emergency Resources Manual) (3) Department of Energy (Radiological Assistance Plan) (4) Other organizations as listed in the GGNS Emergency Telephone Book (e) The Site Vice President (or designee) must determine when the condition of the plant is such that the recovery phase may be terminated and the normal operating organization is established.

(1) The appropriate offsite agencies are notified when the recovery phase is terminated.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S01 2 2.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION LONG TERM RECOVERY ORGANIZATION RECOVERY RECOVERY RECOVERY RECOVERY RADIOLOGICAL LICENSING OPERATIONS PUBLIC MANAGER MANAGER MANAGER RELATIONS MANAGER-~II RECOVERY ADMINISTRATION MANAGER-I RECOVERY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\IOSO122.doc I RECOVERY PROJECT MANAGER I-I I RECOVERY PROJECT ENGINEER!EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE A PLANT OPERATIONS MANUAL Volume 10 Section 01 Prepared:

Reviewed:

Concurred:

PSRC: Approved: 10-S-01-23 Revision:

1 Date: 2/8/01 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE REENTRY ELATED Technic P Ma eX, Opfations P1 ntieneal:

Manager Manager, Eikrgency Preparedness List of Effective Pages: Pages 1-6 List of TCNs Incorporated:

Revision TCN 0 None 1 None J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\IOs0123.doc 50.59 REVIEW PRE-SCREENING Page Facility:

Grand Gulf I. SIGNATURES Preparer:

Richard Sumrall 1/9/01 Signature Name (print) Date Reviewer:

'-'g l-'12-c Signature Name (print) Date II. OVERVIEW Document Evaluated: (Include document number, revision, and title) 10-S-01-23 Revision 1, Reentry Brief Description of the Proposed Change: Updates titles of Shift Manager and Maintenance Action Item. III. PRE-SCREENING Check the applicable boxes below. If any of the boxes are checked, neither a Screening nor a 50.59 Evaluation is necessary.

Provide supporting documentation or references as appropriate.

[ The change is editorial as defined in either Section 5.3.4 D or Section 5.4.1.1 of this procedure. (Insert item # from Section 5.3.4 or Section 5.4.1.1).

Provide document change request to the appropriate department, if required.

!IE The change is a substitute part per Section 5.4.1.2.

L The change will be controlled in its entirety under 1 0CFR50.54 instead of 1 OCFR50.59 per Section 5.4.1.3 of this procedure.

El An approved, valid Screening or 50.59 Evaluation covering all aspects of the change already exists per Section 5.4.1.4. Reference 50.59 Evaluation

1. or attach documentation.

Verify the previous Screening or 50.59 Evaluation remains valid. El The proposed change, in its entirety, has been approved by the NRC per Section 5.4.1.5.

Reference:

L- The change is being made to conform to the SAR per Sections 5.4.1.6.

BASIS: (Discuss how the activity meets the Pre-Screening criteria.)

Updates title of Shift Manager to reflect the UFSAR, updates title of Maintenance Work Order to Maintenance

'Action Item to reflect EOI standardization efforts.

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATI( [Title: Reentry)N EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE No.: 10-S-01-23 I Revision 1 T Emergency Plan Evaluation EVALUATION OF EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROCEDURE Procedure Number: Procedure Name: Revision / TCN Number: 10-S-01-23 Reentry Revision 1 Does the procedure Revision / TCN require an Emergency Plan change?( ) Yes (X) No NOTE: IF YES, THIS PROCEDURE CANNOT BE ISSUED UNTIL THE EMERGENCY PLAN IS CHANGED / REVISED.

Reason for "NO" response:

This procedure revision implements the changes made to the GGNS Emergency Plan in Revision 43 and clarifies and corrects information, in the procedure.

Therefore, this revision does not change the GGNS Emergency Plan.Prepared:

Approved: Manager, Emergency Preparedness I t /V I ITitle: Reentry No.: l0-S-01-23 RIevision:

1 age: i Periodic Review Required: (X) YES If Yes, list frequency:

NO If No, refer to Attachment XIX of 01-S-02-3 for a list of procedure review methods and fill in the appropriate letter(s) below; if "Other," specify method.Method(s) of Review 1OCFR50.59 Review Required: ( ) Cross-discipline review required: ( ) YES (Pr NO Yes -If Yes, attach 50.59 Review. No -Not required per section (enter Section 6.3.2(b) or 6.3.2(c) of procedure 01-S-02-3)

Tech Reviewer's Initials Reviewed by: Does this directive contain Tech Spec Triggers? ( ) YES ($ NO J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\I0s0123.doc 2 Year EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Reentry I No.: 10-S-01-23 Revision:

1 Page: ii REQUIREMENTS CROSS-REFERENCE LIST lRequirement Implemented by Directive Directive Paragraph Number IName Paragraph Number That Implements Requirement Tech Spec 5.4.1.B

• GGNS Emer Plan 9.2.S3(A),(B),(C) 6.4.1a, b, c GGNS Emer Plan 9.2.S3(D) 6.3.1 GGNS Emer Plan 9.3.S8, S9 6.1.2a thru c GGNS Emer Plan 9.2.S4a, b, c & d 6.4.1, 6.2.5

• Covered by directive as a whole or by various paragraphs of the directive.

NOTE The Component Data Base Change Request statement is applicable only to Volume 06 and 07 maintenance directives.

Component Data Base Change Request generated and the backup documentation available for setpoint and/or calibration data only El Yes N/A CDBCR # Current Revision Statement Revision 1

• Changes title of Shift Superintendent to Shift Manager

• Changes Maintenance Work Orders to Maintenance Action Items J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\I0s0123.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ITitle: Reentry INo.: 10-S-01-23 IRevision:

1 1Page: 1 I 1.0 PURPOSE AND DISCUSSION 1.1 Purpose To provide general guidance for the reentry phase of an emergency.

1.2 Discussion The immediate actions in response to an emergency at GGNS are directed toward limiting the consequences of the incident in a manner that affords the maximum protection to plant personnel and the general public. 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 Emergency Director -Maintains overall responsibility for the operation and control of the plant. He shall direct the OSC Coordinator to develop those plans as appropriate and to implement the formulated plans. 2.2 Operations Support Center Coordinator

-Is responsible for using the guidelines of this procedure for the organization, control and operation of Reentry and Recovery Teams. He reports findings to Emergency Director.

2.3 Radiation Protection Manager -Is assisted by the Health Physics Coordinator in the OSC and is responsible for ensuring Reentry and Recovery Teams observe approved Health Physics procedures and radiation exposure limits. Ensures that the Emergency Director is informed of current radiological conditions.

2.4 OSC HP Coordinator

-Is responsible for providing Health Physics coverage for Reentry Team(s). He is responsible for directing on-site monitoring and decontamination.

He provides radiological protection information for Reentry Team(s). He reported all results to the OSC Coordinator.

2.5 Reentry Teams -Perform comprehensive radiological surveys of previously evacuated plant areas to perform assessments of damaged plant equipment.

2.6 Recovery Manager -Is responsible for Overall recovery activities and for implementing 10-S-1-23, Reentry, as necessary to support recovery operations.

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 GGNS Emergency Plan 3.2 NUREG 0654 3.3 Emergency Plan Procedure, 10-S-1-29, Operation Support Center Operations 3.4 Emergency Plan Procedure, 10-S-01-22, Recovery 3.5 Administrative Procedure, 01-S-08-2, Exposure and Contamination Control 3.6 Emergency Plant Procedure, 10-S-01-20, Administration of Potassium Iodide J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10s0123.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Reentry No.: 10-S-01-23 IRevision:

1 Page: 2 4.0 ATTACHMENTS None 5.0 DEFINITIONS 5.1 Recovery Actions -Those actions taken after the emergency to restore the plant to pre-emergency conditions.

5.2 ED -Emergency Director 5.3 OSC -Operations Support Center 5.4 EOF -Emergency Operations Facility 5.5 EPP -Emergency Plan Procedure 5.6 TSC -Technical Support Center 6.0 DETAILS 6.1 General Requirements 6.1.1 Once the corrective and protective actions have established an effective control over the situation, the emergency response actions shift into the recovery phase during which all actions are planned and deliberate.

a. Radiation protection administrative requirements and controls should be implemented, including normal radiation exposure limits, RWPs, ALARA reviews and radiological postings per Reference 3.5. b. Maintenance activities should be performed in accordance with approved plant directives, including such control as Maintenance Action Items, equipment tag-out, and review of the planner work activity by the Shift Manager.

c. Operations activities should be performed in accordance with approved plant directives.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\I0s0123.doc NOTE During initial response to an emergency a licensed Senior Reactor Operator may authorize the emergency suspension of some normal quality assurance procedures and administrative controls, license conditions, and Technical Specifications.

For plant recovery, this provision allowed per Reference 3.1, should not be authorized.

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Reentry No.: 10-S-01-23 I Revision:

1 I Page: 3 6.1.2 Depending on the nature and severity of the emergency, the recovery phase may be: a. Completed by the Emergency Organization prior to termination of the emergency classification.

b. Establish a Recovery Organization if the recovery operations will be complicated or will extend over a relatively long period of time. c. Not necessary NOTE This procedure addresses actions to be taken after a major event. Portions of this procedure may be applied to reentry operations for any declared emergency (Unusual Event, Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency).

Personnel actions and responsibilities are dictated by procedure as each emergency facility is activated.

6.2 Reentry Assessment 6.2.1 Reentry to affected areas of the plant which have been evacuated is to be planned and deliberate.

6.2.2 The reentry phase is not to be initiated until the initial corrective and protective actions have been taken to establish effective control over the emergency situation.

6.2.3 The OSC Coordinator must obtain the approval of the Emergency Director prior to sending the initial Reentry Team into the plant. 6.2.4 Utilize all available data including area and process monitor readings, survey data, and personnel observations to determine:

a. Which plant area(s) is affected.

b. The conditions in the area, such as personnel hazards, temperature, toxic environment, and equipment condition.

c. Whether or not there are personnel in the area(s) who need assistance.

d. The time scheduled, based on necessity, for reentry to commence.

6.2.5 Isolate and post areas determined to be unsafe or unnecessary to be reentered with appropriate warning signs and rope barriers.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\10s0123.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Reentry No.: 10-S-O RevisiO 1 Page: 4 6.3 Reentry Preparation 6.3.1 The OSC coordinator should assign appropriately trained personnel to each Reentry Team based upon the assigned tasks of the team: For example: a. An initial Reentry Team assigned to perform comprehensive radiological surveys of evacuated plant areas should be manned primarily by Health Physics qualified personnel.

b. A Reentry Team assigned to perform assessments of damaged plant equipment should be manned by personnel from the following sections as appropriate:

(1) Operations (2) Engineering (3) Maintenance (4) Health Physics c. A Reentry Team may also be assigned to perform both radiological surveillance and damage assessment functions.

6.3.2 The team members should complete an Emergency Exposure Authorization form in accordance with 01-S-08-2, Exposure and Contamination Control, if high radiation levels are expected.

6.3.3 For safety purposes, ensure that each reentry team is composed of at least two individuals.

6.3.4 Ensure that the OSC maintains a current status board on reentry team operations and that reentry personnel log out of the OSC prior to departing on assigned reentry activities.

6.4 Reentry into Radiological Affected Areas 6.4.1 The Health Physics Coordinator reviews the following prior to plant reentry a. Radiation surveillance data available from plant instrumentation and OSC Response Team survey information to determine plant areas potentially affected by abnormal levels of radiation or contamination

b. Radiation exposures of personnel assigned to participate in reentry operations and to determine need for additional personnel.

c. Adequacy of available survey instrumentation and equipment (type, range, number, calibration, etc.). d. Reentry team checklist, procedures, radiation areas, exposure limits, communication, shielding requirements and areas to be surveyed.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\IO\I0s01 2 3.doc Title: Reentry No.: 10-S-01-23 Revision:

1 Page: 5 I 6.4.2 Personnel selected for reentry teams should report to the OSC for their briefing.

6.4.3 Administer potassium iodine, as necessary, according to 10-S-01 20, Administration of Potassium Iodide, if high levels of radioactive iodine are encountered.

6.4.4 Direct reentry personnel to monitor radiation levels and take appropriate samples along reentry route. 6.4.5 Ensure that the reentry team leader maintains continuous communications with OSC, if possible, or otherwise at predetermined intervals to report progress of the reentry and observed conditions.

6.4.6 Coordinate the return of the reentry team to the control point. 6.4.7 Debrief team member at the OSC. Notify the ED/Recovery Manager of the status of the reentry team(s). Report the results and findings of the reentry to the Emergency Director/Recovery Manager.

6.4.8 Determine the need for additional reentries and, if required, for the initiation of recovery operations in accordance with 10-S-01 22, Recovery, if recovery operations are not already initiated.

6.5 Reentry into Environmentally or Structurally Affected Areas 6.5.1 When entering environmentally or structurally affected areas (i.e., steam leak, smoke, flooding, earthquake damage, toxic atmosphere, etc.), ensure that appropriate measures are taken for personnel safety, including the following:

a. Reduce the potential hazards to reentry personnel, if possible, by actions such as ventilation purge or the securing of systems.

b. Outfit personnel with appropriate emergency equipment, such as self-contained breathing apparatus, steam suits, flashlights, tow lines, specials tools and communication devices as required.

c. Test the equipment for operability prior to reentry.

d. Direct reentry personnel to withdraw to a predetermined "safe area" if severe unanticipated or unplanned conditions are encountered, pending further evaluation of the reentry effort. e. Ensure that the reentry team leader maintains continuous communications with the OSC, if possible, or otherwise at predetermined intervals to report progress of the reentry and observed conditions.

f. Coordinate the return of the reentry team to the control point.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\I0s0123.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION T itle: Reentry INo.: 10-S-0123 Revi sion: 1 Page: 6 6.5.1 (Cont.) g. Perform monitoring and decontamination in accordance with OSC Team Debriefing (EPP 29-05), if required.

h. Debrief team members at the OSC using OSC Team Debriefing Form (EPP 29-05), or similar. If radiological hazards were present, the OSC HP Coordinator should also conduct a debriefing in accordance with OSC Team Debriefing Form (EPP 29-05). 6.5.2 Notify the Emergency Director/Recovery Manager of the return of the Reentry team(s).

6.5.3 Report the results and findings of the reentry team to the Emergency Director/Recovery Manager.

6.5.4 Determine the need for additional reentries and for the initiation of recovery operations, if necessary.

7.0 FINAL CONDITIONS 7.1 Reentry Operations have been completed and all reentry teams members have been accounted for. 7.2 Debriefing of reentry teams members has been completed and documented.

7.3 Forms and paperwork generated by this procedure and emergencies are collected by the OSC Coordinator and forwarded to the Manager, Emergency Preparedness.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10s0123.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE PLANT OPERATIONS MANUAL Volume 10 Section 01 I0-S-01-26 Revision:

9 Date: 2/8/01 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE OFFSITE EMERGENCY RESPONSE SAFETY RELATED Prepared:

Reviewed:

Concurred:

PSRC: Approved: P it General Manager Manager, Esergensy p List of Effective Pages: Pages 1-4 Attachment I List of TCNs Incorporated:

Revision TCN 0 None 1 None 2 None 3 None 4 None 5 None 6 None 7 None 8 None 9 None\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S012 6.doc IEntrg 150.59 REVIEW PRE-SCREENING Iage I I Facility:

GRAND GULF 1. SIGNATURES Preparer:

Richard Surmall 1/10/01 Signature Name (print) Date Reviewer:

I , ./,l.A-DA v-e(.1 Signature Name (print) Date II. OVERVIEW Document Evaluated: (Include document number, revision, and title) 10-S-01-26 Revision 9, Offsite Emergency Response Brief Description of the Proposed Change: Changes titles of Shift Manager and Vicksburg Medical Center II1. PRE-SCREENING Check the applicable boxes below. If any of the boxes are checked, neither a Screening nor a 50.59 Evaluation is necessary.

Provide supporting documentation or references as appropriate.

Z The change is editorial as defined in either Section 5.3.4 A. D, H .or Section 5.4.1.1_ of this procedure. (Insert item #from Section 5.3.4 or Section 5.4.1.1).

Provide document change request to the appropriate department, if required.

LI The change is a substitute part per Section 5.4.1.2.

D] The change will be controlled in its entirety under 1 OCFR50.54 instead of 1 OCFR50.59 per Section 5.4.1.3 of this procedure.

"13 An approved, valid Screening or 50.59 Evaluation covering all aspects of the change already exists per Section 5.4.1.4. Reference 50.59 Evaluation

1. or attach documentation.

Verify the previous Screening or 50.59 Evaluation remains valid. El The proposed change, in its entirety, has been approved by the NRC per Section 5.4.1.5.

Reference:

13 The change is being made to conform to the SAR per Sections 5.4.1.6.

BASIS: (Discuss how the activity meets the Pre-Screening criteria.)

Editorial changes to the title for the Shift Manager and name change of a referenced hospital (Vicksburg Medical Center), grammatical change.

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE ITitle: Offsite Emergency Response I No.: 10-S-01-26 I Revision 9 -1Emergency Plan Evaluation EVALUATION OF EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROCEDURE Procedure Number: 10-S-01-26 Procedure Name: Offsite Emergency Reponse Revision / TCN Number: Revision 9 Does the procedure Revision / TCN require an Emergency Plan change? ( ) Yes (X) No NOTE: IF YES, THIS PROCEDURE CANNOT BE ISSUED UNTIL THE EMERGENCY PLAN IS CHANGED / REVISED.

Reason for "NO" response:

This procedure revision implements changes made to the GGNS Emergency Plan in Revision 43 and clarifies and corrects information in the procedure.

Therefore, this revision does not change the GGNS Emergency Plan. Prepared:

' I- Approved:

s " Manager, Emergency Preparedness GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Offsite Emergency No.: 10-S-01-26 Revision:

9 Page: i Response I Periodic Review Required:

If Yes, list frequency:

2 Year (X) YES ( ) NO If No, refer to Attachment XIX of 01-S-02-3 for a list of procedure review methods and fill in the appropriate letter(s) below; if "Other," specify method. Method(s) of Review 1OCFR50.59 Review Required:

('4 Yes -If Yes, attach 50.59 Review. No -Not required per section (enter Section 6.3.2(b) or 6.3.2(c) of procedure 01-S-02-3)

Cross-discipline review re ired: Tech Reviewer's Initials ( ) YES (ANO Reviewed by: Does this directive contain Tech Spec Triggers? ( ) YES (V/ NO\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0126.doc Title: Response Emergency No.: 10-S-01-26 Revision:

9 Page: ii REQUIREMENTS CROSS-REFERENCE LI ST SRequirement Implemented by Directive Directive Paragraph Number Name Paragraph Number That Implements Requirement FSAR 9B 2.1.7 6.5 Note 10CFR19.12 S2 *

• Covered by directive as a whole or by various paragraphs of the directive.

NOTE The Component Data Base Change Request statement is applicable only to Volume 06 and 07 maintenance directives.

Component Data Base Change Request generated and t e backup documentation available for setpoint and/or calibration data only El Yes RN/A CDBCR #Current Revision Statement Revision 9: 0 Changes Shift Superintendent title to Shift Manager J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0126.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION I Title: Refsite Emergency No.: i-S-01-°26 Revision:

9 jPagoe: 1 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 Provide instructions to Offsite Emergency Personnel who are requested to report to the site during a GGNS emergency.

1.2 Provide instructions for the control of emergency vehicles reporting to the site during a GGNS emergency.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 Manager, Emergency Preparedness

-Ensure that all emergency personnel are trained to respond to an emergency at GGNS in accordance with this procedure.

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 Administrative Procedure 01-S-04-21, Emergency Preparedness Training Program 3.2 Emergency Plan Procedure 10-S-01-17, Emergency Personnel Exposure Control 4.0 ATTACHMENTS 4.1 Visitor's 10CFR19 Indoctrination 5.0 DEFINITIONS 5.1 Emergency Personnel

-Emergency Response Personnel and Offsite Emergency Personnel.

5.2 OSC -Operations Support Center 5.3 EOF -Emergency Operations Facility 5.4 ESC -Energy Services Center 5.5 HP -Health Physicist 6.0 DETAILS 6.1 Personnel 6.1.1 All personnel requiring access to the protected area must proceed through Security Island and report to the OSC. If the OSC and Security Island are evacuated, personnel should report to the EOF. 6.1.2 EOF personnel are NOT REQUIRED to go to the OSC:\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S012 6.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Offsite Emergency No.: I0-S-01-26 Revision:

9 Page: 2 Response 6.2 Security Controlled Access 6.2.1 Security personnel control access to the Protected Area at the Security Island. In the event that Security Island is not habitable, the Security Coordinator should initiate other means of access control in accordance with Security procedures.

6.3 Protected Area Access Instructions 6.3.1 Report to the OSC as follows: a. Follow the directional arrows and instructions upon entry into the Protected Area (when they are displayed).

b. Proceed directly to the established entry point for the OSC. Entry is normally through the small door at the rear of the maintenance shop, unless otherwise authorized by the OSC Coordinator.

c. Adhere the FRISKING requirements as established.

d. OSC Coordinator may furnish additional instructions/

precautions or allow personnel to proceed directly to their work area. 6.4 Site Access 6.4.1 Persons who enter the GGNS Restricted Area to support an emergency response shall receive GGNS training commensurate with the radiological hazards they may encounter during performance of their duties. 6.4.2 The following agencies/personnel normally receive annual radiological training and are exempt from 6.4.1 (above) when on GGNS property during an emergency response:

a. MS Emergency Management Agency. b. MS Depth of Health c. Claiborne County Sheriff Dept. d. Port Gibson Police Dept. e. Claiborne County Fire Dept. f. Claiborne County Hospital g. Vicksburg Medical Center h. Parkview Medical Center\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0126.doc Title: Offsite Emergency No.: 10-S-01-26 Revision:

9 Page: 3 Response 6.4.2 (Cont.) i. Vicksburg Fire Department

j. Nuclear Regulatory Commission

k. Federal Emergency Management Agency 1. Department of Energy m. Environmental Protection Agency n. Stone and Webster o. Westinghouse

p. General Electric 6.4.3 Offsite personnel (including GGNS contractor personnel) who are not listed above, and those listed above who do not have radiological training, shall be provided a copy of Attachment I to read, sign, and return to the Radiation Emergency Manager or other designated individuals.

6.4.4 When on GGNS property, offsite personnel will be monitored, in a manner consistent with GGNS procedures, for radiological exposure commensurate with the expected hazards which they may encounter during performance of their duties. 6.5 OFFSITE EMERGENCY ASSISTANCE VEHICLES 6.5.1 Reporting

a. Once it has been determined that offsite assistance is required, the Shift Manager/Emergency Director informs the Central Alarm Station that outside assistance will be arriving.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECH-_PUB\REVISION\I0\10S0126.doc NOTE Authorization for vehicle entry into the protected area must be given in accordance with security Procedure.

Offsite emergency assistance vehicles are required to stop at Security Island prior to entering the protected area. The Claiborne County Fire Department will provide backup support for the onsite fire brigade when requested.

I I GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GA Ti UlF NUCiteA STATIOncy EMERGENCY--01

-2e i PN PROe Title: esponse Emergency No.: 10-S-01-26 ision: 9 Page: 4 6.5.1 (Cont.) b. Security Island personnel must notify the OSC (if activated) and the Control Room that an offsite emergency vehicle is coming on site. 6.5.2 Dosimetry

a. Visitors key cards with TLDs attached are issued by the Security Island personnel.

b. During a declared emergency, additional dosimetry is issued as necessary by the OSC personnel in accordance with Reference 3.2. c. All dosimetry is collected by the vehicle escort upon exiting the site, with the exception of ambulance crews transporting contaminated individuals.

This dosimetry is collected after patient transport is completed.

6.5.3 Escorts for Offsite Emergency Vehicles NOTE Security provides escorts for vehicles only. Individual personnel escorts may be necessary if emergency personnel will be away from the vehicle while it is onsite. a. The person escorting an offsite emergency vehicle is responsible for: (1) Directing the vehicle to and from the emergency location (2) Returning dosimetry to the OSC HP Coordinator for processing with the exception of ambulance crews transporting contaminated individuals.

This dosimetry is collected by the person accompanying the ambulance to the offsite medical facility after patient transport is complete.(3) Notifying Health offsite vehicles prior to exiting Physics (as necessary) to ensure and personnel are surveyed and deconned the site\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0126-doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE 10-S-01-26 Revision:

9 Attachment I Page 1 of 1 VISITOR'S lOCFR19 INDOCTRINATION

1. Inform your employer of previous or concurrent radiation exposure.

2. Obey stop work and evacuation orders of Health Physics personnel.

3. Obey all posted, verbal, and/or written Health Physics instructions; maintain contact with and follow directions of your escort. 4. Wear your TLD and/or Dosimeter on the upper front torso of your body, or as instructed by Health Physics personnel.

5. Utilize time, distance, and shielding whenever possible to keep dose ALARA. 6. For a known or possible radiological problem, notify Health Physics personnel promptly.

7. Know that you have the right to request your exposure records.

8. Be aware that radiation exposure has some health risk involved.

However, if your dose is kept within legal limits and guidelines, the risk is said to be acceptable.

9. Keep track of your radiation exposure status and avoid exceeding exposure guidelines.

10. Do not loiter in Radiologically Controlled Areas. 11. Do not smoke, eat, drink, or chew in Radiologically Controlled Areas. 12. Regulatory Guide 8.13 recommends limiting exposure to a pregnant woman to 500 mR for the entire gestation period. For a copy of this Regulatory Guide and the Entergy policy concerning exposure of fertile/pregnant woman, please ask a Dosimetry representative.

13. Obtain permission from Health Physics prior to entering any posted radiological area, other than a Radioactive Materials Area, Radioactive Materials Storage Area, or Radiation Area. 14. If you have had a medically administered radioisotope (tread mill test, thyroid test, GI tract scan, Barium cocktail, etc.) within the past three months, inform Dosimetry immediately.

15. Stop at the 93' elevation of the Control Building at the Health Physics Lab or at the Operations Support Center and sign in on an RWP prior to entering any Radiological Controlled Area. I have read, understand, and will comply with the above instructions/information.

I have had the opportunity to ask questions regarding this information, and if done, have received appropriate information regarding those questions.

/ Visitor Name/Signature Date / REM/OSC HP Coord. Initial Visitor SSN Organization

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0126.doc PLANT OPERATIONS MANUAL Volume 10 Section 01 10-S-01-28 Revision:

8 Date: 2/8/01 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE CONTROL OF DESIGNATED EMERGENCY VEHICLES SAFETY RELATED Prepared:

Reviewed:

Concurred:

PSRC: Approved: M a na Opera ions P ant eneral adnager Manager, Kmergency Preparedness List of Effective Pages: Pages 1-2 Attachment I List of TCNs Incorporated:

Revision TCN 0 None 1 None 2 None 3 None 4 None 5 None 6 None 7 None 8 None J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0128.DOC I Entergy 50.59 SCREENING IPage \ Iotzvh'IFacility:

GADGL 1. SIGNATURES Preparer:

A,,4 Richard Sumrall 1/10/01 Signature Name (print) Date Reviewer:

I " /..~ , D 0 / /f e2I( Signature Name (print) Date I1. OVERVIEW Document Evaluated: (Include document number, revision, and title) 1 0-S-01 -28 Revision 8, Control of Designated Emergency Vehicles Ill. 50.59 SCREENING TECHNICAL SPECIF Does the proposed Change represent a change to: Operating License FD []Technical Specifications NRC Orders (ANO only)F1 ICATION SCREENING Yes If yes, process a change per 1 OCFR50.90 and No obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change. Yes If yes, process a change per 1 OCFR50.90 and No obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change. Yes If yes, process a change per 1 OCFR50.90 and No obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the N/A Change.SAR SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to the facility or procedure which alters information, operation, function or ability to perform the function of a system, structure or component described in the SAR (site-specific documents)?

TS Bases section F] Yes If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

No UFSAR (including pending changes)TRM Li Yes Z No [L Yes Z No If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

Brief Description of the Proposed Change: Implements NRC pre-approved changes, relocates one Offsite Monitoring Kit, changes title of EP van to EP Explorer, modifies text to improve clarity.I I F-1 [][]

50.59 SCREENING I "M En t ,-I Page 1 lOf13 rf'4 Core Operating Limits Report Fire Hazards Analysis (Included in RBS' USAR)NRC SERs Does the proposed Change involve a test or experiment not described in the SAR? Does the proposed Change result in any potential impact to equipment or facilities utilized for Ventilated Storage Cask activities?

Q [] E FD E ED M] E]Yes No Yes No N/A Yes No Yes No Yes No N/A If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation. (See Section 5.1.19.) If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 72.48 Review.ADDITIONAL SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to: Quality Assurance Program Manual Emergency Plan Yes No Yes ZNo If yes, notify the quality department and ensure a 50.54 Evaluation is performed.

If yes, notify the emergency planning department and ensure a 50.54 Evaluation is performed.

BASIS and

REFERENCES:

I'vq-01 Corrects referenced title for the EP ,6w, and modifies text concerning Environmental truck to improve clarity without changing process. Both of these items would meet the Prescreening criteria.

This change also relocates an OMK to the Security Island. A keyword search of the online UFSAR, TechSpecs, and QAPM was conducted using the following keywords:

kit, offsite monitoring, emergency supplies, and OMK. Based on a review of the hits returned by these searches, this change does not represent a change to the SAR, TechSpecs or an Unreviewed Safety Question.I 5 50.59 SCREENING 1 Page I 1 IV. ENVIRONMENTAL EVALUATION APPLICABILITY REVIEW If any of the following questions is answered "YES", then an Environmental Evaluation must be performed.

Will the Change being evaluated:

YES NO D1 Z Disturb land that is beyond that initially disturbed during construction (i.e., new construction of buildings, creation or removal of ponds, or other terrestrial impact)? E] Z Increase thermal discharges to the river, lake or atmosphere?

LI [ Increase concentration or quantity of chemicals discharged to the atmosphere, ground water, or surface water? LI Z Increase quantity of chemicals to cooling lake or atmosphere through discharge canal or tower? LI [ Modify the design or operation of cooling tower that will change flow characteristics?

LI [ Install any new transmission lines leading offsite? LI [ Change the design or operation of the intake or discharge structures?

LI Z Discharges any chemicals new or different from that previously discharged?

LI Z Potentially cause a spill or unevaluated discharge that may effect neighboring soils, surface water or ground water? LI [ Involve burying or placement of any solid wastes in the site area that may effect runoff, surface water or ground water? E] Z Involve incineration or disposal of any potentially hazardous materials on the site? LI Z Result in a change to non-radiological effluents or licensed reactor power level? LI Z Potentially change the type or increase the amount of non-radiological air emissions from the site?

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Control of Designated No.: 10-S-01-28 Revision8 Emergency Plan Evaluation Emergency Vehicles -EVALUATION OF EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROCEDURE Procedure Number: Procedure Name: Revision / TCN Number: 10-S-01-28 Control of Designated Emergency Vehicles Revision 8 Does the procedure Revision / TCN require an Emergency Plan change?( ) Yes (X) No NOTE:IF YES, THIS PROCEDURE CANNOT BE ISSUED UNTIL THE EMERGENCY PLAN IS CHANGED / REVISED.

Reason for "NO" response:

This procedure revision implements changes made to the GGNS Emergency Plan in Revision 44 and clarifies and corrects information in the procedure.

Therefore, this revision does not change the GGNS Emergency Plan.I- 11-5k Manager, Endrgency Preparedness Prepared:

Approved:

Title: Control of Designated No.: 10-S-01-28 Revision:

8 Page: i Emergency Vehicles Per dic Review Required: (V YES If Yes, list frequency:) NO If No, refer to Attachment XIX of 01-S-02-3 for a list of procedure review methods and fill in the appropriate letter(s) below; if "Other," specify method.10CFR50.59 Review Required: Method(s) of Review Cro s-discipline review reguire4-r-ý Reviewed by: 2 4" a (i.-<Yes -If Yes, attach 50.59 Review. No -Not required per section (enter Section 6.3.2(b) or 6.3.2(c) of this procedure.

Tech Reviewer's Initials Does this directive contain Tech Spec Triggers? ( ) YES (V/NO J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0128.DOC Year GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Control of Designated No.: 10-S-01-28 Revision:

8 -Page: ii I Emergency Vehicles REQUIREMENTS CROSS-REFERENCE LIST SRequirement Implemented by Directive Directive Paragraph Number Name Paragraph Number That Implements Requirement GGNS Emergency Plan 7.6.4.S6 *

• Covered by directive as a whole or by various paragraphs of the directive.

NOTE The Component Data Base Change Request statement is applicable only to Volume 06 and 07 maintenance directives.

Component Data Base Change Request generated and t e backup documentation available for setpoint and/or calibration data only U3 Yes ON/A CDBCR # __Current Revision Statement Revision 8:

• Implements NRC approved augmentation requirements.

• Deletes two cross-references from RPTS list because they are not applicable/implemented via this procedure.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0128.DOC EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Control of Designated No.: 10-S-01-28 Revision:

8 jPage: 1Emergency Vehicles I I 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 To provide a means of ensuring the availability of company owned vehicles for use during an emergency.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 The Emergency Preparedness Manager -Is responsible for ensuring that keys for vehicles listed in Section 6.1 are available during an emergency at GGNS. 2.2 Section Superintendents

-Are responsible for maintaining company owned vehicles used for emergencies.

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 None 4.0 ATTACHMENTS 4.1 Attachment I -Emergency Vehicle Locations 5.0 DEFINITIONS 5.1 ESC -Energy Services Center 5.2 Emergency Vehicle -Any company owned vehicle available for use during an emergency 5.3 OMK -Offsite Monitoring Kit 5.4 EOF -Emergency Operations Facility 6.0 DETAILS 6.1 DESIGNATED EMERGENCY VEHICLES 6.1.1 The following company owned vehicles are available for emergencies:

a. Emergency Preparedness Vehicle -Normally located loading dock area use during in the EOF b. Training Van -Normally located at the rear of the ESC by the Training loading dock c. M&TE Van -Normally located at the rear of the ESC at the Cafeteria loading dock.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10s0128.doc.DOC EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION I Title: Control of Designated No.: 10-S-01-28 1 Revision:

8 Page: 2 Emergency Vehicles I I I 6.1.1 (Cont.) d. Environmental Truck -Normally parked in company cars' parking area (across from Security Island).

NOTE During an emergency the Emergency Director may authorize the use of other company owned vehicles or request the use of privately owned vehicles as necessary.

6.1.2 USE OF EMERGENCY VEHICLES a. Keys to all four emergency vehicles are located in: (1) The Emergency Vehicle key envelope (issued by Security Island personnel.)

(2) The three Offsite Monitoring Kits (OMKs) (a) One OMK located in Security Island. (b) One OMK located in the Emergency Preparedness Vehicle. (c) One OMK located in the Training van. (3) Key lockers in the OSC and EOF. b. If the Environmental truck is unavailable and on-site personnel need to reach the Emergency Vehicles located at the ESC: (1) Check out a company vehicle from the tool room, or (2) Request the use of a privately owned vehicle.

6.1.3 Refueling of Emergency Vehicles (in an Emergency)

a. Fuel cards are located in each Designated Emergency Vehicle.

b. Fuel the vehicle per the instructions at the fuel facility.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\lO\10s0128.DOC EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Emergency Vehicle Locations 1 -Turbine Building 2 -Auxiliary/Containment Building 3 -Control building 4 -Diesel Generators 5 -Cooling tower 6 -Warehouse 7 -Administration Building 8 -SSW Basin 9 -Energy Services Building 10 -Site Processing Facility 11 -Environmental Truck 12 -Training Van 13 -EP Vehicle 14 -M&TE Van J:\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\

10s0128.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE PLANT OPERATIONS MANUAL Volume 10 Section 01 10-S-01-29 Revision:

15 Date:2/8/01 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER (OSC) OPERATIONS SAFETY RELATED Prepared:

Reviewed:

Concurred PSRC:=_ -o ations M na er ios I P eieral-Manager Manager, Er~rgency Preparedness List of Effective Pages: Pages 1-13 Attachments I List of TCNs Incorporated:

Revision TCN 0-3 None 4 1 5 2 6 3 7 None 8 4 9 None 10 5 11 None 12 None 13 None 14 None 15 None\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10s0129.doc Approved:

'T GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Operations Support No.: 10-S-01-29 Revision:

15 Safety Center (OSC) Operations Evaluation Facility:

I GRAND GULF I. SIGNATURES Preparer: , Richard Sumrall I- -. a Signature Name (print) Date Reviewer:

[ (j .D/k'6CeC C vt 0- .-/-- u ` Signature Name (print) Date I1. OVERVIEW Document Evaluated: (Include document number, revision, and title) 10-S-01-29 Revision 15, Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations Brief Description of the Proposed Change: Implements NRC approved augmentation requirements, changes title of Shift Superintendent to Shift Manager, implements the policy identified in CR 2000-1314 CA5 to send an RP to the Control Room on initial emergency classification of Alert or higher. II1. 50.59 SCREENING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to: Operating License F-1 Yes If yes, process a change per 10CFR50.90 and [I No obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change. i Technical Specifications

[] Yes If yes, process a change per 1 OCFR50.90 and IEI No obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change. NRC Orders D Yes If yes, process a change per 10CFR50.90 and (ANO only) F-1 No obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the 19 N/A Change. SAR SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to the facility or procedure which alters information, operation, function or ability to perform the function of a system, structure or component described in the SAR (site specific documents)?

TS Bases section F] Yes If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

19 No UFSAR (including pending changes) RI Yes If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

[] No L:\EP\STAFF\rsumral\draft procedures\10-s-01-29r15.doc Title: Operations Support No.: 10-S-01-29 Revision:

15 Safety Center (OSC) Operations Evaluation TRM Core Operating Limits Report Fire Hazards Analysis (Included in RBS' USAR)NRC SERs D 19 F 0] FD 0 El El D] LI 0] LI 0] LI LI []Does the proposed Change involve a test or experiment not described in the SAR? Does the proposed Change result in any potential impact to equipment or facilities utilized for Ventilated Storage Cask activities? (ANO onlv)Yes No Yes No Yes No N/A Yes No Yes No Yes No N/A If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation. (See Section 5.1.19.) If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 72.48 Review.ADDITIONAL SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to: Quality Assurance Program Manual R Yes If yes, notify the quality department and ensure a 19 No 50.54 Evaluation is performed.

Emergency Plan [] Yes If yes, notify the emergency planning 19 No department and ensure a 50.54 Evaluation is performed.

BASIS: Performed key word search of online QAPM, UFSAR, and TechSpecs using the key words: superintendent, OSC, team, OSC Team, RP, Radiation Protection, health, and dispatch.

Based on review of the hits returned by these keyword searches, these changes do not result in a change to the TechSpecs or an Unreviewed Safety Question.L:\EP\STAFF\rsumral\draft procedures\10-s-01-29r15.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Operations Support No.: 10-S-01-29 Revision:

15 Safety Center (OSC) Operations Evaluation IV. ENVIRONMENTAL EVALUATION APPLICABILITY REVIEW If any of the following questions is answered "YES", then an Environmental Evaluation must be performed.

Will the Change being evaluated:

YES NO [ 9 Disturb land that is beyond that initially disturbed during construction (i.e., new construction of buildings, creation or removal of ponds, or other terrestrial impact)? [9 Increase thermal discharges to the river, lake or atmosphere?

N Increase concentration or quantity of chemicals discharged to the atmosphere, ground water, or surface water? LI 0 Increase quantity of chemicals to cooling lake or atmosphere through discharge canal or tower? L [ 9 Modify the design or operation of cooling tower that will change flow characteristics?

F] 0 Install any new transmission lines leading offsite? E] [0 Change the design or operation of the intake or discharge structures?

LI 0 Discharges any chemicals new or different from that previously discharged?

L [ 0 Potentially cause a spill or unevaluated discharge that may effect neighboring soils, surface water or ground water? L [ 9 Involve burying or placement of any solid wastes in the site area that may effect runoff, surface water or ground water? LI 0 Involve incineration or disposal of any potentially hazardous materials on the site? LI [ Result in a change to non-radiological effluents or licensed reactor power level? LI 0 Potentially change the type or increase the amount of non-radiological air emissions from the site?L:\EP\STAFF\rsumral\draft procedures\10-s-01-29r15.doc Title: Operations Support No.: 10-S-01-29 Revision:

15 Page: i I ~Center (OSC) 0 erations I117 Per: dic Review Required:

(& YES ( ) NO If Yes, list frequency:

If No, refer to Attachment XIX of 01-S-02-3 for a list of procedure review methods and fill in the appropriate letter(s) below; if "Other," specify method.IOCFR50.59 Review Required:

Method(s) of Review (1ýYes -If Yes, attach 50.59 Review. No -Not required per section (enter Section 6.3.2(b) or 6.3.2(c) of this procedure.

Cross-discipline review required: (L-KYES ()NO Reviewed by: Tech Reviewer's 1ials TSC ED Lead OSC Coordinator Lead OSC HP Coordinator Lead Does this directive contain Tech Spec Triggers? ( ) YES NO\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\I0s0129.doc 2.- Year GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Operations Support No.: 10-S-01-29 Revision:

15 Page: ii Center (OSC) Operations REQUIREMENTS CROSS-REFERENCE LIST Requirement Implemented by Directive I Directive Paragraph Number Name Paragraph Number I That Implements Requirement GGNS Emer Plan 7.3.2.S5 6.2.1.a(2), NOTE GGNS Emer Plan 7.5.3.b.S2 6.4.3.e GGNS Emer Plan 7.3.2.S6 6.1.1 GGNS Emer Plan 7.3.2.SI,S4 6.2.1 GNRO 97/00113 97-15-02-ITEM 2 6.3.2.a(5)

GNRO 97/00113 97-15-01-ITEM 1 6.3.2.a(4)

• Covered by directive as a whole or by various paragraphs of the directive.

NOTE The Component Data Base Change Request statement is applicable only to Volume 06 and 07 maintenance directives.

Component Data Base Change Request generated and the backup documentation available for setpoint and/or calibration data only 51 Yes -1 N/A CDBCR # Current Revision Statement Revision 15: "* Implements NRC approved augmentation requirements (GNRI 2000/00093).

"* Changes title of Shift Superintendent to Shift Manager to comply with the UFSAR Section 18.1.2.3.4. " Implements policy developed for CR 2000-1314 CA5 for dispatching RP directly to the Control Room upon initial classification of Alert or higher emergency. " Rewords Section 6.3.2 and 6.4.5 for clarity without modifying intent.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10s0129.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Operations Support Center (OSC) No.: 10-S-01-29 Revision:

15 Emergency Plan Evaluation OperationsI EVALUATION OF EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROCEDURE Procedure Number: Procedure Name: Revision / TCN Number: 10-S-01-29 Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations Revision 15 Does the procedure Revision / TCN require an Emergency Plan change?( ) Yes (X) No NOTE:IF YES, THIS PROCEDURE CANNOT BE ISSUED UNTIL THE EMERGENCY PLAN IS CHANGED / REVISED.

Reason for "NO" response:

This procedure revision implements the changes made to the GGNS Emergency Plan in Revision 44 and clarifies and corrects information in the procedure.

Therefore, this revision does not change the GGNS Emergency Plan.( o(ManageEmer/-

3Pr -o Manager, Emergency Preparedness Prepared:

Approved: EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Operations Support Center No.: 10-S-01-29 Revision:

15 I Page: 1 (OSC) Operations TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1.0 PURPOSE AND DISCUSSION 2 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2

3.0 REFERENCES

3 4.0 ATTACHMENTS 3 5.0 DEFINITIONS 3 6.0 DETAILS 4 6.1 OSC Activation 4 6.2 OSC Setup and Manning 4 6.3 OSC Operation 5 6.3.1 OSC Coordinator Activities 5 6.3.2 OSC HP Coordinator Activities 6 6.3.3 Habitability Surveys 6 6.3.4 Personnel Accountability and Control 7 6.3.5 Dispatch and Control of an Offsite Monitoring Team from the OSC 7 6.4 Emergency Response Teams 8 7.0 BACKUP OSC 11 8.0 RECORDS AND INFORMATION 13\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\I0s0129.doc Title: Operations Support Center No.: 10-S-01-29 IRevision:

15 Page: 2 (OSC) Operations I I 1.0 PURPOSE AND DISCUSSION 1.1 Purpose 1.1.1 To provide guidelines for the Operations Support Center, including facility activation, personnel responsibilities, staffing and coordination of emergency response teams. 1.2 Discussion 1.2.1 This procedure should be used by the OSC and Health Physics Coordinators to coordinate and control general OSC emergency operations.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES NOTE Emergency Response personnel who must leave their assigned location temporarily must inform their immediate superior of their location, destination, and estimated time of return. 2.1 Operations Support Center Coordinator

-Reports directly to the Emergency Director and is responsible for: 2.1.1 Coordinating OSC activities with the Technical Support Center Coordinator during an emergency.

2.1.2 Dispatching emergency response teams as directed by the Emergency Director.

a. Emergency Repair Team(s) b. First Aid Team(s) c. Search and Rescue Team(s) d. Mobilizing other required support personnel NOTE Ensure an individual is assigned to maintain Plant Status and OSC TEAM STATUS boards. 2.2 Health Physics Coordinator

-Reports directly to the Radiation Protection Manager and is responsible for: 2.2.1 Dispatching Onsite Monitoring Teams.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\I0s0129-doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION. EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Operations Support Center No.: 10-S-01-29 Revision:

15 I Page: 3 (OSC) Operations I I 2.2.2 Coordinating the activities of the Health Physics Personnel.

2.2.3 Providing radiological support to the Operations Support Center Coordinator.

2.2.4 Ensuring that Decon and First Aid stations are established as necessary.

2.2.5 Ensuring that radiological monitoring is performed in manned areas of the Plant during site evacuation.

2.3 OSC Communicator Reports to OSC Coordinator and provides communication with TSC, Control Room and EOF.

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 Administrative Procedure 01-S-08-2, Exposure and Contamination Control 3.2 Emergency Plan Procedure 10-S-01-11, Evacuation of Onsite Personnel 3.3 Emergency Plan Procedure 10-S-01-23, Reentry 3.4 Emergency Preparedness Procedure 10-S-02-3, Emergency Preparedness Form Control 4.0 ATTACHMENTS 4.1 Attachment I -OSC Setup Instructions NOTE Checklists are performance aids; they are intended to assist and aid ERO personnel in performance of their tasks. Completion of checklists is not mandatory.

The forms are stored in storage bins in the facility and the appropriate checklist for each position is in the position's binder. 5.0 DEFINITIONS 5.1 Emergency Dosimetry

-TLD and High and Accident Range Dosimeters, or TLD and Electronic Alarming Dosimeter (EAD) 5.2 OSC -Operations Support Center 5.3 EPP -Emergency Plan Procedures 5.4 HPC -Health Physics Coordinator

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\lO\10s0129.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Operations Support Center No.: 10-S-01-29 T Revision:

15 [Page: 4 1(050) Operations I I 5.5 RPM -Radiation Protection Manager 5.6 EOF -Emergency Operations Facility 5.7 TSC -Technical Support Center 5.8 EAD -Electronic Alarming Dosimeter 5.9 OSC Issue Room -A supply room located on the mezzanine in the Maintenance Shop which contains equipment for response teams and OSC operations 6.0 DETAILS 6.1 OSC ACTIVATION 6.1.1 The OSC is activated for Alert, Site Area Emergency, and General Emergency classifications.

Once activated, the OSC shall become operational as soon as possible (without delay). When facility staffing can be accomplished with onsite personnel, it will become operational within 45 minutes. Otherwise, when personnel staffing the facility are offsite, the facility shall be fully operational in 90 minutes.

6.1.2 The Emergency Director designates a person to be the OSC Lead until OSC Coordinator is available.

6.2 OSC SETUP AND MANNING 6.2.1 Emergency Response Personnel from Operations, Maintenance, Radiation Protection, Engineering, Chemistry and other support groups assemble to form OSC management and response teams. a. OSC Coordinator

-Designates one or more persons to man radio consoles and telephones.

Communications must be established with: (1) Technical Support Center (synchronize clocks) (2) Control Room b. OSC HP Coordinator

-Designates one or more persons to (1) Set up OSC. (2) Set up Control Point, First Aid and Decon stations.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\I0s0129.doc NOTE A radio console located in the OSC provides communication capabilities with the Control Room, TSC and EOF.EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Operations Support Center j No.: 10-S-01-29 Revision:

15 I Page: 5 (OSC) Operations lIeision 6.2.1 (Cont.) (3) Response check all survey instruments.

(4) Inspect all respiratory equipment, as necessary.

(5) Perform periodic OSC habitability surveys.

(6) Conduct site boundary surveys (Radiological/Onsite Monitoring Team) as appropriate.

(7) Establish communications with the TSC (8) Ensure EAD readers in OSC are operable c. OSC Communicator

-Establish communications with Control Room and TSC 6.2.2 Establish Appropriate Radiation Control Measures a. If the RPM has determined that radioactivity has extended beyond the CAA, the OSC HP Coordinator ensures that radiological controls are implemented for entry/exit from the OSC. OSC may be setup similar to diagram on Attachment I. 6.2.3 The OSC may be declared operational when manning is adequate to form required emergency response teams. a. The TSC must be notified when the OSC is declared operational.

6.3 OSC OPERATION 6.3.1 OSC Coordinator activities

a. The OSC Coordinator must ensure that the following actions are performed as applicable, based on the nature of the emergency event: (1) Rotate Emergency Response Team personnel using available OSC staffing.

(2) Monitor OSC supplies such as protective clothing and SCBA air reserves and replenish as necessary.

(3) Develop shift schedule for extended OSC operations.

(4) Periodically provide plant status updates to OSC staff members.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0129.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Operations Support Center No.: 10-S-01-29 I Revision:

15 I Page: 6 (OSC) Operations I I 6.3.2 OSC HP Coordinator activities

a. The OSC HP Coordinator must ensure that the following actions are performed as applicable, based on the nature of the emergency event. (1) Periodic OSC habitability surveys.

(2) Review OSC access controls.

If necessary, ensure OSC access controls are established as identified in Section 6.4.5 (3) Develop shift schedules for extended OSC manning (Health Physicists)

(4) Monitor OSC HP supplies and emergency respiratory equipment and obtain replacements as necessary.

(5) If site evacuation occurs, maintain radiological monitoring of manned areas. 6.3.3 Habitability Surveys -The Health Physics Coordinator:

a. Directs the performance of radiation, contamination and airborne activity surveys.

b. Reports the results of the OSC habitability surveys to the OSC Coordinator and the Radiation Protection Manager in the TSC. c. Announces the habitability results to the facility.

NOTE If the OSC is determined uninhabitable, refer to Section 7.0 of this procedure.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\lO\10s0129.doc Title: Operations Support Center 1 No. 1 0-S-01-29 jRevision:

15 IPage: 7 (OSC) Operations I I 6.3.4 Personnel Accountability and Control -The OSC Coordinator:

a. Designates an individual to ensure that all available Emergency Response Personnel are listed on the OSC sign-in board and to update plant status information.

b. Ensures that all OSC personnel use the accountability card reader (IF SITE EVACUATION IS INITIATED).

c. Authorizes Health Physics personnel to man the in-plant staging area (HP Lab -93' Control Building) until the Control Building is evacuated.

6.3.5 DISPATCH AND CONTROL OF AN OFFSITE MONITORING TEAM FROM THE OSC a. The OSC HP Coordinator dispatches an Offsite Monitoring Team (OMT) from the OSC upon request of the RPM (if the EOF is not operational) to track the plume and report offsite radiological data and other information.

The monitoring is performed in accordance with 10-S-01-14.

(1) The HPC must designate OMT members and ensure that they are briefed and issued proper dosimetry prior to dispatch.

(2) The team obtains vehicle and Offsite Monitoring Kit as described in 10-S-01-28, Control of Designated Emergency Vehicles.

b. The HPC should use the OSC OMT radio to direct the Offsite Monitoring team. NOTE When the EOF is operational, all Offsite Monitoring Teams presently in the field become the responsibility of the Plume Tracker (EOF). c. Radiological data received by the OSC from the team is reported to the RPM.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\I0s0129.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: operations Support Center0 No.: 10-S-01-29 Revision:

15 IPage: 8 1 (OSC) Operations I II __-I 6.4 EMERGENCY RESPONSE TEAMS (OSC COORDINATOR) 6.4.1 Ensure the following teams are organized to support emergency actions. Specific guidelines for the organization, required equipment and control of each team is provided in the appropriate Emergency Plan Procedure.

a. Radiological/Onsite Monitoring Team (1) This team is composed of personnel trained for radiological surveys.

b. Search and Rescue Team/First Aid Team (1) This team is manned by at least one Health Physics qualified and one First Aid qualified individual.

c. Repair Teams (1) This team is normally made up of maintenance and HP personnel (as appropriate) sufficient to perform the assigned tasks. 6.4.2 DISPATCH AND CONTROL OF CONTROL ROOM TEAMS a. Upon initial Alert or higher emergency classification, one of the shift RP technicians reports to the Emergency Director (Shift Manager) in the Control Room to be available for in plant surveys, job coverage, or radiological consultation.

The other shift RP technicians will be available to perform site area surveys (as required), begin OSC preparations, or other duties as directed by the Emergency Director (Shift Manager).

b. Operations personnel on-shift remain under the direction of the Emergency Director (Shift Manager) and do not initially report to the OSC. c. The Shift Manager may immediately request an I&C Technician to report to the Control Room, prior to OSC being declared operational, by contacting the I&C Technician using any available means. d. After activation of the OSC, the OSC Coordinator determines if an I&C Technician has reported to the Control Room, and if required, designates an I&C Technician to report immediately to the Control Room. e. The RP Technician and I&C Technician notify the Shift Manager/Emergency Director and the OSC Coordinator (if OSC is manned) of their arrival at the Control Room. f. If not previously completed, the RP and I&C Technicians obtain appropriate emergency dosimetry and log into the Emergency Radiation Work Permit (RWP) after arrival at the Control Room (or drill RWP if appropriate).

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\I0s0129.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Operations Support Center No.: 10-S-01-29o Revision:

15 JPage: I I (OSC) Operations_

II 6.4.2 (Cont.) g. All personnel (including Operations, I&C, and RP) who leave the Control Room envelope are tracked as Control Room Team #1, #2, or similar.

h. Prior to OSC being declared operational, command and control of the Control Room team(s) will lie with the Emergency Director (Shift Manager) in the Control Room. NOTE Protective clothing is available in the Control Room and Technical Support Center emergency supply cabinets.

i. The RP Technician that reports to the Control Room will ensure radiological coverage is provided to Control Room teams either through radiological briefings or RP accompanying the team in the field. j. The Control Room RP Technician will utilize in plant radiation monitoring equipment to determine if radiological job coverage is required when a team is dispatched and to advise the Emergency Director (Shift Manager) as needed. k. Any required radiological briefings are performed by the Control Room RP Technician.

Briefings may be performed at the most appropriate location and using the most appropriate communication means determined by the RP Technician.

The location of the brief may include the Control Room, or while escorting personnel to and from the work area, and/or while at the work area. 1. Following OSC and TSC being declared operational, a decision to turn over control of these personnel from the Shift Manager to the OSC should be made by the Emergency Director.

Transfer of control should be at the most opportune time based on existing plant conditions and evolutions in progress.

m. Once the Emergency Director has directed command and control of these personnel be turned over to the OSC, the Shift Manager will no longer have command and control of these personnel.

n. Following transfer of command and control of these personnel to the OSC, the personnel available for Control Room Team(s) will normally remain in the confines of the Control Room Envelope for use by the OSC in the event that a rapid response into the plant is required.

The OSC will then provide for all necessary briefings, command and control, and track the utilization of these personnel.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\10s01 2 9.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION tions Support Center No.: 10-S-01-29 Revision:

15 I Page: 10 (OSC) Operations I I I 6.4.2 (Cont.) o. Once plant condition have stabilized and at the Emergency Directors discretion, the Control Room Team(s) personnel may I be directed to physically report to the OSC. 6.4.3 GENERAL TEAM GUIDELINES (ALL EMERGENCY RESPONSE TEAMS) a. Response Team Predispatch Requirements (EPP Form 29-03) or similar form are completed by the team leader before leaving the OSC. b. Specific instructions for the organization and control of Radiological Monitoring, Search and Rescue and First Aid Teams are provided in Emergency Plan Procedures 10-S-01-14, 10-S-01-18, and 10-S-01-19.

c. Each team must be assigned a team leader who is responsible for the direction of the team members and communications with the OSC. CAUTION The team leader ensures that adequate communications and radiation detection instrumentation is available for each team. d. Each team member is issued emergency dosimetry in accordance with EPP 10-S-01-17.

e. Each team is provided a portable radio for communications with the OSC. f. The team members must be provided with the appropriate personnel protection equipment based on the actual or potential hazards which the team may encounter.

This equipment may include protective clothing, respiratory equipment (SCBAs) , radiological survey instruments, and flashlights.

g. All equipment (e.g., radios, meters, flashlights, voice boxes, PCs, etc.) must be thoroughly checked prior to OSC departure, especially the SCBAs. h. The HP Coordinator should periodically brief the dispatched Emergency Response Teams on current radiological conditions.

(1) The Team Leader should be notified immediately when radiation levels change in areas they are required to enter. i. The OSC Coordinator should periodically brief the dispatched teams on current plant status.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\I0s0129.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Operations Support Center No.: 10-S-01-29 Revision:

15 Page: 11 ICOSC) Operations III 6.4.4 The OSC Coordinator should periodically brief the TSC on the availability and status of Emergency Response Teams. This report should include: a. Number of available qualified personnel

b. Remaining radiation exposure margins of team members.

6.4.5 OSC ENTRY and EXIT a. Establish OSC access controls to direct Emergency Personnel reporting from offsite to the proper OSC entrance by placement of signs, ropes, barriers and/or walkways.

b. Attachment I, page 1 shows the recommended setup of the OSC and describes the entry points. c. Attachment I shows the location of sign placement to direct personnel flow; (1) SIGN #1 is in place when all incoming personnel must come into the OSC first before proceeding into the protected area (due to radiological conditions).

(2) SIGN #2 is always in place. It directs all personnel to the (small door on the east side of Maintenance Shop) OSC entry point. 7.0 BACKUP OSC 7.1 Location 7.1.1 The Backup OSC is located in the Control Building Elevation 148' (FIN Team Room). The Health Physics Lab may be used as an in-plant staging area, if still habitable.

7.2 Activation 7.2.1 If the OSC is not habitable or cannot perform its required functions, the OSC Coordinator directs the activation of the Backup OSC.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\I0s0129.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Operations Support Center No.°: 10-S-01-29

] Revision:

15 Page: 12 1(OSC) Operations I I 7.2.2 When relocating personnel from the OSC to the Backup OSC, the OSC Coordinator:

a. Contacts the ED and inform him/her of the situation

b. Contacts the Control Room, TSC, and Security c. Contacts teams located in the field d. Transfers the following functions to the Control Room: (1) Response team control e. If radiological conditions exist, request from the Radiation Protection Manager a determination of requirements (i.e. dosimetry, protective clothing) for relocation and route to the Backup OSC. f. Ensures all logbooks, current paperwork, and position badges are taken to Backup OSC. 7.2.3 Prior to leaving the OSC, the OSC Communicator will: a. Contact the Control Room to discuss the status of current teams and locations.

7.2.4 The OSC HP Coordinator:

a. Dispatches a HP to the Backup OSC to setup. b. Designates personnel to carry additional equipment for use. 7.3 Setup 7.3.1 Upon arrival to the Backup OSC, the OSC Coordinator ensures that the Backup OSC is setup using the BACKUP OSC CHECKLIST (Form EPP 29-07). 7.3.2 The blackboard will be used to display information normally displayed on the OSC Team Tracking boards. 7.3.3 The OSC Coordinator upon arrival: a. Ensure the Backup OSC is setup in accordance with the checklist.

b. Communications can be establish with teams 7.3.4 The OSC HP Coordinator upon arrival will: a. Ensures facility is habitable.

b. Establish contact with the Radiation Protection Manager.

c. Brief the OSC Coordinator on Radiological Conditions.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\lO\I0s0129.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Operations Support Center No.: I0-S-01-29 Revision:

15 jPage: 13 (OSC) Operations I 7.4 Operation 7.4.1 The OSC Coordinator declares the Backup OSC operational when: a. Sufficient personnel are present to man the Backup OSC. b. Advised by the OSC HP Coordinator that the Backup OSC is ready to provide radiological information.

7.4.2 After declaring the backup OSC operational:

a. Transfer the following functions from Control Room to the OSC. (1) Response Team Control 8.0 RECORDS AND INFORMATION 8.1 Forms and paperwork generated by this procedure during emergencies are collected by the OSC Coordinator and forwarded to the Manager, Emergency Preparedness.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\lO\I0s0l29.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION 10-S-01-29 Revision:

15 Attachment I Page 1 of 1;~Ij Sig #1 All persons must report to oso BREAK ROOM Accountability Reader RCA Access 0 Maintenance Shop, Mezzanine To set-up OSC: 1) Obtain Keys to issue rooms from OSC key locker. 2) Turn on EAD Monitors and Reboot readers if needed, 3) Set up RCA Access, if needed, as shown 4) Put sign #1 and sign #2 at locations as shown TO MEZZANINE MACHINE SHOP tOSC Personnel Staging Area Osc Lr osc 0osc osC Team Brief Equipment Engineers Room Room Room\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10s0129.doc I I EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE PLANT OPERATIONS MANUAL 10-S-01-30 Volume 10 Section 01 Revision:

10 Date: 2/8/01 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER (TSC) OPERATIONS SAFETY RELATED Prepared:

Reviewed:

Concurred:

PSRC: Approved: Techni Map , erations PlahV/Genera'T Manager Manager, Ergency Preparedness List of Effective Pages: Pages 1-11 List of TCNs Revision 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Incorporated:

TCN None None 1,2 3 4 None None None None None None\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0130.doc

~Entergy I 50.59 SCREENING IPage I 1 o I I Facility:'

GRAND GULF I. SIGNATURES Preparer:

V Richard Sumrall 2/2/01 Signature Name (print) Date Reviewer:

2I46 -a 0~e- Z2O Signature Name (print) Date I1. OVERVIEW Document Evaluated: (Include document number, revision, and title) 10-S-01-30 Rev. 10, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations III. 50.59 SCREENING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to: Operating License F- Yes Z No E] Yes 0 No Technical Specifications NRC Orders (ANO only)LI LI Yes No NI/A If yes, process a change per 1OCFR50.90 and obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change. If yes, process a change per 1OCFR50.90 and obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change. If yes, process a change per 1 OCFR50.90 and obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change.SAR SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to the facility or procedure which alters information, operation, function or ability to perform the function of a system, structure or component described in the SAR (site-specific documents)?

TS Bases section UFSAR (including pending changes)TRM Yes [ No [ Yes Z No [ Yes [] No If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

Brief Description of the Proposed Change: Changes operation of the TSC to reflect the NRC pre-approved changes identified in GNRI 2000-00093, changes reporting relationship of Security from the Technical Manager to the Emergency Director to reflect the Emergency Plan.

1 50.59 SCREENING IPage Iz -I °of I Core Operating Limits Report Fire Hazards Analysis (Included in RBS' USAR)NRC SERs Does the proposed Change involve a test or experiment not described in the SAR? Does the proposed Change result in any potential impact to equipment or facilities utilized for Ventilated Storage Cask activities?

Q Q D] D] II Ii Yes No Yes No N/A Yes No Yes No Yes No N/A If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation. (See Section 5.1.19.) If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 72.48 Review.ADDITIONAL SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to: Quality Assurance Program Manual Emergency Plan Ij Yes Z No [] Yes 0 No If yes, notify the quality department and ensure a 50.54 Evaluation is performed.

If yes, notify the emergency planning department and ensure a 50.54 Evaluation is performed.

BASIS and

REFERENCES:

Performed an search of the on-line UFSAR and TechSpecs for the keywords Security, Technical Manager, and Emergency Director.

A review of the hits produced by these searches indicates that this change does not represent a change to the TechSpecs or an Unreviewed Safety Question.

I fEntffogy 150.59 SCREENING I PageIoI IV. ENVIRONMENTAL EVALUATION APPLICABILITY REVIEW If any of the following questions is answered "YES", then an Environmental Evaluation must be performed.

Will the Change being evaluated:

YES NO D l[] Disturb land that is beyond that initially disturbed during construction (i.e., new construction of buildings, creation or removal of ponds, or other terrestrial impact)? II 1[1 Increase thermal discharges to the river, lake or atmosphere?

] [] Increase concentration or quantity of chemicals discharged to the atmosphere, ground water, or surface water? [] I] Increase quantity of chemicals to cooling lake or atmosphere through discharge canal or tower? D I[E Modify the design or operation of cooling tower that-will change flow characteristics?

I I[9 Install any new transmission lines leading offsite? ] I[9 Change the design or operation of the intake or discharge structures?

] l[E Discharges any chemicals new or different from that previously discharged?

I I[9 Potentially cause a spill or unevaluated discharge that may effect neighboring soils, surface water or ground water? LI l[ Involve burying or placement of any solid wastes in the site area that may effect runoff, surface water or ground water? LI I[I Involve incineration or disposal of any potentially hazardous materials on the site? F-1 [E Result in a change to non-radiological effluents or licensed reactor power level? F] I] Potentially change the type or increase the amount of non-radiological air emissions from the site?

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations No.:10-S-01-30 I Rev. 101 Emergency Plan Evaluation EVALUATION OF EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROCEDURE Procedure Number: 10-S-01-30 Procedure Name: Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations Revision / TCN Number: Revision 10 Does the procedure Revision / TCN require an Emergency Plan change? ( ) Yes (X) No NOTE: IF YES, THIS PROCEDURE CANNOT BE ISSUED UNTIL THE EMERGENCY PLAN IS CHANGED / REVISED.

Reason for "NO" response:

This procedure revision implements changes made to the GGNS Emergency Plan in Revision 44 and clarifies and corrects information in the procedure.

Therefore, this revision does not change the GGNS Emergency Plan.Prepared:

Approved: I- zt-O Manager, Emergency Preparedness Title: Technical Support No.: 10-S-01-30 Revision:

10 Page: i I ~Center (TSC) 0perations IIII Per'dic Review Required: ( YES () NO If Yes, list frequency:

If No, refer to Attachment XIX of 01-S-02-3 for a list of procedure review methods and fill in the appropriate letter(s) below; if "Other," specify method.Method(s) of Review 1OCFR50.59 Review Required:

Cross-discipline review rei ( ) YES (:7N (4or"Yes -If Yes, attach 50.59 Review. No -Not required per section (enter Section 6.3.2(b) or 6.3.2(c) of procedure 01-S-02-3) red: Tech Reviewer's Initials .E 0 Reviewed by: Does this directive contain Tech Spec Triggers? ( ) YES (V") NO\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0130.doc 7-- Year EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Technical Support No.: 10-S-01-30 Revision:

10 Page: ii Center (TSC) Operations I I REQUIREMENTS CROSS-R~EFERENCE LIST lRequirement Implemented by Directive Directive Paragraph Number Name Paragraph Number That Implements Requirement GGNS Emergency Plan GGNS Emergency Plan GGNS Emergency GGNS Emergency GGNS Emergency GGNS Emergency GGNS Emergency GGNS Emergency GGNS Emergency GGNS Emergency GGNS Emergency GGNS Emergency GNRO-97/00113 Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan 7.3.1.S2 & S16 7.3.1 SII,S12& S13, S14 & S15 6.1.2 SI,S2 5.4.2a & c 5. 4 .2b, d, e, f, g 5.4.3 5.4.6 5.4.8 5.4.9 5.4.10 5.4 .33 6.2.4.S8 97-15-02.ITEM 2 1.2.2 6.1.1 6.2.2.a (Note) 6.2.1a,b,c 6.2.2a, b, c,d, e 2.6 2.2 2.4 2.5 2.3 2.7.1 6.1.l.a(1) 6.2.2.p, 6.2.5.a(i0)

• Covered by directive as a whole or by various paragraphs of the directive.

NOTE The Component Data Base Change Request statement is applicable only to Volume 06 and 07 maintenance directives.

Component Data Base Change Request generated and the backup documentation available for setpoint and/or calibration data only 0 Yes LN/A CDBCR # Current Revision Statement Revision 10: "* Implements NRC approved augmentation requirements.

"* Moves point of contact for Security during accountability checks from the Technical Manager to the Emergency Director.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0130.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Technical Support No.: 10-S-01-30 Revision:

10 Page: 1 Center (TSC) Operations TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1.0 PURPOSE AND DISCUSSION 2 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2

3.0 REFERENCES

4 4.0 ATTACHMENTS 4 5.0 DEFINITIONS 4 6.0 DETAILS 5 6.1 TSC Activation 5 6.2 TSC Operation 6 6.2.1 Emergency Director Activities 6 6.2.2 Emergency Director or Designee Activities 6 6.2.3 TSC Communicator 7 6.2.4 TSC Communications Personnel 8 6.2.5 Radiation Protection Manager 8 6.3 Information Specialist 9 7.0 BACKUP TSC 9 7.1 Location 9 7.2 Activation 9 7.3 Setup 10 7.4 Staffing 10 7.5 Operation 10 8.0 RECORDS AND INFORMATION 11 J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0130.doc Title: Technical Support No.: 10-S-01-30 Revision:

10 Page: 2 Center (TSC) Operations 1.0 PURPOSE AND DISCUSSION 1.1 Purpose 1.1.1 To provide general instructions for the Technical Support Center, including personnel responsibilities and staffing.

1.2 Discussion 1.2.1 This procedure should be used by personnel in the TSC to coordinate and control Emergency Operations.

1.2.2 The TSC personnel primarily assist in accident assessment, provide advice to the Control Room and communicate with EOF personnel regarding plant conditions and actions. The TSC performs the function of the EOF until the EOF is adequately staffed and operational.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES NOTE The Emergency Director must turn over responsibilities to a qualified individual before leaving the TSC when he/she has responsibility for Emergency Direction and Control (i.e. the Emergency Director must be available immediately to make Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) and make decisions relating to notification of offsite authorities).

2.1 The Emergency Director is responsible for implementation of the Emergency Plan and procedures, as appropriate, and 2.1.1 Augmentation of the ERO after the TSC is operational.

2.1.2 Briefing the NRC Incident Response Team leader. NOTE Emergency Response personnel who must leave their assigned location temporarily must inform their immediate superior of their locations, destination, and estimated time of return. 2.1.3 Acting as point of contact for security during accountability checks. 2.2 The TSC Coordinator reports to the Emergency Director.

2.2.1 Responsible for the assimilation of data for the Emergency Director.

2.2.2 Prioritization of corrective action, core/thermal hydraulics, and coordination of mitigation efforts.

2.2.3 Responsible for monitoring plant conditions for indication of core damage. 2.2.4 Initiating required sampling per Reference 3.2.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0130.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Technical Support No.: 10-S-01-30 Revision:

10 Page: 3 Center (TSC) Operations 2.3 The Radiation Protection Manager reports directly to the Emergency Director and is responsible for: 2.3.1 Radiological assessments and the development of radiological plans. 2.3.2 Keeping the Emergency Director informed of the environmental conditions.

2.3.3 Determining emergency radiological survey requirements.

2.3.4 Initiating and maintaining communication with the NRC (upon request).

NOTE A Health Physics Qualified person normally assists the Radiation Protection Manager in the Technical Support Center. 2.4 The Technical Manager reports directly to the Technical Support Center Coordinator and is responsible for: 2.4.1 The activities of the Engineers and Technical Staff. 2.4.2 Providing information concerning plant status and developing recommendations and procedures for plant operation.

2.4.3 Activating the VIP 2000 when directed.

2.5 The Record Document Manager reports directly to the Technical Support Center Coordinator and provides administrations and logistical support.

2.6 The TSC Communicator reports directly to the Emergency Director and is responsible for: 2.6.1 Initiation and completion of the Emergency Notification Form. 2.6.2 Notification of designated personnel per 10-S-01-6, Notification of Offsite Agencies and Plant On-Call Personnel (if necessary).

2.6.3 Operation of TSC communications equipment.

2.7 The Information Specialist is located in the TSC and is responsible for: 2.7.1 Collection and transmission of technically accurate information to the Company Spokesperson, or designee.

2.8 Dose Calculation Personnel report to the RPM and are responsible for: 2.8.1 Offsite dose calculations.

2.8.2 Updating the TSC radiological status board and the plume tracking map. 2.8.3 Assisting in HPN communications (when requested).

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0130.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Technical Support No.: 10-S-01-30 Revision:

10 Page: 4 Center (TSC) Operations 2.9 HEALTH PHYSICS QUALIFIED PERSONNEL report to the RPM and are responsible for: 2.9.1 TSC habitability surveys (when requested).

2.9.2 Setting up Frisker stations at TSC and Control Room entrance (when required).

2.9.3 Assisting in HPN communications (when requested).

2.10 TSC Coordinator Assistant (TCA) The TSC Coordinator Assistant reports to the TSC Coordinator and is responsible for monitoring the progress of the implementation of Emergency Operating Procedures, providing plant status and corrective action status to the TSC, and communication of emergency information to the OSC, Control Room, and EOF.

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 GGNS Emergency Plan 3.2 10-S-01-35, Core Damage Assessment 3.3 10-S-01-22, Recovery 3.4 10-S-01-23, Reentry 3.5 10-S-02-3, Emergency Preparedness Form Control 4.0 ATTACHMENTS None NOTE Checklists are performance aids; they are intended to assist and aid ERO personnel in performance of their tasks. Except when specifically noted, completion of checklists is not mandatory.

The forms are located in storage bins and the appropriate checklists at the position's desk in the facility.

5.0 DEFINITIONS 5.1 TSC -Technical Support Center 5.2 OEC -Offsite Emergency Coordinator 5.3 EOF -Emergency Operations Facility 5.4 PA -Public Address 5.5 RPM -Radiation Protection Manager 5.6 HPN -Health Physics Network 5.7 SRAO -State Radiological Assessment Officer 5.8 PAR -Protective Action Recommendation 5.9 OHL -Operational Hot Line\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0130.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Technical Support No.: 10-S-01-30 Revision:

10 Page: 5 Center (TSC) Operations I I 5.10 ENS -Emergency Notification System 5.11 EPP -Emergency Plan Procedure 5.12 NRC -Nuclear Regulatory Commission 5.13 REM -Radiation Emergency Manager 5.14 IS -Information Specialist 5.15 BEOF -Backup EOF 5.16 ED -Emergency Director 5.17 KI -Potassium Iodide 5.18 EAL -Emergency Action Level 6.0 DETAILS 6.1 TSC Activation 6.1.1 The TSC is activated for Alert, Site Area Emergency and General Emergency.

Once activated the TSC shall become operatioal as soon as possible (without delay). When facility staffing can be accomplished with onsite personnel, it is the goal to become operational within 45 minutes. Otherwise offsite personnel shall provide shift augmentation (of the Emergency Director, TSC Coordinator, TSC Communicators (2) and Radiological Assessment Dose Calculator positions) in 75 minutes and be fully operational in 90 minutes.

a. The On-Call Manager performs the following actions during TSC activation:

(1) Receives turnover briefing from Emergency Director in Control Room and verifies that correct emergency classification has been declared.

(2) Sign in and ensure that ED/TSC Coordinators Log is initiated and all information relevant to the event is recorded.

(3) Check sign in board. Ensure minimum required staffing is present as follows: (a) One Emergency Director (b) One TSC Coordinator (c) One of the following:

1) RPM 2) Radiological Assessment Dose Calculator (TSC) (d) Two communicators (4) Brief all TSC personnel on initiating conditions, current plant status, and radiological information.

(5) Ensure TSC communicators are aware of time for next Emergency Notification.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0130.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Technical Supporations N: 10-S-01-30 Revision:

10 Page: 6 6.1.1 (Cont.) (6) Ensure communications are established with the Control Room, OSC, and EOF. (7) Announce that TSC is operational to all TSC personnel and that On-Call Manager has assumed the Emergency Director position.

(8) Inform Control Room and OSC that TSC is operational and that On-Call Manager has assumed the Emergency Director position.

6.1.2 Radiation Protection Manager performs the following actions during TSC activation:

a. Sign in and ensure that the RPM Log is initiated.

b. Ensure TSC habitability checks are performed, as appropriate.

c. Establish communications with OSC HP Coordinator.

d. Establish contamination controls for TSC and Control Room (if necessary).

e. Announce habitability status of facility.

6.2 TSC Operation 6.2.1 The Emergency Director shall perform the following actions during the course of an emergency:

a. Assess and classify the emergency, especially where real or potential hazards exist to offsite personnel or property.

b. Notify and recommend protective actions to authorities responsible for offsite emergency measures.

c. Transfer Notifications, Protective Action Recommendations, Emergency Classification, and Offsite Radiological Assessment to the Offsite Emergency Coordinator when the EOF is declared operational.

d. Authorize Emergency Radiation Exposures (if necessary).

6.2.2 The Emergency Director or his designee performs the following actions during the course of an emergency:

a. Makes operational decisions and recommendations to the Control Room involving the safety of the plant and its personnel.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0130.doc NOTE In the event of Security emergencies, each Security related incident should be evaluated.

Only those support groups and facilities which are needed should be activated, regardless of the emergency classification, to minimize the risk to personnel.

EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Technical Support No.: 10-S-01-30 Revision:

10 Page: 7 1 ~Center (TSC) 0perations IIII 6.2.2 (Cont.) b. Implements the GGNS Emergency Plan through use of the Emergency Plan Procedures.

c. Requests additional resources as deemed necessary up to and including activation of the Emergency Organization as required.

d. Notifies and informs the Offsite Support Officials of changing plant conditions and developments.

e. Requests assistance from Federal and State Agencies, if required. (OEC assumes this responsibility after EOF is operational.)

f. Maintains overall responsibility for the operation of the plant. g. Ensures that emergency or medical assistance is provided to all personnel on company property (especially during a Limited or Site Evacuation).

h. Ensure extended shift manning is discussed and authorized.

i. Ensure that RPM contacts MS and LA SRAO's with initial information and if SRAO TRIGGER POINTS are reached.

j. Ensure that periodic notifications to plant personnel are made concerning plant status and expected personnel actions.

k. Ensure that RPM contacts State SRAO's within 30 minutes of issuing a PAR to ensure that the SRAO understands the basis for the PAR. 1. Ensure that announcement is made if another person assumes position of ED. m. Authorize use of KI (if necessary).

n. Direct recovery actions if EOF is not operational.

o. Continuously review plant parameters for EAL changes, and inform OEC when classification change may be necessary.

p. If an evacuation of affected areas of the plant is required, performance is in accordance with 10-S-01-11.

6.2.3 The TSC Communicator assumes the duty for communications/notifications to the offsite agencies after TSC activation.

Refer to EPP 10-S-01-6, Notification of Offsite Agencies and Plant On-Call Emergency Personnel for additional information.

NOTE The Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Communicator assumes the duty for communications/notifications to the oftsite agencies after the EOF/BEOF is operational.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\10S0130.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Technical Support No.: 10-S-01-30 Revision:

10 Page: 8 Center (TSC) 0perations II11 6.2.4 TSC Communications personnel normally transmit copies of current notification forms to designated offsite agencies via facsimile after TSC activation.

a. Previous notification forms read by Control Room communicator via the Operational Hot Line (OHL) are normally sent via fax when time allows. 6.2.5 Radiation Protection Manager performs the following:

a. Offsite Dose Determination (1) Perform offsite dose projections and update Emergency Notification Form. (2) Determine affected sectors.

(3) Recommend Protective actions if necessary (Required for General Emergency) (See 10-S-01-12)

(4) Ensure Radiological/MET data is posted on status boards. (5) Display affected sectors on wall map. (6) Update OSC HP Coordinator on Radiological and MET data. (7) Direct OSC HP Coordinator to dispatch Offsite monitoring teams (if necessary).

(8) Direct OSC HP Coordinator to perform site boundary survey. (9) Review Radiological EAL's and confer with ED on EAL's as necessary.

(10) Ensure radiological monitoring is provided for manned areas (i.e. Chemistry Lab) of the plant after a site evacuation.

b. In-Plant Radiological Evaluation (1) Determine in-plant radiological hazards.

(2) Confer with OSC HP Coordinator on precautions, exposure control methods, and protective equipment for response teams. (3) Map affected areas using available radiological data. c. Reentry (1) Evaluate measures to restore radiological access to affected plant areas. d. TSC Deactivation (1) Ensure any contaminated material from TSC/Control Room habitability surveys or radiological control points are handled and stored properly.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0130.doc Title: Technical Support No.: 10-S-01-30 Revision:

10] Page: 9 SCenter (TSC) 0perations 6.3 Information Specialist (IS) 6.3.1 On arrival at the TSC, the IS sets up telephone contact with the Company Spokesperson or designee.

7.0 BACKUP TSC 7.1 Location 7.1.1 The Backup TSC is located in the War Room (M&E Building).

7.2 Activation 7.2.1 If the TSC is not habitable or cannot perform its required functions, the Emergency Director directs the activation of the Backup TSC. 7.2.2 When relocating personnel from the TSC to the Backup TSC, the ED, a. Contacts the OEC and inform him/her of the situation (if EOF is operational.)

b. Contacts the Control Room, OSC, Security, and Company Spokesperson.

c. Transfers the following functions to the Control Room. (1) Command and Control (2) Communication with federal, state, and local agencies (If the EOF is not operational)

(3) Response team direction (4) Emergency Classification/Assessment (If the EOF is not operational)

d. Dispatch Radiological Assessment Dose Calculator (TSC) to Control Room to perform dose assessment.

e. If radiological conditions exist, request from the Radiation Protection Manager, a determination of requirements (i.e. dosimetry, protective clothing) for relocation.

f. Ensures the offsite agencies supporting the emergency response and all Emergency Response Facilities are notified of move. g. Ensures all logbooks, current paperwork, and position badges are taken to Backup TSC. 7.2.3 Prior to leaving the TSC, the TSC Communicator will: a. Contact the Control Room Communicator and EOF Communicator to discuss the status of the current notifications for federal, state, and local agencies.

b. Transfer responsibilities for notifications of federal, state, and local agencies to the EOF, if the EOF is not operational and responsible for notification, then transfer notification to the Control Room. I J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\1I0S130.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE No.: 10-S-01-30 I Revision:

10 Page: 101 7.3 Setup 7.3.1 Upon arrival at the Backup TSC, the Emergency Director ensures that the Backup TSC is setup using the BACKUP TSC CHECKLIST (Form EPP 30-11). 7.3.2 The blackboard will be used to display information normally displayed on the TSC Status boards. 7.3.3 The Emergency Director upon arrival: a. Ensure the Backup TSC is setup in accordance with the checklist.

b. Review Backup TSC Staffing Requirements (Form EPP 30-10), and ensure the Backup TSC is staffed appropriately.

7.3.4 The Radiation Protection Manager upon arrival will: a. Ensure facility is habitable.

b. Ensure the Radiological Assessment Dose Calculator (TSC) relocates and verifies the Dose Calculator computer is operable.

c. Obtain radiological conditions from Dose Calculator.

d. Brief the ED on Radiological Assessment Status.7.4 Staffing 7.4.1 The Backup TSC will be staffed in accordance with the Backup TSC staffing requirements (Form EPP 30-10). 7.4.2 The Radiological Assessment Dose Calculator (TSC) will perform dose calculations in the Control Room. The Radiological Assessment Dose Calculator (EOF) will perform dose calculations the EOF.in 7.5 Operation 7.5.1 The ED declares the Backup TSC operational when: a. Sufficient personnel are present to man the Backup TSC staffing requirements.

b. Advised by the RPM that the Backup TSC is ready to perform Radiological Assessment.

c. Advised by the TSC Coordinator that the Backup TSC is ready to take command and control of the emergency.

7.5.2 After declaring the Backup TSC operational:

a. Transfer the following functions from Control Room to the TSC. (1) Command and Control (2) Response Team Direction J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10SO130.doc Title: Technical Support No.: 10-S-01-30 Revision:

10 Page: 11 Center (TSC) Operations I I (3) Emergency Classification Assessment (4) Communication with federal, state, and local agencies (If the EOF is not operational) 8.0 RECORDS AND INFORMATION 8.1 Forms and paperwork generated by this procedure during EMERGENCIES are retained for information, event reconstruction and submitted to the Manager, Emergency Preparedness.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0130.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION I PLANT OPERATIONS MANUAL Volume 10 Section 01 10-S-01-32 Revision:

3 Date: 2/8/01 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL/NON-RADIOACTIVE HAZARDOUS MATERIAL TRANSPORTATION ACCIDENT PLAN NON-SAFETY RELATED Prepared:

Reviewed:

Concurred:

PSRC: Approved: Ma er, rations Pldý)eneral Manager MnagerM mergency Prepardness List of Effective Pages: Pages 1-3 Attachments I-III List of TCNs Incorporated:

Revision TCN 0 .- None 1 1 2 None 3 None\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0132DOC.doc Title: Radioactive Material/Non-No.: 10-S-01-32 Revision:

3 Safety Radioactive Hazardous Material Evaluation Transportation Accident Plan Facility:

Grand Gulf Nuclear Station I. SIGNATURES Preparer:

Richard Van Den Akker January 8, 2001 Signature Name (print) Date Reviewer:

.4/ 1 1,-e 4 a,,,O' j5,',.i / /e, Signature Name (print) Date II. OVERVIEW II1. 50.59 SCREENING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to: Operating License Technical Specifications Yes No [] Yes R No LI Yes W No Fr N/A NRC Orders (ANO only)If yes, process a change per 10CFR50.90 and obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change. If yes, process a change per 10CFR50.90 and obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change. If yes, process a change per I OCFR50.90 and obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change.Document Evaluated: (Include document number, revision, and title) Emergency Plan Procedure 1 0-S-01 -32, Radioactive Material/Non-Radioactive Hazardous Material Transportation Accident Plan Brief Description of the Proposed Change: Changes Shift Superintendent to shift Manager to comply with FSAR section 13.1.2.3.4 and corrects the phone number for the Mississippi Department of Radiological Health.I GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Radioactive Material/Non-No.: lO-S-Ol-32 Revision:

3 Safety Radioactive Hazardous Material Evaluation Transportation Accident Plan SAR SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to the facility or procedure which alters information, operation, function or ability to perform the function of a system, structure or component described in the SAR (site-specific documents)?

TS Bases section UFSAR (including pending changes)TRM Core Operating Limits Report Fire Hazards Analysis (Included in RBS' USAR)Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes SNo LI NRC SERs Does the proposed Change involve a test or experiment not described in the SAR? Does the proposed Change result in any potential impact to equipment or facilities utilized for Ventilated Storage Cask activities?

LI El MI n]Yes No N/A Yes No Yes No Yes No N/A If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation. (See Section 5.1.19.) If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 72.48 Review.ADDITIONAL SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to: Quality Assurance Program Manual F-1 Emergency Plan Yes No El Yes MNo If yes, notify the quality department and ensure a 50.54 Evaluation is performed.

If yes, notify the emergency planning department and ensure a 50.54 Evaluation is performed.

EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Radioactive Material/Non-No.: 10-S-01-32 lRevision:

3 Safety Radioactive Hazardous Material Evaluation Transportation Accident Plan BASIS: An electronic search of the FSAR was conducted.

This search included the keywords TRANSPORTATION and HAZARDOUS showed that the GGNS Technical Specifications and their bases do not discuss or refer to any activities associated with the response to transportation accidents of any type. Additional searches of the FSAR were done on the keywords SHIFT SUPERINTENDENT, SHIFT MANAGER, DIVISION OF RADIOLOGICAL HEALTH, DIV OF RAD HEALTH and MDRH. References to the Shift Superintendent and Shift Manager were found stating that the title has been changed (FSAR Section 13.1.2.3.4).

There are no references to the Mississippi Division of Radiological Health. This procedure change just changes Shift Superintendent to Shift Manager, to comply with FSAR Section 13.1.2.3.4, and changes the Mississippi Division of Radiological Health phone number to their new number. This phone number is not listed in the FSAR. This change does not involve any tests or experiments not described in the SAR but just describes the notification process to be followed in an offsite transportation accident involving radiological or other hazardous materials.

This change will not result in any potential impact to equipment or facilities.

This procedure does not describe how to operate or maintain any plant equipment, and only describes the notification process to be followed in a transportation accident.

This change does not involve any activities that will affect the environment.

IV. ENVIRONMENTAL EVALUATION APPLICABILITY REVIEW If any of the following questions is answered "YES", then an Environmental Evaluation must be performed.

q Will the Change being evaluated:

ES NO S Disturb land that is beyond that initially disturbed during construction (i.e., new construction of buildings, creation or removal of ponds, or other terrestrial impact)? Increase thermal discharges to the river, lake or atmosphere?

-1 Increase concentration or quantity of chemicals discharged to the atmosphere, ground water, or surface water? ] [] Increase quantity of chemicals to cooling lake or atmosphere through discharge canal or tower? D] W Modify the design or operation of cooling tower that will change flow characteristics?

R] W] Install any new transmission lines leading offsite? D] [] Change the design or operation of the intake or discharge structures?

F-1 [ Discharges any chemicals new or different from that previously discharged?

LI W Potentially cause a spill or unevaluated discharge that may effect neighboring soils, surface water or ground water? LI f] Involve burying or placement of any solid wastes in the site area that may effect runoff, surface water or ground water? Involve incineration or disposal of any potentially hazardous materials on the site? SResult in a change to non-radiological effluents or licensed reactor power level? FI i1 Potentially change the type or increase the amount of non-radiological air emissions from the site?EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Radioactive Material/Non-No.: 10-S-01-32 Revision:

3 Emergency Plan Evaluation Radioactive Hazardous Material Transportation Accident Plan EVALUATION OF EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROCEDURE Procedure Number: Procedure Name: Revision / TCN Number: 10-S-01-32 Radioactive Material/Non-Radioactive Hazardous Material Transportation Accident Plan Revision 3 Does the procedure Revision / TCN require an Emergency Plan change?( ) Yes (X) No NOTE:IF YES, THIS PROCEDURE CANNOT BE ISSUED UNTIL THE EMERGENCY PLAN IS CHANGED / REVISED.

Reason for "NO" response:

This procedure revision implements the changes made to the GGNS Emergency Plan in Revision 43 and clarifies and corrects information in the procedure.

Therefore, this revision does not change the GGNS Emergency Plan.Prepared: b6I-/.9--Approved:

4 r70 / Manager, Emergenc Preparedness Title: Radioactive Material/Non-No.: 10-S-01-32 Revision:

3 Page: i Radioactive Hazardous Material Transportation Accident Plan Periodic Review Required: (X YES ( ) NO If Yes, list frequency:

d_ Year ,If No, refer to Attachment XIX of 01-S-02-3 for a list of procedure review methods and fill in the appropriate letter(s) below; if "Other," specify method. Method(s) of Review 1OCFR50.59 Review Required: ( Yes -If Yes, attach 50.59 Review. No -Not required per section (enter Section 6.3.2(b) or 6.3.2(c) of procedure 01-S-02-3)

Cross-discipline review required:

(-A YES ( ) NO Reviewed by: Tech Reviewer's Initials 0 [erah-v~Does this directive contain Tech Spec Triggers? ( ) YES (A NO\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0132DOC.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Radioactive Material/Non-No.: 10-S-01-32 I Revision:

3 Page: ii Radioactive Hazardous Material I Requirement Implemented by Directive Directive Paragraph Number IName Paragraph Number That Implements Requirement ANI/MAELU Criteria Section 4.1, Rev. 1 4.1.4.37 ANI/MAELU Criteria Section 6.0, Rev. 1 6.17 GNRI-92/00195 Pg 3 of 4, Para. 2 IN 92-62 Sentence 3, (1)(2)(3) 6.1.1b, 6.2.1b GNRO-92/00149 92-24-01.III 6.1.1b 49 CFR 172 600 6.1.1b, 6.2.1b 49 CFR 172 604 6.1.1b, 6.2.1b 49 CFR 172 602 6.1.1b, 6.2.1b QDR 0233-95 6.2, Att. III

• Covered by directive as a whole or by various paragraphs of the directive.

NOTE The Component Data Base Change Request statement is applicable only to Volume 06 and 07 maintenance directives.

Component Data Base Change Request generated and the backup documentation available for setpoint and/or calibration data only 0l Yes 11 N/A CDBCR # Current Revision Statement Revision 3: "* Updates titles to reflect Renewal.

"* Change Shift Superintendent to Shift Manager.

"* Corrects MSDRH Telephone number. "* Removes Telephone numbers from Att II and reference Emergency Telephone Book.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0132DOC.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION SRadioactive Material /Non-Radioactive I No.: 10-S-01-32 Revision:

3 1 Page: 1 Hazardous Material Transportation Accident Plan 1.0 PURPOSE AND DISCUSSION 1.1 Purpose 1.1.1 To provide a list of offsite authorities and Entergy Operations management personnel who must be promptly notified in the event of a transportation accident involving radioactive materials being shipped to or from Grand Gulf Nuclear Station (GGNS). 1.1.2 To provide a list of GGNS personnel who must be promptly notified in the event of a transportation accident involving non radioactive hazardous materials being shipped to or from GGNS. 1.2 Discussion 1.2.1 Although transportation accidents involving radioactive materials do not activate the GGNS Emergency Plan or normally initiate GGNS Incident Report procedures, proper notifications must be performed.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 The Shift Manager -Is responsible for obtaining the required information and performing the notifications as specified by this procedure.

2.2 The On-Call Management personnel

-Are responsible for performing the assigned notifications.

2.3 The On-Call Radiation Protection Manager -Is responsible for providing technical assistance to the On-Call Offsite Emergency Coordinator and the On-Call Information Specialist.

Also, provides technical and Health Physics assistance as requested for transportation accidents involving radioactive materials being shipped to or from GGNS. 2.4 Chemistry Superintendent or Designee -Is responsible for providing technical assistance for a non-radioactive hazardous materials accident to the On-Call Duty Manager and the On-Call Information Specialist.

2.5 Process Owner -Manager, Operations

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 ANI/MAELU Engineering Inspection Criteria for Nuclear Liability Insurance:

3.1.1 Section 4.1, Low-Level Radioactive Waste Packaging and Transportation.

3.1.2 Section 6.0, Emergency Planning \\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0132DOC.doc Radioactive Material/Non-Radioactive No.: 10-S-01-32 IRevision:

3 Page: 2 Hazardous Material Transportation Accident PlanI 3.2 49 CFR 171.15 (a) (2) and (b) -Transportation 3.3 49 CFR 172.600/602/604 4.0 ATTACHMENTS 4.1 Attachment I -Notification of Offsite Transportation Accident Involving Radioactive Materials/

Non-radioactive Hazardous Materials 4.2 Attachment II -Radioactive Material Transportation Accident Notification Flowchart 4.3 Attachment III- Non-Radioactive Hazardous Material Transportation Accident Notification Flowchart 5.0 DEFINITIONS 5.1 SNM -Special Nuclear Material 5.2 LSA -Low Specific Activity 5.3 GGNS -Grand Gulf Nuclear Station 5.4 RPM -Radiation Protection Manager 5.5 Transportation Accident Agreement

-A memorandum of understanding between nuclear utilities to render assistance in transportation accidents occurring in other states 6.0 DETAILS 6.1 Radioactive Material Transportation Accident 6.1.1 The Shift Manager, upon notification of a transportation accident involving radioactive materials, must perform the following actions as soon as practical:

a. Obtain required information and record on Attachment I.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\1OSO132DOC.doc I NOTE Notification to the NRC Operations Center for reporting a four-hour Report may be required IAW 01-S-06-5.

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Radioactive Material/Non-Radioactive No.: 10-S-01-32 Revision:

3 Page: 3 Hazardous Material Transportation Accident PlanIII 6.1.1 (Cont.) b. Provide initial response information IAW the shipment emergency response instructions.

c. Perform the applicable notifications per Attachment II.6.1.2 The On-Call Duty Manager upon notification of a transportation accident by the Shift Manager performs the following:

a. Makes required notifications Attachment II. b. Consult with the On-Call Radiation Protection Manager to determine the available Health Physics resources to provide offsite support if requested by the State of Mississippi.

6.1.3 The On-Call Duty Manager and On-Call Radiation Protection Manager are responsible for ensuring the required notifications shown on Attachment II are completed as soon as practical after the reporting of the transportation accident.

6.2 Non-radioactive Hazardous Material Accident 6.2.1 The Shift Manager, upon notification of a non-radioactive hazardous material transportation accident, must perform the following actions as soon as practical:

a. Obtain required information and record on Attachment I. b. Provide initial response information IAW the Shipment Emergency Response Instruction.

c. Perform applicable notification per Attachment III.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0132DOC.doc NOTE If the initial notification of the accident is from the carrier, the Shift Manager should request the carrier to contact the Mississippi State Highway Patrol at (601) 987-1530 and/or the Mississippi Division of Radiological Health at (601) 987-6893 for further information and technical assistance after the Shift Manager has made the proper notifications.

I iEMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION! !

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION NOTIFICATION OF OFFSITE TRANSPORTATION ACCIDENT INVOLVING RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS/

NON-RADIOACTIVE HAZARDOUS MATERIALS Name of Caller: Name and Address of Carrier: Date/Time of Call: Caller's Phone No.: Date/Time of Accident:

Location of Accident: 6. Description of Accident: 7. Type of Material I I LSA Type A_ LSA Type B I _I Special Nuclear Material I Other Quantity of Material (if known) Are any containers broken? Yes No Affected Area: ft. x ft. Material Shipped: H i To GGNS (Shipper:

)I I From GGNS 12. Weather Conditons:

I _ I Wet I I Dry I I Windy 13. Type of Assistance Requested by State of Mississippi:

i None I _I Personnel (List Number and Type): I I Equipment (Quantity and Type): 14. Shift Manager Date I\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\IOSO132DOC.doc

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.8. 9. 10. 11.EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL TRANSPORTATION ACCIDENT NOTIFICATION FLOWCHART State or Carrier I Shift Manager I I I On-Call Duty I Manager I If not available Miss. Division of Radiologicall contact: Health (if notification is 1) MEMA received by Carrier) I or 2) Miss. Highway Patrol On-Call Offsite I Emergency CoordinatorI I I On-Call Radiation I I Protection Managerl Senior Entergy I Operations I Management I American Nuclear I Insurers INPO -to activate I Transportation I Accident Agreement I (if necessary)*

I I I I Director of Nuclear I I I Support (SNM only), I On-Call I or designee i Information Specialist I I I ICompany SpokespersonI Call is only required if the accident occurs near another utility out of state. Note: Telephone numbers are located in the Emergency Telephone Book.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\lO\10S0132D0C.doc I I EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE NON-RADIOACTIVE HAZARDOUS MATERIAL TRANSPORTATION ACCIDENT NOTIFICATION FLOW CHART Carrier Shift Manager On-Call Duty Manager\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECH_PUB\REVISION\10\1OSO132DOC.doc PLANT OPERATIONS MANUAL Volume 10 Section 01 10-S-01-33 Revision:

11 Date: 2/8/01 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATION SAFETY RELATED Prepared:

Reviewed:

Concurred:

PSRC: Approved: P Oteeraions P nt ene ýMan~agerý Manager, Emergence Preparedness List of Effective Pages: Pages 1-19 Attachments I-III List of TCNs Incorporated:

Revision TCN 0 None 1 1 2 None 3 2 4 None 5 3 6 None 7 4 8 None 9 None 10 None 11 None\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0133.doc

!Entr 150.59 REVIEW PRE-SCREENING I age I I o Facility:

GRAND GULF I. SIGNATURES Preparer:

Richard Sumrall 1/10/01 Signature Name (print) Date Reviewer:, -_.Signature Name (print) Date II. OVERVIEW Document Evaluated: (Include document number, revision, and title) 1 O-S-01 -33 Revision 11, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operation Brief Description of the Proposed Change: Title changes, implement NRC pre-approved changes.

Ill. PRE-SCREENING Check the applicable boxes below. If any of the boxes are checked, neither a Screening nor a 50.59 Evaluation is necessary.

Provide supporting documentation or references as appropriate.

[ The change is editorial as defined in either Section 5.3.4 H or Section 5.4.1.1 of this procedure. (Insert item # from Section 5.3.4 or Section 5.4.1.1).

Provide document change request to the appropriate department, if required.

Dl The change is a substitute part per Section 5.4.1.2.

2F The change will be controlled in its entirety under 1 OCFR50.54 instead of I OCFR50.59 per Section 5.4.1.3 of this procedure.

13 An approved, valid Screening or 50.59 Evaluation covering all aspects of the change already exists per Section 5.4.1.4. Reference 50.59 Evaluation

1. or attach documentation.

Verify the previous Screening or 50.59 Evaluation remains valid. [ The proposed change, in its entirety, has been approved by the NRC per Section 5.4.1.5.

Reference:

-

GNRI 2000/00093 13 The change is being made to conform to the SAR per Sections 5.4.1.6.

BASIS: (Discuss how the activity meets the Pre-Screening criteria.)

Editorial change to titles of Site Vice President, Radiological Assessment Dose Calculator, Habitability Specialist, and OEC. Implements NRC pre-approved changes identified in GNRI 2000/00093 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE I Title: Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operation No.: 10-S-01-33 IRev. 11 Emergency Plan Evaluation EVALUATION OF EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROCEDURE Procedure Number: Procedure Name: Revision / TCN Number: 10-S-01-33 Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operation Revision 11 Does the procedure Revision / TCN require an Emergency Plan change?( ) Yes (X) No NOTE: IF YES, THIS PROCEDURE CANNOT BE ISSUED UNTIL THE EMERGENCY PLAN IS CHANGED / REVISED.

Reason for "NO" response:

This procedure revision implements changes made to the GGNS Emergency Plan in Revision 44 and clarifies and corrects information in the procedure.

Therefore, this revision does not change the GGNS Emergency Plan.Prepared:

Approved: Manager, Emergency Preparedness Title: Emergency Operations Facility No.: 10-S-01-33 Revision:

11 Page: i (EOF) Operations Perildic Review Required: ( V YES ( ) NO If Yes, list frequency:-I- Year If No, refer to Attachment XIX of 01-S-02-3 for a list of procedure review methods and fill in the appropriate letter(s) below; if "Other," specify method. Method(s) of Review 1OCFR50.59 Review Required: (pl4'Yes -If Yes, attach 50.59 Review. No -Not required per section (enter Section 6.3.2(b) or 6.3.2(c) of procedure 01-S-02-3)

Cross-discipline review re4ired: ( ) YES (V NO Tech Reviewer's Initials Reviewed by: Does this directive contain Tech Spec Triggers? ( ) YES (VKNO\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\IOS0133.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Operations Facility No.: 10-S-01-33 Revision:

11 Page: ii (EOF) Operations REQUIREMENTS CROSS-REFERENCE LIST IRequirement Implemented by Directive Directive Paragraph Number IName Paragraph Number That Implements Requirement GGNS Emergency Plan 7.3.3.S9, S10 6.2.1 7.3.3.Sli

& S12 6.2.1 CR 98-1411 CA #9 Note (2.0) Note (2.2.1)

• Covered by directive as a whole or by various paragraphs of the directive.

Component Data Base Change Request generated and the backup documentation available for setpoint and/or calibration data only 0 Yes N/A CDBCR # Current Revision Statement Revision 11: "* Implements NRC approved augmentation requirements.

"* Changes titles to reflect renewal.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0133.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Operations Facility No.: I0-S-01-33 Revision:

11 Page: 1 (EOF) Operations TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1.0 PURPOSE AND DISCUSSION 2 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2

3.0 REFERENCES

8 4.0 ATTACHMENTS 8 5.0 DEFINITIONS 9 6.0 DETAILS 10 6.1 Personnel Duties 10 6.2 Activation 10 6.3 EOF Habitability/Isolation/Frisking/Decontamination 14 6.4 Briefings 16 7.0 BACKUP EOF (BEOF) 16 J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S013 3.doc Title: Emergency Operations Facility No.: 10-S-01-33 Revision:

11 Page: 2 (EOF) Operations 1.0 PURPOSE AND DISCUSSION 1.1 Purpose 1.1.1 To provide instructions for the activation and operation of the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) and Backup Emergency Operations Facility (BEOF), in support of the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Emergency Plan. 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 Offsite Emerqency Coordinator (OEC)I 2.1.1 The OEC is the Site Vice President or alternate.

The OEC is responsible for: a. The overall emergency response effort. b. Classifying the emergency in accordance with 10-S-01-1, Activation of the Emergency Plan. c. Providing needed plant support (local, state, and federal) via the emergency organization.

d. Providing guidance to the Emergency Director as appropriate.

e. Assuring continuity of technical, administrative, and material resources throughout the emergency.

f. Management level interface with governmental authorities.

g. Making Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) to state and local agencies after the EOF is operational and has assumed this responsibility from the TSC or Control Room. h. Initiating the recovery phase of the emergency in accordance with 10-S-01-22, Recovery.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECH-_PUB\REVISION\I0\10SO133.doc NOTE The OEC must turnover responsibilities to a qualified individual before leaving the EOF when he/she has responsibility for Emergency Direction and Control (i.e., the OEC must be available immediately to make Protective Action Recommendations (PARS) and make decisions relating to notification of offsite authorities).

EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION I GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Operations Facility No.: 10-S-01-33 IRevision:

11 Page: 3 (EOF) OperationsI 2.2.1 (Cont.) i. Authorizing the use of KI (if necessary) in accordance with 10-S-01-20.

NOTE Emergency Response personnel who must leave their assigned location temporarily must inform their immediate superior of their locations, destination and estimated time of return (with the exception of the OEC). 2.2 Radiation Emergency Manager (REM) 2.2.1 The REM reports directly to the OEC. The REM is responsible for: a. Arranging offsite environmental and radiological support.

b. Briefing incoming environmental and radiological support personnel and helping them provide assistance to the emergency effort. c. Supervision and direction of radiological assessment personnel in the EOF. d. Dose projection, dose assessment, field monitoring activities and EOF radiological surveys.

e. Coordinating dose projection, dose assessment and field monitoring activities with state efforts.

f. Developing Protective Action Recommendations (PARs). g. Informing State Radiological Assessment Officers (SRAOs) of radiological status and PARs. h. Consulting with RPM on plant, radiological, and meteorological data and PARs. i. Ensuring that radiological assessment area is operational.

j. Advising OEC when ready to perform radiological monitoring and assessment and develop PARs. k. Verifying EOF habitability.

Announce habitability results to EOF. 1. Advising State Radiological Assessment Officers (SRAO) and RPM when EOF is operational.

m. Consulting with RPM on plant status and corrective actions.

n. Briefing radiological assessment staff. 0. Briefing state/local representatives and providing 10CFR19 briefing as appropriate.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECH-_PUB\REVISION\IO\10S0133.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Operations Facility No.: I0-S-01-33 Revision:

11 Page: 4 (EOF) Operations 2.2.1 (Cont.) p. Reviewing radiological EALs for correct classification.

q. Checking radiological data for SRAO trigger points. r. Reviewing dose calculation data. s. Advising OEC if EOF habitability is threatened.

t. Advising OEC of significant met/rad change. u. Reviewing Emergency Notification Forms. v. Assigning qualified individuals to perform decontamination, if required.

If PAR is made w. Contacting SRAOs within 30 minutes to ensure they understand PARs. x. Posting implementation status on radiological status board when advised by OEC. 2.3 Emergency Support Manager Responsibilities 2.3.1 The Emergency Support Manager reports to the EOF Administrative Director.

The Emergency Support Manager is responsible for procuring emergency equipment, supplies and services for GGNS during a declared emergency.

2.4 Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) 2.4.1 The RAC reports to the REM and is responsible for: a. Technical direction of the radiological assessment effort, including dose calculations, radiological monitoring and environmental sampling.

b. Assist the REM in developing PARs. c. Ensuring the Health Physics Network (HPN) phone is manned when requested by the NRC. d. Verifying that radiological equipment is functional.

e. Checking with REM on event status, meteorological, and radiological conditions.

f. Reviewing EOF habitability survey results.

g. Noting time for next Emergency Notification Form. h. Ensuring the Radiological Status Board is properly updated.

i. Briefing REM on current dose projections.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0133.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Operations Facility.

No.: 10-S-01-33 Revision:

11 1 Page: 5 (EOF) Operations 2.4.1 (Cont.) j. Consulting with the Plume Tracking Specialist on OMT dose margins.

k. Preparing met/rad portion of Emergency Notification Form for REM approval.

1. Reviewing incoming radiological data for SRAO trigger points. m. Obtaining current and forecast weather conditions.

2.5 Radiological Assessment Dose Calculations (EOF) 2.5.1 The Radiological Assessment Dose Calculator (EOF) reports to the RAC and is responsible for the following:

a. Verifying current dose projections from TSC. b. Performing dose calculations as data is received.

c. Informing RAC of trends or significant changes in dose projections.

2.6 Plume Tracking Specialist (PTS) 2.6.1 The PTS reports to the RAC and is responsible for: a. Forming, dispatching and controlling Offsite Monitoring Teams (OMTs). b. Reporting data, received from the OMTs, to the Radiological Assessment Dose Calculator (EOF). c. Testing radio operability.

d. Ensuring OMT members are issued emergency dosimetry and offsite monitoring equipment.

e. Consulting with RAC to determine appropriate survey locations and potential radiological hazards to be encountered.

f. Determining each OMT member's administrative exposure limit and their remaining dose margin in accordance with 10-S-01-17, Emergency Personnel Dosimetry Issue. g. Closely monitoring the team's exposure to airborne radioactive materials and contamination.

Prescribing additional personnel protective measures as necessary.

h. Briefing RAC on the status of the OMT member's accumulated exposure and any recommended protective measures.

i. Advising OMTs of anticipated plume intensity.

j. Rotating OMTs as necessary.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0133.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Operations Facility No.: 10-S-01-33 Revision:

11 1 Page: 6 1 (EOF) Operations I I 2.7 Offsite Monitoring Teams (OMTs) 2.7.1 The OMTs report to the PTS and are responsible for conducting offsite radiological monitoring and collecting environmental samples.

2.8 EOF Habitability Specialist 2.8.1 The Habitability Specialist reports to the RAC and is responsible for: a. Conducting radiological monitoring in the EOF. b. Maintaining the EOF Radiological Status Board. c. Setting up frisking stations in the EOF. d. Advising REM/RAC of survey results.

e. Issue KI when directed by REM. 2.8.2 The Habitability Specialist assumes the duties of the Health Physics Network Communicator when requested by the REM/RAC.

2.9 Technical/Engineering Support Manager 2.9.1 The Tech/Eng Support Manager reports to the OEC and is responsible for: a. Arranging offsite engineering support and briefing and assisting incoming engineers.

b. Evaluating the status of the reactor core during an emergency.

c. Reporting any plant status changes to the REM and OEC Technical Assistant.

d. Periodically consulting with TSC on status of emergency and engineering/technical support requirements.

e. Notifying additional technical/engineering personnel as necessary.

f. Briefing support staff. g. Advising TSC on design criteria and core limitations as requested.

h. Requesting fuel and core calculations as necessary.

i. Ensuring plant status board is up-to-date.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0133.doc I

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Operations Facility No.: 10-S-01-33 Revision:

11 Page: 7 (EOF) Operations 2.10 EOF Administrative Director 2.10.1 The EOF Admin. Director reports to the OEC and is responsible for: a. Initiating and completing each Emergency Notification Form. b. Ensuring that notifications are completed in required time. c. EOF communications and other administrative interfaces.

d. Answering questions related to actions required by the Emergency Plan, implementing procedures or state/local Emergency Plans. e. Providing logistical support to offsite agencies and contractors.

f. Assigning Lead Communicator.

2.11 EOF Communicator 2.11.1 The EOF Communicator reports to the EOF Admin. Director and is responsible for: a. Operation of the EOF communications system. b. Maintaining logs and records of all official communications in the EOF. c. Transmitting the Emergency Notification Form to state and local agencies via the OHL. d. Synchronizing EOF clocks with TSC. e. Requesting copies of all Emergency Notifications from TSC. f. Supplying copies of each notification to the OEC, REM, and Tech/Eng Support Manager.

g. Initiating message log and retention file. h. Advising State, Local and Federal EOCs when EOF is operational.

2.12 OEC Technical Assistant (OECTA) 2.12.1 The OEC Tech Assist. reports to the OEC and is responsible for: a. Ensuring compliance with appropriate procedures and federal regulations.

b. Checking EALs for proper event classification; reviewing Emergency Notification Forms; consulting with Tech/Engineering Support Manager on plant conditions and support needs; and consulting with plant licensing to ensure that proposed response options are in compliance with appropriate procedures and federal regulations.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\1IS0133.doc Title: Emergency Operations Facility No.: 10-S-01-33 Revision:

11 Page: 8 (EOF) Operations 2.13 EOF Facility Coordinator 2.13.1 The EOF Facility Coordinator reports to the EOF Admin Director and is responsible for: a. Operating EOF systems and equipment, as directed.

b. If electrical power fails, verify the Emergency Diesel Generator System operations.

c. If directed to isolate EOF, checking fans and damper positions; checking filters for proper operations, securing boundary doors; and directing facility or equipment maintenance, as requested.

2.14 Food and Lodging Coordinator 2.14.1 The Food and Lodging Coordinator reports to the EOF Admin Director and is responsible for: a. Conducting breath analyses.

b. Arranging food and lodging, as necessary.

c. Access control for facility.

2.15 Minimum EOF Staffing 2.15.1 Individuals filling a "Minimum EOF Staffing" position are required to promptly sign in on the EOF status board when reporting to the EOF. "Minimum EOF Staffing" positions are normally contained within a red outlined box on the EOF status board. When the last position is filled to meet minimum staffing, the individual filling that position is responsible for informing the Offsite Emergency Coordinator that minimum staffing is met.

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 Emergency Plan Procedure 10-S-01-20, Administration of Thyroid Blocking Agents 3.2 Emergency Plan Procedure 10-S-01-22, Recovery 3.3 Emergency Preparedness Procedure 10-S-02-3, Emergency Preparedness Form Control.

4.0 ATTACHMENTS 4.1 Attachment I -BEOF Layout 4.2 Attachment II -Map to Baxter Wilson Steam Electric Station\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0133.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Operations Facility No.: 10-S-01-33 I Revision:

11 1 Page: 9 1 (CEOF) 0perationsI 4.3 Attachment III- Manual Whole-Body Frisking Instructions NOTE Checklists are performance aids; they are intended to assist and aid ERO personnel in the performance of their tasks. Completion of checklists is not mandatory.

These forms are stored in storage bins and the applicable forms for each position at the position's location.

5.0 DEFINITIONS 5.1 BEOF -Backup Emergency Operations Facility 5.2 ENMC -Emergency News Media Center 5.3 ENS -Emergency Notification System 5.4 EOC -Emergency Operations Center 5.5 EOF -Emergency Operations Facility 5.6 EPP -Emergency Plan Procedure 5.7 EPZ -Emergency Planning Zone 5.8 FEMA -Federal Emergency Management Agency 5.9 HPN -Health Physics Network 5.10 HVAC -Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning 5.11 MDRH -Mississippi Department of Radiological Health 5.12 NRC -Nuclear Regulatory Commission 5.13 OMT -Offsite Monitoring Team 5.14 PAR -Protective Action Recommendation 5.15 PTS -Plume Tracking Specialist 5.16 RAC -Radiological Assessment Coordinator 5.17 REM -Radiation Emergency Manager 5.18 SRAO -State Radiological Assessment Officer 5.19 SRO -Senior Reactor Operator 5.20 OEC -Offsite Emergency Coordinator 5.21 ED -Emergency Director 5.22 CEC -Corporate Emergency Center 5.23 EAL's -Emergency Action Levels\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0133.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Operations Facility No.: 10-S-01-33 Revision:

11 Page: 10 (EOF) Operations I 5.24 KI -Potassium Iodide 6.0 DETAILS 6.1 Personnel Duties 6.1.1 Personnel assigned to the EOF or BEOF should be knowledgeable of and comply with personnel access and Fitness for Duty requirements.

6.1.2 Personnel assigned to the EOF or BEOF should maintain logs of their activities.

a. Log entries need not duplicate information contained in messages, status reports, etc., but should contain a chronological history of actions, decisions, and important communications which occur. NOTE The OEC may delegate log keeping responsibilities to the OEC Technical Assistant.

6.1.3 Personnel assigned to the EOF should sign in on the EOF Personnel Status Board upon arrival in the EOF. a. The EOF Admin Director ensures that the status board is completed.

6.2 Activation 6.2.1 The EOF may be activated at any time, and shall be activated at an Alert, Site Area Emergency, and General Emergency.

Once activated, the EOF shall become operational as soon as possible (without delay). When facility staffing can be accomplished with onsite personnel, it is the goal to become operational wihtin 45 minutes. Otherwise, when personnel staffing the facility are offsite, the facility shall be fully operational in 90 minutes.

6.2.2 To be declared operational the EOF must be available to and capable of performing the following functions:

a. Manage the overall emergency effort and response resources.

b. Provide radiological effluent and environs monitoring and assessment and offsite dose projections.

c. Notify federal, state, and local Emergency Response Organizations.

d. Provide recommendations to state and local agencies for public protective actions.

e. Assessment and classification of the emergency.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0133.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Operations Facility No.: r0-S-01-33 Revision:

11 Page: 1. (EOF) Operations II 6.2.3 The minimum EOF staffing required for the EOF to be declared operational is as follows: a. Offsite Emergency Coordinator

b. One of the following:

(1) Radiological Emergency Manager, or (2) Radiological Assessment Coordinator, or (3) Radiological Assessment Dose Calculator (EOF) c. Plume Tracker d. Offsite Monitoring Team as follows: (1) One monitor (2) One driver/assistant

e. Two communicators 6.2.4 Declaring the EOF Operational

a. Declare the EOF operational when EOF staff is available and capable of performing the items listed in 6.2.2. The OEC informs the EOF Staff when the EOF is operational.

b. EOF personnel receive turnover from personnel (TSC or Control Room) with current responsibility for the items listed in 6.2.2 using available communication equipment.

c. As soon as possible, assume responsibility for the items listed in 6.2.2 from TSC or Control Room personnel.

d. The OEC informs the ED when the EOF has assumed responsibility for the items listed in 6.2.2. e. The EOF Admin Director notifies the ENMC that the EOF is operational.

f. The EOF Communicator notifies the TSC Communicator, state, local, and federal EOC's that the EOF is operational.

6.2.5 EOF Access Controls a. Access is limited to the following personnel:

(1) Members of the Emergency Response Organization whose name appears on the current Fitness for Duty List located at the EOF Entrance counter.

(2) State, Federal, and Local agency personnel displaying appropriate picture ID.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0133.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Emergency Operations Facility No.: 10-S-01-33 Revision:

11 Page: 12 (EOF) Operations 6.2.6 Access to EOF NOTE The facility may be secured due to radiological release or if Food/Lodging Coordinator leaves the post. a. Perform the following:

(1) Lock the doors with the Master Key located in the Key Storage Area. b. To grant access: (1) The person requesting access must state name and social security number if he/she is an Entergy employee.

If the person is a State or Federal employee, he/she must state name and agency employed with. (2) Verify the Entergy personnel name and social security number with the EOF Identification Book. State or Federal personnel must present identification badge for verification.

(3) Press the key button to release the door lock. (4) If the State/Federal employee does not have proper identification, the OEC, EOF Administrative Director, OEC Technical Assistant, or Technical/Engineering Support Manager must approve entry. (5) After verifications, personnel retrieve facility badge and sign in on EOF Monitoring Log. (6) During after hours, ask Entergy employee if they have consumed alcohol in the past five hours. If the answer is yes, the person must sign consent to test form. (7) If alcohol has not been consumed, the person may proceed to retrieve facility badge and sign in on EOF Monitoring Log. c. Fitness for Duty (1) Entergy Operations personnel assigned to the EOF reporting for duty are asked if they have consumed alcohol within the previous five hours. If the answer is No, they are issued a badge and allowed unescorted access. If the answer is Yes, a consent to test form (SECFM 172) is presented to the individual for signature.

The individual is provided with an escort while in the EOF until a breath test can be performed.

(2) If the Food and Lodging Coordinator is not available to perform breath test, Security must be contacted.

The test is completed as soon as possible after the individual in question arrives at the EOF and has signed the consent form.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0133.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Operations Facility No.: 10-S-01-33 lRevision:

11 Page: 13 CEOF) 0perations 6.2.6 (Cont.) (3) The Food and Lodging Coordinator performs breath analysis as follows: (a) Verify operability of breath analysis equipment. (b) Complete consent to test documentation. (c) Conduct breath test. (d) Attach test record data to consent to test. (e) Present documentation to the EOF Administrative Director.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\lOSO133.doc Title: Emergency Operations Facility 1No 0:( O-S-01-33 I Revision:

11 jPage: 14 (EOF) Operations 6.3 EOF Habitability/Isolation/Frisking/Decontamination 6.3.1 EOF Habitability Radiological Condition Action Level Actions to be taken I. Radiological Releases Confirmed Release with

• Establish contamination controls Potential to Affect EOF 0 Notify OEC

• Recommend isolation of EOF and

• Verify that all EOF personnel have signed in on the EOF Personnel Monitoring Log and

• Increase Monitoring frequency

2. Direct External 0.5 mRem/hour external y

• Perform all actions section 1 above Radiation Exposure (Inside EOF) or and 0.5 mRem/hour external

• Verify levels using other available o_ instrumentation any increase in dose rates above background and

• Notify RPM 0 Perform all actions section 1 above 2 100 mRem/hour external y and or

• Verify levels using other available instrumentation S500 mRad/hour external

• Notify RPM

• Recommend to OEC that EOF be evacuated 0 Issue Self Reading Dosimeters

3. Airborne Iodine 1.0 X 10-8 RCi/cc

• Perform all actions section 1 above Concentration inside EOF and

• Verify levels using other available instrumentation

• Notify RPM

• Perform all actions section 1 above S2.4 x 10 -7 ACi/cc and

• Verify levels using other available instrumentation

• Notify RPM 0 Recommend to OEC that EOF be evacuated\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\i0\10S0133.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Operations Facility No.: I0-S-01-33 Revision:

11 Page: 15 (EOF) Operations 1 1 6.3.2 EOF Radiological Monitoring

a. The EOF Habitability Specialist performs periodic measurements of radioactive airborne, surface contamination, general area radiation levels if a radioactive release has occurred or as directed by the RAC. b. Tasks (1) The EOF Habitability Specialist ensures that radiological surveys of the EOF are performed upon I activation of the EOF, whenever a radiation monitor alarms, or as directed by the RAC. If the EOF installed radiation monitoring instrumentation is inoperable, these surveys must be performed at least once per hour. (2) Radiological Monitoring is performed in accordance with 10-S-01-14, Emergency Radiological Monitoring.

(3) Report results of habitability surveys to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.

6.3.3 EOF Isolation

a. The OEC, upon consultation with the REM, may recommend isolation of the EOF. The OEC directs isolation as follows: (1) The OEC tells the EOF Administrative Director to coordinate the EOF isolation.

(2) The EOF Administrative Director tells the EOF Facility Coordinator to isolate the EOF. (3) The EOF Facility Coordinator isolates the EOF in accordance with the EOF systems manual. 6.3.4 Frisking (Personnel and Materials Contamination Monitoring)

a. Frisking is required to limit the introduction of radioactive contamination into the EOF. b. A "frisker" station must be set up at the ground level entrance in accordance with EOF Radiological Monitor Checklist (Form EPP 33-10). This station should accommodate personnel arriving at the EOF from outside and inside the ESC. c. All personnel entering the EOF must perform a whole body frisk. d. All material is frisked before it can be brought into the EOF.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0133.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Operations Facility 10tNo -S-0133 Revision:

11 Page: 16 6.3.4 (Cont.) e. See Attachment III for Frisking Instructions.

NOTE The REM may waive frisking requirements based on actual or potential release conditions.

6.3.5 Personnel Decontamination

a. Decontamination of EOF personnel must be performed by knowledgeable people designated by the REM. b. Personnel decontamination is documented on Personnel Contamination Report. (These forms are located in the EOF decon shower.) c. If the contaminated person is injured, decontamination procedures are postponed until injuries demanding immediate care are attended to. The REM should contact the TSC and arrange for Plant Staff Health Physics assistance.

d. Operation of the decontamination shower is addressed in the EOF Systems Manual. e. Cases of significant levels or persistent external contamination or any real or suspected internal contamination must be reported to the REM immediately.

6.4 Briefings 6.4.1 The OEC is briefed by the Technical/Engineering Support Manager, REM and the EOF Administrative Director on the status of the emergency and the capability of the EOF to start operations.

6.4.2 The OEC briefs the EOF staff on plant status and corrective actions in progress and identifies offsite response actions required to support the plant. 6.4.3 The OEC briefs the state, local and federal agency representatives on the status of the emergency and corrective actions in progress.

6.4.4 The REM ensures that 10CFR19 Indoctrination Briefings, as necessary, are conducted in accordance with 10-S-01-26.

7.0 BACKUP EOF (BEOF) 7.1 Location 7.1.1 The BEOF is located at the Baxter Wilson Steam Electric Station in Vicksburg.

See Attachment II for map.\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0133.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Operations Facility No.: 10-S-01-33 Revision:

1i Page: 17 (EOF) Operations 7.2 Activation of the BEOF 7.2.1 If the EOF is not habitable or cannot perform its required functions, the OEC directs the activation of the BEOF. 7.2.2 The OEC ensures that the Shift Supervisor at Baxter Wilson Steam Electric Station is notified.

The BWSES Shift Supervisor has custody of the BEOF keys and will provide them to persons listed on the BEOF Access List. 7.2.3 When relocating personnel from the EOF to the BEOF, the OEC: a. Requests from the Radiation Emergency Manager, a determination on the acceptability of normal egress routes from the site. b. Transfers the following functions to the TSC prior to EOF deactivation:

(1) Command and Control (2) Communication with federal, state and local agencies (3) Radiological Assessment and Protective Action Recommendations (4) Emergency Classification/Assessment

c. Transfers the following functions to the OSC prior to EOF deactivation:

(1) Dispatch of OMTs (2) Control of OMTs d. Ensures the offsite agencies supporting the emergency response and all Emergency Response Facilities are notified of the move. e. Ensures all logbooks, current paperwork and position badges are taken to the BEOF. 7.2.4 Prior to leaving the EOF, the EOF communicator will: a. Contact the TSC Communicator and discuss status of current notifications to federal, state and local agencies.

b. Transfer responsibilities for notifications of federal, state and local agencies to TSC. 7.3 Setup 7.3.1 Upon arrival at the BEOF, the Emergency Support Manager ensures the BEOF is set up using the BEOF SETUP CHECKLIST (Form EPP 33 14). The EOF Administrative Director is to be advised when the setup is completed.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TEC-_PUB\REVISION\10\10S0133.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Operations Facility No.: 10-S-01-33 Revision:(1i Page: 18 (EOF) 0perations 7.3.2 The following personnel report to the BEOF and assist the Emergency Support Manager in the BEOF setup: a. EOF Facility Coordinator

b. Food and Lodging Coordinator

c. EOF Communicators 7.3.3 The blackboard will be used to display information normally displayed on the EOF status boards. 7.3.4 Upon arrival the EOF Communicator will: a. Contact the TSC Communicator and discuss the status of current notification to federal, state and local agencies.

b. Request that TSC fax copies of any notifications made to state and local agencies not carried to BEOF. c. Provide notification status and forms to EOF Administrative Director.

7.3.5 The EOF Administrative Director upon arrival will: a. Review the BEOF Setup Checklist with the Emergency Support Manager.

b. Review the status of current notification of federal, state and local agencies from the EOF Communicator.

c. Review BEOF Staffing Requirements (Form EPP 33-13), and ensure the BEOF is appropriately staffed.

d. Brief the OEC on overall BEOF status. 7.3.6 The REM upon arrival will: a. Contact the RPM and obtain plant status, radiological data, meteorological data, and PARs b. Ensure the Radiological Assessment Dose Calculator (EOF)locates and uses the Dosecalc computer.

c. Ensure the Plume Tracker establishes communications with the OMT. d. Brief the OEC on Radiological Assessment status. 7.3.7 EOF Engineering (Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical) may access needed plant diagrams/drawings via IDEAS on the receptionist's computer.

7.4 Staffing 7.4.1 Due to space limitations, the BEOF will be staffed in accordance with the BEOF Staffing Requirements (Form EPP 33-13).\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10SO133.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Emergency Operations Facility (No.: 10-S-01-33 IRevision:

11 1 Page: 19 1 ~ (EOF) 0perationsI 7.4.2 The Offsite Monitoring Teams (OMTs) will be controlled by the Operations Support Center (OSC). Communications between the OMTs and the OSC will be maintained until the BEOF is declared operational.

7.5 Security 7.5.1 7.6 Operation Industrial security and access control for the BEOF are established at the Baxter Wilson gate. No further security measures are required.

'I 7.6.1 The OEC declares the BEOF operational when: a. Sufficient personnel are present to man the minimum BEOF staffing requirements.

b. Advised by the EOF Administrative Director that the BEOF is ready to perform notifications to federal, state, and local agencies.

c. Advised by the REM that the BEOF is ready to perform Offsite Radiological Assessment.

d. Advised by the EOF Administrative Director that the BEOF is physically ready to support operation.

7.6.2 After declaring the BEOF operational:

a. Transfer the following functions from the TSC to the BEOF: (1) Command and Control (2) Communications with federal, state and local agencies (3) Radiological Assessment

b. Transfer the following functions from the OSC to the BEOF: (1) Dispatch of OMTs (2) Control of OMTs\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0133.doc GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION 10-S-01-33 Revision:

11 Attachment I Page 1 of 1 Date BEOF LAYOUT fw~o ENTRANCE 1. NRC.STATE

2. 0QC. OEC TECN. ASST. TECKOENG SUPP. MGR. EOF ADMI. MR. 3. EMERGENCY SUPPORT MGR. AND FOPO I LOOGNG COORD. 4. REM, RAC. PLUME TRACIN SPEC. 5. EOF COUMUMMATOR AND ASSSTANTS

& MSSP DOSE ASIESSUNTI

7. LOWLAA OM6 ASSESENT J: \ADMSRVS\TECI-_PUB\REVISION\1O\10S0133.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE 10-S-01-33 Revision:

11 Attachment II Page 1 of 1 MAP TO BAXTER WILSON STEAM ELECTRIC STATION BAXER WILSON STEAM ELECTRIC PLANT -.... ...... ... Ta .-

• PARKINGI LOT II !'STEAM ELCTMC I , II I I. g .elunj Ii PLANT SWITCHYARD, .° PI JI{0 I I II .I US HWY 61 9 z w TO VICKSBURG J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0133.doc 11"qARM, Wup K AE'DCt"\1CV OT GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION rVnme- P AN..........

10-S-01-33 Revision:

11 Attachment III Page 1 of 1 MANUAL WHOLE-BODY FRISKING INSTRUCTIONS

1. Check frisker for the following:

a. Frisker is turned "ON." b. Range Selector switch is in the "Xl" position.

c. Response Selector switch is in the "SLOW" position.

d. Volume control is turned up so that an audible count rate is heard. 2. The probe should be held about 1/2-inch from the surface being surveyed.

The probe speed should be approximately 1 to 2 inches per second. 3. The following guidelines should be followed for frisking:

a. Without picking up probe, carefully frisk both sides of hands (5 secs per hand). b. Pick up probe and frisk head and/or hard hat (5 seconds).

c. Frisk face, paying careful attention to nose and mouth (5 secs -minimum).

d. Frisk neck, holding probe next to neck (5 secs -minimum).

e. Frisk front of trunk, paying careful attention to chest/stomach area (5 secs -min). f. Frisk remainder of body -arms, legs, knees, buttock and back (about 2 mins). g. Frisk bottom of feet (5 secs per foot). h. Return probe to face up or side position for the next person. 4. While frisking, listen for an audible increase in the count rate. The audible response is much faster than the meter response, and therefore alerts you to the presence of contamination much sooner. If an increase in the audible count rate is detected, resurvey that particular area again. 5. If the frisker indicates 100 cpm (or greater) above background, REMAIN AT THE FRISKER and have someone contact EOF HABITABILITY SPECIALIST for assistance.

NOTE A proper Whole-Body Frisk will take approximately 3 minutes to perform correctly.

Materials Frisking (1) Perform steps 1 and 2 of whole body Frisking instructions.

(2) Listen for audible increase in count rate. (3) If the frisker indicates 100 cpm (or greater) above background, contact the Habitability Specialist for assistance.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S01 3 3.doc PLANT OPERATIONS MANUAL Volume 10 Section 01 10-S-01-34 Revision:

11 Date: 4,5 7 81 C T 2/8/01 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE PUBLIC INFORMATION AND ENMC/EIC OPERATION SAFETY RELATED Prepared:

Reviewed:

Concurred:

PSRC: Approved: Technical marrea4Wions Pla t eneral Manager Manager, Mfrgency Preparedness List of Effective Pages: Pages 1-12 Attachment I List of TCNs Incorporated:

Revision TCN 0 None 1 1 2 None 3 None 4 None 5 None 6 None 7 None 8 None 9 None 10 None 11 None\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0134.doc Title: Public Information and No. 10-S-01-34 Revision:

11 ISafety , ENMC/EIC 0peration Evaluation Facility:

I Grand Gulf Nuclear Station I. SIGNATURES Preparer:

c ard Van Den Akker January 8, 2001 Signature Name (print) Date eviewer: Signature Name (print)Date II. OVERVIEW Document Evaluated: (Include document number, revision, and title) Emergency Plan Procedure 10-S-01-34, Public Information and ENNC/EIC Operation Brief Description of the Proposed Change: Change Shift Superintendent to Shift Manager to comply with FSAR section 13.1.2.3.4.

and add information about issuing News Bulletins during rapidly developing and terminating emergencies to comply with the Emergency Plan section 5.0. II1. 50.59 SCREENING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to: Operating License Technical Specifications EYes No LI Yes SNo WI Yes []No NRC Orders (ANO only)If yes, process a change per 10CFR50.90 and obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change. If yes, process a change per 1 OCFR50.90 and obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change. If yes, process a change per 10CFR50.90 and obtain NRC approval prior to implementing the Change.F-1 N/A GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Public Information and No.: 10-S-01-34 Revision:

11 Safety ENMC/EIC Operation Evaluation SAR SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to the facility or procedure which alters information, operation, function or ability to perform the function of a system, structure or component described in the SAR (site-specific documents)?

TS Bases section UFSAR (including pending changes)TRM ElYes No E Yes No [] Yes M] No F-1 Yes M] No Core Operating Limits Report Fire Hazards Analysis (Included in RBS' USAR)El NRC SERs Does the proposed Change involve a test or experiment not described in the SAR? Does the proposed Change result in any potential impact to equipment or facilities utilized for Ventilated Storage Cask activities?

F[l Yes No N/A Yes No Yes No Yes No N/A If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation. (See Section 5.1.19.) If yes, perform a 50.59 Evaluation.

If yes, perform a 72.48 Review.ADDITIONAL SCREENING Does the proposed Change represent a change to: Quality Assurance Program Manual Emergency Plan E Yes No []Yes []No If yes, notify the quality department and ensure a 50.54 Evaluation is performed.

If yes, notify the emergency planning department and ensure a 50.54 Evaluation is performed.

EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Public Information and No.: 10-S-01-34 Revision:

11 Safety ENMC/EIC Operation Evaluation BASIS: An electronic search of the FSAR was conducted.

This search included the keywords ,NEWS BULLETING, NEWS BRIEF, COMPANY SPOKESMAN, COMPANY SPOKESPERSON, EIC, EMERGENCY INFORMATION CENTER, EMERGENCY NEWS CENTER and ENMC. These searches showed that the GGNS Technical Specifications and their bases do not discuss or refer to any activities associated with the issuing of News Bulletins or the operation of the ENMC or the EIC. Additional searches of the FSAR were done on the keywords SHIFT SUPERINTENDENT and SHIFT MANAGER.

References to the Shift Superintendent and Shift Manager were found stating that the title has been changed (FSAR Section 13.1.2.3.4).

This procedure change just changes Shift Superintendent to Shift Manager, to comply with FSAR Section 13.1.2.3.4, and incorporates information about issuing News bulletins during rapidly developing or rapidly terminating events to comply with section 5.0 of the Grand Gulf Emergency Plan. This change does not involve any tests or experiments not described in the SAR but just describes the activation of the VIP 2000 system and the notification of on-call personnel.

This change will not result in any potential impact to equipment or facilities.

This procedure does not describe how to operate or maintain any plant equipment, and only describes the notification process to be followed to augment GGNS staff in a declared emergency.

This change does not involve any activities that will affect the environment.

EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Public Information and ENMC/EIC Operation EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE No.: 10-S-01-34 Revision:

11 Safety Evaluation IV. ENVIRONMENTAL EVALUATION APPLICABILITY REVIEW If any of the following questions is answered "YES", then an Environmental Evaluation must be performed.

Will the Change being evaluated:

NO [] Disturb land that is beyond that initially disturbed during construction (i.e., n buildings, creation or removal of ponds, or other terrestrial impact)? Increase thermal discharges to the river, lake or atmosphere? Increase concentration or quantity of chemicals discharged to the atmosphe surface water? [] Increase quantity of chemicals to cooling lake or atmosphere through [] Modify the design or operation of cooling tower that will change flow charact [] Install any new transmission lines leading offsite? [] Change the design or operation of the intake or discharge structures?

[] Discharges any chemicals new or different from that previously discharged" [] Potentially cause a spill or unevaluated discharge that may effect neighborir or ground water? [] Involve burying or placement of any solid wastes in the site area that may ei water or ground water? Involve incineration or disposal of any potentially hazardous materials on thi -Result in a change to non-radiological effluents or licensed reactor power le Potentially change the type or increase the amount of non-radiological air ei YES D El F F F F M Eli R Eli F El-w construction of ire, ground water, or arge canal or tower? eristics?

ig soils, surface water ffect runoff, surface e site? vel? missions from the site?f -h Title: Public Information and ENMC/ No.: -S-l0 01-34 Revision:

11 1Page: I ~ EIC 0perationI Periodic Review Required:

V) YES ( ) NO If Yes, list frequency:

If No, refer to Attachment XIX of 01-S-02-3 for a list of procedure review methods and fill in the appropriate letter(s) below; if "Other," specify method. Method(s) of Review 1OCFR50.59 Review Required: Yes -If Yes, attach 50.59 Review. No -Not required per section (enter Section 6.3.2(b) or 6.3.2(c) of procedure 01-S-02-3)

Cross-discipline review required: ( ) YES Vj NO Tech Reviewer's Initials s_Reviewed by: Does this directive contain Tech Spec Triggers? ( YES X NO\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\10S0134.doc Year EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Public Information and ENMC/ No.: l0-S-01-34 Revision:

11 Page: ii EIC Operation REQUIREMENTS CROSS-REFERENCE LIST lRequirement Implemented by Directive Directive Paragraph Number Name Paragraph Number That Implements Requirement GGNS Emergency Plan 7.3.5

• GGNS Emergency Plan 7.3.6

• GGNS Emergency Plan Appendix H.I.4.0,5.0 GGNS Emergency Plan 8.8 S3 *

• Covered by directive as a whole or by various paragraphs of the directive.

NOTE The Component Data Base Change Request statement is applicable only to Volume 06 and 07 maintenance directives.

Component Data Base Change Request generated and the backup documentation available for setpoint and/or calibration data only C1 Yes 0 N/A CDBCR # Current Revision Statement Revision 11 "* Changes Shift Superintendent title to Shift Manager.

"* Adds allowance for issuing News Bulletins in Rapidly Developing and Terminating Emergencies.

\\ggnne\group\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\10S0134.doc EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Public Information and ENMC/EIC Operation No.: 10-S-01-34 Rev. 11 Emergency Plan Evaluation EVALUATION OF EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROCEDURE Procedure Number: Procedure Name: Revision / TCN Number: 10-S-01-34 Public Information and ENMC/EIC Operation Revision 11 Does the procedure Revision / TCN require an Emergency Plan change?( ) Yes (X) No NOTE: IF YES, THIS PROCEDURE CANNOT BE ISSUED UNTIL THE EMERGENCY PLAN IS CHANGED / REVISED.

Reason for "NO" response:

This procedure revision implements the changes made to the GGNS Emergency Plan in Revision 43. This procedure revision also clarifies the procedure and adds details for News Bulletin releases during rapidly developing and terminating emergencies.

This revision does not modify the applicable portions of the Emergency Plan.Manager, Emergency Preparedness Prepared:

Approved: V. ( 0\

GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Public Information and ENMC/ No.': 10-S-01-34 Revision:

i1 Page: EIC Operation I -TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1.0 PURPOSE 2 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2

3.0 REFERENCES

3 4.0 ATTACHMENTS 3 5.0 DEFINITIONS 3 6.0 DETAILS 4 6.1 Organization 4 6.2 Activation of Public Information Function 4 6.3 Rapidly Developing and Terminating Emergency 6 6.4 ENMC Security 6 6.5 Operation of ENMC 6 6.6 Operation of EIC 8 6.7 Securing EIC and ENMC Operations 9 6.8 Corporate Emergency Center (CEC) Support for GGNS 10 7.0 BACKUP ENMC/EIC 11 7.1 Location 11 7.2 Activation of the Backup ENMC/EIC 11 7.3 Operation 11 J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\IOS013 4.T Title: Public Information and ENMC/ No.: 10-S-01-34 IRevision:

11 Page 2 IEIC Operation I I I 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 To provide instructions for the operation of Emergency News Media Center (ENMC) and Emergency Information Center (EIC), including facility activation and personnel responsibilities in support of the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Emergency Plan. 1.2 To provide an outline of duties and responsibilities of the Public Information Personnel during an emergency at Grand Gulf Nuclear Station to ensure accurate and timely dissemination of information.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 Company Spokesperson

-Reports directly to Offsite Emergency Coordinator and is responsible for overall operation of Emergency News Media Center. During an emergency, the Company Spokesperson is responsible for preparing official news bulletins, conducting media briefings, and the Emergency Information Center. Before ENMC operations, Corporate Communications (Echelon) personnel may contact the Company Spokesperson to obtain emergency information as necessary.

During an Unusual Event, Company Spokesperson is responsible for briefing the Information Specialist on the event. 2.2 ENMC Manager -Reports to the Company Spokesperson and is responsible for general ENMC operations.

2.3 Technical Spokesperson

-Reports to Company Spokesperson and is responsible for answering technical questions from news media regarding emergency situation.

2.4 ENMC Support Staff -Assist Company Spokesperson and ENMC Manager in the activation and operation of the ENMC. Setup ENMC stage and PA equipment in accordance with the ENMC Support Checklist.

The ENMC Support Staff reports to the ENMC Manager.

2.5 EIC Coordinator

-Reports to Company Spokesperson and is responsible for operation of ETC per this procedure.

EIC personnel consists of EIC Coordinator and Emergency Information Center Staff. 2.6 Emergency Information Center Staff -Answer inquiries from the public under the direction of EIC Coordinator.

The Emergency Information Staff reports to the EIC Coordinator.

2.7 Media Monitor -Records TV and radio new casts, comparing them with official news bulletins and releases for deviations from the facts. Media Monitor reports any discrepancies to Company Spokesperson.

2.8 Offsite Emergency Coordinator

-During an unusual event is responsible for briefing the Company Spokesperson on the event. 2.9 Emergency Director/On-Call Manager -Contacts the Control Room at an Unusual Event for an event update. Upon receiving an event update, contact the Offsite Emergency Coordinator briefs him/her on the event.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0134.T EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Public Information and ENMC/ No.: 10-S-01-34 TRevision:

11 Page: 3 1EIC Operation I II 2.10 Information Specialist

-Reports to the Company Spokesperson and is responsible for relaying necessary information to the Company Spokesperson or Technical Spokesperson for preparations of News Bulletin.

NOTE Each position should establish and maintain a log. Document all pertinent emergency information in the log.

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 None 4.0 ATTACHMENTS 4.1 Attachment I -Sample News Bulletin NOTE Individual position checklists are performance aids; they are intended to assist and aid ERO personnel in performance of their tasks. Completion of the checklists is not mandatory.

5.0 DEFINITIONS 5.1 Activation

-Actions taken by staff to set up an emergency facility for operation.

Includes notification of emergency personnel, equipment setup and equipment operability testing.

5.2 Alert -Events are in progress or have occurred which involve an actual or potential substantial degradation of the safety level of the plant. May involve minor releases of radioactivity but still poses no health hazard. 5.3 CEC -Entergy Operations Corporate Emergency Center, located on the first floor of Echelon One in Jackson. The CEC is used as a central location for gathering information concerning the status of an emergency at Arkansas Nuclear One, GGNS, Riverbend Station or Waterford 3 nuclear sites. It may also serve as an interim and backup news media center for GGNS. 5.4 EIC -Emergency Information Center, located in the Claiborne County EOC, Highway 18, Port Gibson, responds to inquiries from the media and public for information during an emergency.

5.5 ENMC -Emergency News Media Center, located at the Claiborne County EOC, Highway 18, Port Gibson. 5.6 EOC (Emergency Operation Center) -A facility from which civil government officials (municipal, county, state and federal) exercise direction and control during emergency operations.

5.7 EOF -Near-Site Emergency Operations Facility, located in the Energy Services Center at GGNS. 5.8 FEMA -Federal Emergency Management Agency J:\ADM SRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0134.T EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Public Information and ENMC/ No.: 10-S-0-34 Revision:

11 Page: 4 1EIC Operation I II I 5.9 General Emergency

-Events are in progress or have occurred which involve actual or imminent substantial core degradation or melting with potential for loss of containment integrity.

Most serious classification of the four; has potential for a release which could reasonably be expected to affect the offsite population.

State/local response required with protective actions probable.

5.10 MEMA -Mississippi Emergency Management Agency 5.11 Unusual Event -Events are in progress or have occurred which indicate a potential degradation of the level of plant safety. No releases of radioactive material requiring offsite response or monitoring are expected unless further degradation of Safety System occurs. No public health hazard; no state/local response.

5.12 NRC -Nuclear Regulatory Commission 5.13 Operational

-Status of an emergency facility declared by the appropriate facility manager upon determining that the facility is adequately staffed and equipment is set up and available to perform the emergency functions assigned to it. 5.14 Site Area Emergency

-Events are in progress or have occurred which involve actual or likely major failures of plant functions needed for protection of the public. Has the potential for significant onsite release, with possible offsite effects. State/local response required.

5.15 TSC -Technical Support Center, located onsite at GGNS. 5.16 IS -Information Specialist 5.17 INPO -Institute on Nuclear Power Operations 5.18 NEI -Nuclear Energy Institute 5.19 EPRI -Electric Power Research Institute 6.0 DETAILS 6.1 Organization 6.1.1 Organization and staffing are in accordance with Administrative Procedure 01-S-10-6, Emergency Response Organization.

6.2 Activation of Public Information Function J:\ADM SRVS\TECH-PUB\REVISION\10\10S01 3 4.T NOTE The Company Spokesperson is the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station point of contact for information requests during an Unusual Event. Any inquiries for information concerning the emergency are referred to the Company Spokesperson.

EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Public Information and ENMC/ No.: 10-S-01-34 Revision:

11 jPage: 5 EIC Operation I 6.2.1 Unusual Event a. If the ENMC/EIC is being activated at an Unusual Event, proceed to Step 6.2.2. b. Upon notification of a declaration of an Unusual Event at GGNS, the following should occur: (1) Shift Manager should brief the On-Call Manager on the event. (2) On-Call Manager should brief the Offsite Emergency Coordinator on the event. (3) Offsite Emergency Coordinator should brief the Company Spokesperson on the event and determine if a news bulletin will be developed.

(4) Company Spokesperson should brief the Information Specialist on the event. (5) The Company Spokesperson drafts any required news bulletin.

6.2.2 Alert, Site Area Emergency, General Emergency

a. The ENMC is activated at the declaration of an Alert, Site Area Emergency or General Emergency.

The ENMC may be activated at an Unusual Event declaration at discretion of the Company Spokesperson.

All ENMC assigned personnel go to the ENMC and begin the activation procedure upon notification.

The Company Spokesperson notifies the Offsite Emergency Coordinator, and/or Emergency Director when ENMC is operational.

The ENMC Manager notifies the EIC Coordinator and Entergy Operations CEC Manager when the ENMC is operational.

b. The ENMC Manager -Is responsible for: (1) Initiating the ENMC Activation (Emergency News Media Center Activation Checklist, EPP 34-08). (2) Assigning ENMC setup tasks to support staff. (3) Consulting with Company Spokesperson on facility status. c. The Company Spokesperson declares the ENMC operational when facility is adequately staffed and capable of performing its function.

d. The EIC is activated at an Alert, Site Area Emergency or General Emergency classification.

The EIC may be activated at an Unusual Event declaration at the discretion of the Company Spokesperson.

All EIC assigned personnel report to the EIC and begin activation upon notification.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S013 4.T EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Public Information and ENMC/ No.: I0-S-01-34 Revision:

11 Page: 6 EIC Operation I I 6.2.2 (Cont.) e. The first member to arrive at the EIC is responsible for performing an operability check on the EIC telephones.

f. Any inquires for information concerning the event should be referred to the Emergency Information Center, after the EIC is operational.

6.3 Rapidly Developing and Terminating Emergency 6.3.1 In the circumstance of a rapidly developing emergency, the Company Spokesperson, in consultation with the OEC, is authorized to issue news bulletins.

6.3.2 In the circumstance an emergency develops rapidly and then is terminated without the ENMC being activated, the Company Spokesperson working with the Corporate Communications, develops a news bulletin detailing the nature of the event and how it was resolved.

The news bulletin should be released to the news media as soon as possible.

6.4 ENMC Security 6.4.1 Positive access control is established as follows: a. Members of Emergency Response Organization (ERO), federal, state, county and parish personnel are authorized access to Utility/Government work area. b. Personnel granted access to the Utility/Government Work Area should pickup appropriate badge upon entry. c. If non-authorized personnel gain access to Utility/ Government Work Area, request assistance from Civil Defense Director at 437-4684 or 437-3996.

6.4.2 Members of the media have access to the Auditorium and Media Workroom.

6.4.3 The door separating the Auditorium from the Utility/Government work area and rear Utility/Government access doors, should remain closed and locked when not monitored by the ENMC Staff. This will prevent the media from gaining access to the Utility/Government work area. 6.5 Operation of ENMC 6.5.1 When ENMC is operational, news bulletins (Attachment I) are issued routinely.

a. Company Spokesperson receives information from the TSC. This information may be verbal or taken from Emergency Notification Forms. The ENMC Manager should ensure that Emergency Notification Forms are forwarded to the Company Spokesperson.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0134.T EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Public Information and ENMC/ No.: 10-S-01-34 Revision:

11 Page: 7 IEIC Operation III 6.5.1 J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0134.T (Cont.) b. Company Spokesperson or Technical Spokesperson contacts the Information Specialists to receive information on the event and develop a news bulletin.

c. Company Spokesperson and Technical Spokesperson meet with state, local and federal representatives to review news bulletins before news briefings.

d. The news bulletin is then released to all participating agencies and telecopied to the EOF, TSC, INPO, SMEPA and Entergy Operations CEC. Several copies of the News Bulletin should be hand carried to the EIC, and one copy given to the Media Monitor.

e. The Company Spokesperson establishes a news briefing time and directs the ENMC Manager to post it in the auditorium.

f. The Company Spokesperson interfaces with the federal, state and local spokesperson.

g. ENMC Manager ensures news bulletins are available to the media. h. The Company Spokesperson routinely briefs ENMC staff and EIC Coordinator on the event. i. The ENMC Support Staff monitors the ARM and records readings hourly in their logbook. Any changes are reported to the ENMC Manager.

Use the following guidelines for issuing public statements at the ENMC. a. Company Spokesperson introduces:

(1) Technical Spokesperson (2) State, county and parish representatives (3) FEMA and NRC representatives

b. Company Spokesperson presides at briefings and presents GGNS news bulletins.

c. State and local representatives present the latest news bulletin released by their agencies.

d. The Company Spokesperson opens the floor to questions.

e. GGNS response is confined to conditions of the plant and technical questions concerning nuclear plant operations.

(1) The Technical Spokesperson ensures unanswered questions are addressed at a later briefing.6.5.2 I STitle: Public Information and ENMCO No.: 10-S-01-34 1 Revision:

11 Page: 8 ETC Operation 1 6.5.2 (Cont.) f. Questions relating to offsite agency activities are referred to the appropriate governmental agency. NOTE Descriptions/discussions of offsite radiological conditions and protective actions underway are the responsibility of the state/local government.

g. The Company Spokesperson closes news briefing.

6.5.3 Company Spokesperson directs ENMC Manager to develop a Shift Duty Roster and requests public information support from Entergy Operations CEC for extended operations of the ENMC, as necessary.

6.5.4 GGNS, state, federal, and local agency bulletins are provided to the Media Monitor for comparing and reviewing media releases.

6.5.5 One ENMC support staff person records the news briefing using the tape recorder near the podium and handles the microphone for media questions.

The other ENMC support person turns PA system on/off at the beginning and end of press briefing and monitors stage door. 6.5.6 ENMC support staff distributes copies of the news bulletins and ensures press kits are available to the media. 6.5.7 ENMC Clerical Coordinator ensures that the approved news bulletins (GGNS, state, local, and Federal) are distributed to the EIC. 6.5.8 ENMC Manager completes ENMC Stage Seating Diagram (EPP 34-12) and distributes to personnel that will be on stage. 6.6 Operation of EIC 6.6.1 EIC Coordinator ensures that the EIC staff has current official company information, news bulletins, GGNS Emergency Public Information Brochures, EIC Book, official news bulletins and brochures from federal, state, and local agencies for their use in answering inquires.

6.6.2 EIC Coordinator ensures EIC Staff has Request for Information forms. 6.6.3 EIC Coordinator advises Company Spokesperson that the EIC is operational.

6.6.4 EIC Coordinator attends the Company Spokesperson's staff briefings and then briefs the EIC staff of the emergency status.J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S01 3 4.T EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Public Information and ENMC/ No.: 10-S-01-34 Revision:

11 Page: 9 1EIC Operation II I1_6.6.5 Requests for information that can not be addressed by the available information listed in 6.6.1, are carried to Company Spokesperson for an official company position using Request for Information Form (EPP 34-07). When information is received, an EIC staff member will telephone the party requesting the information.

The Request for Information Form should be kept for documenting the event. 6.6.6 Requests for information relating to Public Safety, evacuation and protective actions are routinely directed to state and local authorities.

Official news bulletins from the states, county or parish may be quoted if available.

6.6.7 EIC Staff should keep a log of all telephone calls received and be conscious of rumor patterns that develop. Three or more calls on the same general subject should immediately be brought to the attention of the EIC Coordinator.

6.6.8 EIC Coordinator should periodically review each EIC Staff member's log to identify rumor patterns that could develop among different EIC Staff members and otherwise would not be identified.

6.6.9 EIC Coordinator should notify the Company Spokesperson of any identified rumor patterns.

6.7 Securing EIC and ENMC Operations 6.7.1 When Company Spokesperson or designee directs the EIC to secure from emergency operations, EIC Coordinator completes the following tasks: a. Collects all logs, records and other documentation and delivers to the ENMC Manager for documentation of the event. b. Secures all communications circuits and EIC equipment to pre emergency conditions.

6.7.2 When the Company Spokesperson or designee directs the ENMC to secure from emergency operations.

a. The ENMC Manager completes the following task: (1) Collects all logs, records and other documentation and delivers them to the Manager, Emergency Preparedness for documentation of the event. (2) Secures the facility and equipment to pre-emergency condition.

(3) Notifies the EIC, EOF, TSC and Entergy Operations CEC of ENMC deactivation.

b. The Company Spokesperson completes the following tasks: (1) Conducts a final News Briefing and advises the media that the ENMC is securing from emergency operations.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\IOS013 4.T EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Title: Public Information and ENMC/ No.: 10-S-01-34 Revision:

11 Page: 10 I ~ETC OperationIII 6.7.2 (Cont.) (2) Provides the names and telephone numbers of the Site Corporate Communications personnel to the media and informs them that additional information may be obtained from this source. (3) Ensures copies of all approved News Bulletins are forwarded to Site Corporate Communications.

(4) Ensures the names of the Company Spokesperson and Technical Spokesperson are forwarded to Site Corporate Communications.

6.8 Corporate Emergency Center (CEC) Support for GGNS 6.8.1 Upon declaration of an Unusual Event, Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency, the CEC Public Information Coordinator should contact the GGNS Company Spokesperson to receive information and News Bulletins necessary for the CEC to perform the following duties for GGNS. a. Notify Entergy, Mississippi Corporate Communications of any emergency classification at GGNS. b. Distribute News Bulletins throughout Entergy offices to keep employees informed on the emergency (via Inside Entergy).

c. Take inquiries from appropriate State and Federal elected officials not directly involved in the response to the incident.

Maintain communications with these officials by keeping them informed, screening their request and forwarding their inquiries to the Company Spokesperson or designee for appropriate disposition.

d. Provide other utilities with periodic information release (via Nuclear Network, etc.). e. Ensure the various services organization, such as EPRI, NEI and INPO are kept informed of the events occurring at GGNS. f. Monitor selected national television networks (CNN, WGN, etc.) to detect inaccurate or misleading information that is being broadcast.

Ensure the Company Spokesperson or designee is aware of all findings, and if appropriate, relay the accurate information to the network.

g. Ensure the financial community and Entergy's insurers are informed of the emergency, and that they are kept abreast of ongoing events. Also, ascertain the legal ramification resulting from the event and advise GGNS, as appropriate.

h. Notify the utilities, service organizations, state and federal agencies and any media that the CEC has had contact with, that the event has been terminated.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\10S0134.T EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION le: Public Information and ENMC/ No.: 10-S-01-34 Revision:

1i Page: 11 EIC Operation 1 I 7.0 BACKUP ENMC/EIC 7.1 Location 7.1.1 The Backup ENMC is located in the Entergy Operations Corporate Emergency Center (CEC). The CEC is located on the first floor of Echelon One Building in Jackson, Mississippi.

7.1.2 The Backup EIC is located in Conference Rooms 105 & 106 in the Echelon One Building in Jackson, Mississippi.

7.2 Activation of the Backup ENMC/EIC 7.2.1 If the ENMC/EIC is not habitable, cannot perform its required functions or the State of Mississippi calls for the evacuation of Protective Action Area 3A, the Company Spokesperson directs the activation of and relocation to the Backup ENMC/EIC.

7.2.2 ENMC Manager must ensure CEC Manager, EIC Coordinator, Information Specialist, and the Media are notified of the activation and relocation to the Backup ENMC/EIC.

7.2.3 ENMC Manager & EIC Coordinator ensure all logbooks, current paperwork, position badges, and needed material are taken to the Backup facility.

Other items, i.e. stage displays, may be transported from the ENMC/EIC but are not necessary as the Backup ENMC/EIC has the same equipment and supplies as the primary.

7.2.4 Media Monitor reports to the 6th floor of Echelon One, Corporate Communication Department.

Televisions, VCRs, radio, and tape recorders should be tested for operability.

Report any inoperable equipment to the ENMC Manager.

7.2.5 Company Spokesperson requests the CEC Public Information Officer to develop News Bulletins and conduct Press Briefings until his/her arrival at the CEC. 7.3 Operation 7.3.1 Upon arrival at the CEC, the Company Spokesperson inquires about the status of the emergency with the CEC Manager, and the Information Specialist (TSC). 7.3.2 Company Spokesperson receives a briefing from the CEC Public Information Officer on press briefing conducted from the CEC. 7.3.3 Company Spokesperson operates the Backup ENMC in accordance with Step 6.5 of this procedure and assumes responsibility for the ENMC and EIC function.

7.3.4 EIC Coordinator ensures that the items on the Backup ENMC/EIC Checklist (EPP 34-09) are completed and reports the status (operational or non-operational) of the Backup EIC to the Company Spokesperson.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\I0\10S0134.T EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Title: Public Information and ENMC/ No.: 10-SU13 Revision:

11 Page: 12 1EIC Operation

_ I 7.3.5 ENMC Manager ensures that the items on the Backup ENMC/EIC Checklist (EPP 34-09) are complete and reports the status to the Company Spokesperson.

7.3.6 Media Monitor informs the Company Spokesperson when he is ready to perform the media monitoring functions.

J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\l0\lOSO134.T I EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE 10-S-01-34 Revision:

11 Attachment I Page 1 of 1 SAMPLE NEWS BULLETIN Grand Gulf Nuclear Station NEWS BULLETIN ENTERGY OPERATIONS, INC. -- P.O. BOX 31995 -JACKSON, MS 39286-1995 Data: Bulletin No. -Time Bulletin Released:

Page 1 of For Information about the emergency:

Call 1-800-499-2203 J:\ADMSRVS\TECHPUB\REVISION\10\1OSO134.T A